2016 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Trk_Colorado_23142523A.ai 1 6/25/2015 1:55:32 PM

CMY

K Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25 Seats and Restraints ...... 43 Storage ...... 99 Instruments and Controls ...... 101 Lighting ...... 143 Infotainment System ...... 150 Climate Controls ...... 187 Driving and Operating ...... 193 Vehicle Care ...... 258 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343 Technical Data ...... 357 Customer Information ...... 361 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 371 OnStar ...... 375 Index ...... 385 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that A French language manual can be was not purchased on the vehicle, obtained from your dealer, at model variants, country www.helminc.com, or from: specifications, features/applications Propriétaires Canadiens that may not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du The names, logos, emblems, ® concessionnaire ou à l'adresse If this vehicle has the Duramax suivante: slogans, vehicle model names, and diesel engine, see the Duramax vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Attention: Customer Service to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, 47911 Halyard Drive the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Refer to the purchase Plymouth, MI 48170 COLORADO are trademarks and/or documentation relating to your USA service marks of General Motors specific vehicle to confirm the LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, features. Using this Manual or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference. To quickly locate information about For vehicles first sold in Canada, the vehicle, use the Index in the substitute the name “General back of the manual. It is an Motors of Canada Limited” for alphabetical list of what is in the Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it manual and the page number where appears in this manual. it can be found.

Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart Caution Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index. reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a : Airbag Readiness Light safety symbol which means “Do 9 { Danger Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning this happen.” $ Danger indicates a hazard with a : Brake System Warning Light high level of risk which will result Symbols " : Charging System in serious injury or death. The vehicle has components and I : Cruise Control labels that use symbols instead of ` : Do Not Puncture { Warning text. Symbols are shown along with ^ : Do Not Service the text describing the operation or B Warning indicates a hazard that information relating to a specific : Engine Coolant Temperature could result in injury or death. component, control, message, O : Exterior Lamps gauge, or indicator. _ M : Flame/Fire Prohibited : Shown when the owner # Caution manual has additional instructions : Fog Lamps or information. . : Fuel Gauge Caution indicates a hazard that * : Shown when the service could result in property or vehicle manual has additional instructions damage. or information. 0 : Shown when there is more information on another page — “see page.” Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

4 Introduction

+ : Fuses 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 5 : Hill Descent Control j : LATCH System Child Restraints * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure } : Power > : Safety Belt Reminders 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® a : Under Pressure Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 5

Portable Audio Devices ...... 20 In Brief Bluetooth® ...... 20 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 20 Cruise Control ...... 20 Instrument Panel Driver Information Center (DIC) Instrument Panel ...... 6 (Base Level) ...... 20 Initial Drive Information Driver Information Center (DIC) Initial Drive Information ...... 8 (Uplevel) ...... 21 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System ...... 8 System ...... 21 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 8 Lane Departure Door Locks ...... 9 Warning (LDW) ...... 21 Windows ...... 9 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22 Seat Adjustment ...... 10 Power Outlets ...... 22 Heated Seats ...... 11 Performance and Maintenance Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 11 Traction Control/Electronic Safety Belts ...... 12 Stability Control ...... 22 Passenger Sensing System . . . 12 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 23 Mirror Adjustment ...... 12 Engine Oil Life System ...... 23 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 13 Driving for Better Fuel Interior Lighting ...... 14 Economy ...... 24 Exterior Lighting ...... 15 Roadside Assistance Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 15 Program ...... 24 Climate Controls ...... 16 Transmission ...... 17 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 18 Vehicle Features Infotainment System ...... 19 Radio(s) ...... 19 Satellite Radio ...... 19 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

6 In Brief Instrument Panel Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 7

0 0 1. Air Vents 191ii . 8. Heated Front Seats 47ii (If 15. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Equipped). 102ii (Out of View). 0 0 and Lane-Change Signals 9. Power Outlets 105ii (If 16. Cruise Control 238ii . 0 146ii . Equipped). Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 Driver Information Center (DIC) 10. Shift Lever. See Automatic System 242ii (If Equipped). 0 Controls. See Driver Transmission 220ii or Manual 0 17. Transfer Case Knob (If Information Center (DIC) (Base Transmission 225ii . 0 Equipped). See Four-Wheel Level) 123ii or Driver 0 0 11. Auxiliary Jack 164ii . Drive 226ii . Information Center (DIC) 0 0 ii (Uplevel) 126ii . USB Port 161. 18. Hood Release. See Hood 0 261ii . 3. Instrument Cluster (Base 12. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 0 0 ii ii Level) 107ii or Instrument 146. 19. Parking Brake 233. 0 Cluster (Uplevel) 109ii . Traction Control/Electronic 20. Data Link Connector (DLC) 0 4. Windshield Wiper/Washer Stability Control 235ii . (Out of View). See Malfunction 0 103ii . 0 Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Cargo Lamp 147ii . 0 Light) 115ii . 5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Lane Departure Warning 0 0 ii Headlamp System 145ii . 0 21. Exterior Lamp Controls 143. (LDW) 244ii (If Equipped). 0 Vehicle Alarm System Indicator Hill Descent Control (HDC) Fog Lamps 146ii (If (If Equipped). See Vehicle 0 Equipped). 237ii (If Equipped). 0 Alarm System 34ii . 22. Instrument Panel Illumination Tow/Haul Selector Button (If 0 0 ii 6. Infotainment 150ii . Equipped). See Tow/Haul Control 147. 0 0 ii 7. Climate Control Systems 187ii Mode 224. (If Equipped). 0 13. Steering Wheel Controls 103ii Automatic Climate Control (If Equipped). 0 System 189ii (If Equipped). 0 14. Horn 103ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

8 In Brief Initial Drive Remote Vehicle Start Information If equipped, the engine can be started from outside of the vehicle. This section provides a brief overview about some of the Starting the Vehicle important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. 1. Press and release Q on the RKE transmitter. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be 2. Immediately press and hold / found later in this owner manual. for at least four seconds or until the turn signal lamps flash. Remote Keyless Entry 3. Start the vehicle normally after (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering. The RKE transmitter functions may Press K again within three seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking work from up to 60 m (197 ft) away to unlock all remaining doors. lamps will turn on. from the vehicle. Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock Remote start can be extended. and unlock feedback can be personalized. See Vehicle Canceling a Remote Start 0 Personalization 137ii . To cancel a remote start, do one of 7 : Press and release one time to the following: initiate vehicle locator. Press 7 and . Press and hold / until the hold for at least three seconds to parking lamps turn off. 7 sound the panic alarm. Press . Turn on the hazard warning again to cancel the panic alarm. flashers. 0 See Keys 25ii and Remote Keyless . Turn the vehicle on and then off. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 0 See Remote Vehicle Start 30ii . 28ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 9

Door Locks If equipped with power door locks: control that window. The power : Press to lock the doors. windows work when the ignition is in To lock or unlock a door from the Q ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, outside press Q or K on the K : Press to unlock the doors. or when Retained Accessory Power Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 (RAP) is active. See Retained See Door Locks 31ii and Power 0 transmitter or use the key in the 0 Accessory Power (RAP) 214ii . Door Locks 32ii . driver door. Press the switch to lower the To lock a door from the inside, push Windows window. Pull the switch to raise it. 0 down on the door lock knob. To See Windows 39ii . unlock, pull the door handle once to Power Windows unlock the door and again to Express Windows unlatch it. If equipped, the express window feature allows the windows to be Power Door Locks raised or lowered without holding the switch. To use express-down, press the switch down fully and release. The driver window may have the express-up feature. Pull the switch up fully and release to activate.

Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Similar The driver door has switches to Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab control all windows. Each passenger door has a switch to Similar Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

10 In Brief

Seat Adjustment Power Seats Power Lumbar Manual Seats

To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the top Move the seat forward or of the control to increase lumbar To adjust a manual seat: . rearward by sliding the control support. Press and hold the bottom 1. Pull the handle at the front of forward or rearward. of the control to decrease lumbar the seat. support. Release the control when . Raise or lower the entire seat by the desired level of support is 2. Slide the seat to the desired moving the entire control up reached. position and release the or down. 0 See Lumbar Adjustment 46ii . handle. 0 See Power Seat Adjustment 45ii 0 3. Try to move the seat back and and Reclining Seatbacks 46ii . forth to make sure it is locked in place. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 11

Reclining Seatbacks 2. Push and pull on the seatback The indicator light comes on when to make sure it is locked. this feature is on. 0 0 See Reclining Seatbacks 46ii . See Heated Front Seats 47ii . Heated Seats Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback recline angle as little as necessary while keeping the seat and the head To recline: restraint height in the proper 1. Lift the lever. position. 0 2. Move the seatback to the See Head Restraints 44ii and Seat 0 desired position, and then Adjustment 45ii . release the lever to lock the If equipped, the buttons are on the seatback in place. center stack. To operate, the engine must be running. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. This feature will heat the cushion and back of the seats. To return the seatback to the upright position: Press + to heat the driver or 1. Lift the lever fully without passenger seatback only. applying pressure to the Press z to heat the driver or seatback. passenger cushion and seatback. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

12 In Brief

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status indicator lights on the overhead System console are visible when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Airbag 0 Status Indicator 114ii . Mirror Adjustment Using hood-mounted air deflectors and add-on convex mirror United States attachments could decrease mirror performance. Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors Refer to the following sections for If equipped, adjust the manual important information on how to use mirror by moving it up and down or safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico left to right to see a little of the side 0 . Safety Belts 50ii . The passenger sensing system will of the vehicle and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. . How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard 0 0 ii Properly 51ii . passenger frontal airbag under See Manual Mirrors 37. 0 certain conditions. No other airbag . Lap-Shoulder Belt 52ii . is affected by the passenger . Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger 0 ii 0 Children (LATCH System) 76. Sensing System 62ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 13

Power Mirrors Interior Mirror Steering Wheel Adjustment Adjustment Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle. Manual Dimming Rearview Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid the glare of headlamps from behind. Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror If equipped, the rearview mirror If equipped, adjust the power dims automatically to reduce the mirrors: glare of the headlamps from behind. To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Move the selector switch to L The dimming feature comes on (Left) or R (Right) to choose when the vehicle is started. 1. Pull the lever down. driver or passenger mirror. 2. Move the steering wheel up 2. Press the arrows on the control or down. pad to move each mirror in the 3. Pull the lever up to lock the desired direction. steering wheel in place. 3. Return the selector switch to the center position. 0 See Power Mirrors 37ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

14 In Brief

Tilt and Telescoping Steering Interior Lighting Reading Lamps (If Equipped) Wheel Dome Lamps The interior lamps control in the overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps.

The front reading lamps are in the overhead console.

1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up ( : Turns the lamps off. or down. H : Turns the lamps on when any 3. Pull or push the steering wheel door is opened. closer or away from you. ' : Keeps the lamps on all 4. Pull the lever up to lock the the time. steering wheel in place. The rear reading lamps are in the Do not adjust the steering wheel headliner. while driving. # or $ : Press to turn each lamp on or off. For more information, see Dome 0 Lamps 148ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 15

Exterior Lighting . Taillamps ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move . License Plate Lamps the windshield wiper lever to select the wiper speed. . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps HI : Use for fast wipes. ; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the LO : Use for slow wipes. headlamps. 5 : Turns on the headlamps together with the parking lamps and instrument panel lights.

The exterior lamp control is on the See: 0 instrument panel to the left of the . Exterior Lamp Controls 143ii . steering wheel. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) INT : Move the lever up to INT for 0 O : Turns off the automatic ii 144. intermittent wipes, then turn the x headlamps and Daytime Running 0 . Fog Lamps 146ii . Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp INT band up for more frequent control to the off position again to wipes or down for less frequent turn the automatic headlamps or Windshield Wiper/Washer wipes. DRL back on. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. For vehicles first sold in Canada, off 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move will only work when the vehicle is in the wiper lever down. For several P (Park). wipes, hold the wiper lever down. AUTO : Automatically turns on the n L : Pull the windshield wiper headlamps at normal brightness, lever toward you to spray windshield together with the following: washer fluid and activate the wipers. The windshield wiper/washer lever . Parking Lamps is on the right side of the steering See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 . Instrument Panel Lights column. With the ignition in ACC/ 103ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

16 In Brief

Climate Controls These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Climate Control System

1. Fan Control 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. Rear Window Defogger (If 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Equipped) 4. Defrost 7. Air Recirculation Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 17

Automatic Climate Control System Transmission Range Selection Mode

1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger (If 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped) 8. Air Recirculation Range Selection Mode helps control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls the vehicle's transmission and 4. Defrost 9. Power Button vehicle speed while driving downhill 0 or towing a trailer by letting you 5. Temperature Control See Climate Control Systems 187ii or Automatic Climate Control select a desired range of gears. 0 6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) System 189ii (If Equipped). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

18 In Brief

To enable: Electronic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is to the left 1. Move the shift lever to the of the steering column. Use it to M (Manual Mode) position. The shift into and out of the different current range will display next four-wheel drive modes. to the M. This is the highest The different drive options that may attainable range with all lower be available are described following. gears accessible. For example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : This 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears setting is used for driving in most are available. street and highway situations. 2. Press the plus/minus button on AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel the shift lever to select the Drive) : This setting is ideal for use desired range of gears for when road surface traction current driving conditions. See conditions are variable. 0 Automatic Transfer Case Manual Mode 223ii . 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this setting when extra traction is Four-Wheel Drive needed, such as on snowy or icy If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, roads or in most off-road situations. the engine's driving power can be N (Neutral) : Shift to this setting sent to all four wheels for extra only when towing the vehicle. See traction. 0 Recreational Vehicle Towing 330ii 0 or Trailer Towing 251ii . 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : Choose 4 n when driving in deep sand, mud, or snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills. 0 See Four-Wheel Drive 226ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 19

Vehicle Features g : Press to seek the previous Satellite Radio station. Vehicles with a SiriusXM® satellite Infotainment System l : Press to seek the next station. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM 0 satellite radio subscription can The base radio and base radio with See Overview 152ii about these connectivity information is included and other radio features. receive SiriusXM programming. in this manual. See the infotainment Storing Radio Station Presets SiriusXM Satellite Radio manual for information on the Service uplevel radios, audio players, Up to 25 preset stations from all phone, navigation system, Rear bands can be stored in the favorite SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Seat Entertainment (RSE), and lists in any order. Up to five stations based in the 48 contiguous United voice or speech recognition, can be stored in each favorite page States and 10 Canadian provinces. if equipped. and the number of favorite pages SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide can be set. variety of programming and Radio(s) commercial-free music, coast to To store the station to a position in coast, and in digital-quality sound. O : Press to turn the system on. the list, while on the active source A fee is required to receive the Press and hold to turn it off. When main page, such as AM, FM, SiriusXM service. on, press to mute; press again to or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and unmute. Turn to increase or hold a favorites/soft key button on For more information refer to: decrease the volume. the faceplate. . www.siriusxm.com or call RADIO : Press to choose between See “Storing Radio Station Presets” 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). ® 0 FM, AM, and SiriusXM , under AM-FM Radio 156ii . . www.xmradio.ca or call if equipped. Setting the Clock 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). 0 MEDIA : Press to change the audio 0 See Satellite Radio 157ii . See Clock 104ii . source between USB, AUX, and Bluetooth® Audio, if equipped. { : Press to go to the Home Page. MENU : Press to select a menu. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

20 In Brief

Portable Audio Devices Steering Wheel Controls accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase There is a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary If equipped, the infotainment system vehicle speed. input jack and USB port on the front can be operated by using the or under the armrest of the center steering wheel controls. See SET− : Press briefly to set the console. External devices such as "Steering Wheel Controls" in the speed and activate cruise control. iPods®, laptop computers, MP3 infotainment manual. If cruise control is already active, players, and USB storage devices use to decrease vehicle speed. may be connected, depending on Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise the audio system. control without erasing the set 0 speed from memory. See USB Port 161ii and Auxiliary 0 ii 0 Jack 164. See Cruise Control 238ii . Bluetooth® Driver Information Center The Bluetooth® system allows users (DIC) (Base Level) with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone The DIC display is in the center of to make and receive hands-free the instrument cluster. It shows the calls using the vehicle audio system status of many vehicle systems. The and controls. controls for the DIC are on the turn The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone signal lever. must be paired with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it can be used in the vehicle. Not all phones 5 : Press to turn the system on or will support all functions. off. A white indicator comes on in 0 the instrument cluster when cruise See Bluetooth (Overview) 171ii or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - is turned on. 0 Base Radio) 172ii or Bluetooth +RES : If there is a set speed in (Infotainment Controls - Base memory, press briefly to resume to 0 Connected Radio) 176ii . that speed or press and hold to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 21

1. SET/CLR: Press to set, Forward Collision Alert or press and hold to clear, the menu item displayed. (FCA) System If equipped, FCA may help avoid or 2. w / x : Use the band to reduce the harm caused by scroll through the items in front-end crashes. FCA provides a each menu. green indicator, V, when a vehicle 3. MENU: Press to display the is detected ahead. This indicator DIC menus. This button is also displays amber if you follow a used to return to or exit the last vehicle much too closely. When screen displayed on the DIC. approaching a vehicle ahead too See Driver Information Center (DIC) quickly, FCA provides a red flashing 0 alert on the windshield and rapidly (Base Level) 123ii or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) w or x : Press to move up or beeps. 0 down in a list. 126ii . See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 o or p : Press to move between System 242ii . Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the (DIC) (Uplevel) cluster. Lane Departure V The DIC display is in the instrument : Press to open a menu or select Warning (LDW) cluster. It shows the status of many a menu item. Press and hold to reset values on certain screens. If equipped, LDW may help avoid vehicle systems. unintentional lane departures at See Driver Information Center (DIC) speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or If the vehicle has the uplevel 0 instrument cluster, the right steering (Base Level) 123ii or Driver greater. LDW uses a camera sensor Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) to detect the lane markings. The wheel controls are used to operate 0 the DIC. 126ii . LDW light, @, is green if a lane marking is detected. If the vehicle departs the lane without using a turn Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

22 In Brief signal in that direction, the light will Power Outlets Performance and change to amber and flash. In addition, beeps will sound. Accessory power outlets can be Maintenance used to plug in electrical equipment, See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) such as a cell phone, MP3 0 Traction Control/ 244ii . player, etc. Electronic Stability Rear Vision The vehicle may have accessory power outlets: Control Camera (RVC) . On the center stack below the The Traction Control System (TCS) If equipped, RVC displays a view of climate control system, limits wheel spin. The system is on the area behind the vehicle, on the if equipped. when the vehicle is started. infotainment system display, when The StabiliTrak system assists with the vehicle is shifted into . On the center floor console, if equipped. directional control of the vehicle in R (Reverse). difficult driving conditions. The See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . On the rear of the center storage system is on when the vehicle is 0 console. 240ii . started. Lift the cover to access and replace . To turn off traction control, press when not in use. and release the TCS/StabiliTrak 0 See Power Outlets 105ii . button g on the center stack. i illuminates in the instrument cluster. . To turn off both traction control and StabiliTrak, press and hold g on the center stack, until i and g illuminate in the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

In Brief 23

. Press and release g to turn on pressure shown on the Tire and Resetting the Oil Life System Loading Information label. See both systems. i and g turn off 0 To reset the engine oil life system: Vehicle Load Limits 205ii . The in instrument cluster. warning light will remain on until the 1. Display the OIL LIFE StabiliTrak will automatically turn on tire pressure is corrected. REMAINING on the Driver Information System (DIC). See if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h The low tire pressure warning light (35 mph). Traction control will Driver Information Center (DIC) may come on in cool weather when 0 remain off until the driver presses (Base Level) 123ii or Driver the vehicle is first started, and then Information Center (DIC) the g button or the ignition is cycled turn off as the vehicle is driven. This 0 (Uplevel) 126ii . from Off then On. may be an early indicator that the 2. Press and hold SET/CLR for See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and 0 the tires need to be inflated to the several seconds. The oil life Stability Control 235ii . proper pressure. will change to 100%. Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal The oil life system can also be reset monthly tire maintenance. Maintain as follows: This vehicle may have a Tire the correct tire pressures. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN See Tire Pressure Monitor System with the engine off. 0 303ii . 2. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. Engine Oil Life System 3. Fully press the accelerator The engine oil life system calculates pedal slowly three times within engine oil life based on vehicle use five seconds. If the display and, on most vehicles, displays a shows 100%, the system is The low tire pressure warning light Driver Information Center (DIC) reset. alerts to a significant loss in message when it is necessary to 0 See Engine Oil Life System 267ii . pressure of one of the vehicle's change the engine oil and filter. The tires. If the warning light comes on, oil life system should be reset to stop as soon as possible and inflate 100% only following an oil change. the tires to the recommended Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

24 In Brief

Driving for Better Fuel . Combine several trips into a Economy single trip. . Replace the vehicle's tires with Driving habits can affect fuel the same TPC Spec number mileage. Here are some driving tips molded into the tire's sidewall to get the best fuel economy near the size. possible. . Follow recommended scheduled . Avoid fast starts and accelerate maintenance. smoothly. . Brake gradually and avoid Roadside Assistance abrupt stops. Program . Avoid idling the engine for long U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 periods of time. TTY Users (U.S. Only): . When road and weather 1-888-889-2438 conditions are appropriate, use cruise control. Canada: 1-800-268-6800 . Always follow posted speed New Chevrolet owners are limits or drive more slowly when automatically enrolled in the conditions require. Roadside Assistance Program. . Keep vehicle tires properly See Roadside Assistance Program 0 inflated. 365ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Power Mirrors ...... 37 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors ...... 37 Windows Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 37 Keys Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 { Warning Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 39 Keys ...... 25 Automatic Dimming Rearview Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Mirror ...... 39 System ...... 28 the ignition key is dangerous and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows children or others could be System Operation ...... 28 Windows ...... 39 seriously injured or killed. They Remote Vehicle Start ...... 30 Power Windows ...... 39 could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 31 Rear Windows ...... 41 or other controls or make the Power Door Locks ...... 32 Sun Visors ...... 42 vehicle move. The windows will Delayed Locking ...... 32 function with the keys in the Automatic Door Locks ...... 32 ignition, and children or others Lockout Protection ...... 33 could be caught in the path of a Safety Locks ...... 33 closing window. Do not leave Doors children in a vehicle with the Tailgate ...... 33 ignition key. Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 34 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 34 Immobilizer ...... 35 Immobilizer Operation ...... 35 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 36 Manual Mirrors ...... 37 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

moving the key out of the RUN Warning (Continued) position. Do not add any additional items to the ring attached to the impacted, and airbags may not ignition key. Attach additional items deploy. To reduce the risk of only to the second ring, and limit unintentional rotation of the added items to a few essential keys ignition key, do not change the or small, light items no larger than way the ignition key and Remote an RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, and { Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are designed to work together as a If the key is unintentionally system to reduce the risk of rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring. items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is contacted by the driver or required. steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to (Continued) the key like two links of a chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Programming Keys Programming without a Recognized Key Follow these procedures to program up to eight keys to the vehicle. Program a new key to the vehicle when a recognized key is not Programming with a available. Canadian regulations Recognized Key require that owners see their dealer. To program a new key: If there are no currently recognized 1. Insert the original, already keys available, follow this procedure programmed key in the ignition to program the first key. and turn the key to the ON/ This procedure will take RUN position. approximately 30 minutes to Interference from radio-frequency 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF and complete for the first key. The identification (RFID) tags may remove the key. vehicle must be off and all of the keys you wish to program must be prevent the key from starting the 3. Insert the new key to be with you. vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from programmed and turn it to the the key when starting the vehicle. ON/RUN position within 1. Insert the new vehicle key into The key is used for the ignition and five seconds. the ignition. all door locks. The security light will turn off 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security once the key has been light will come on. programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional security light turns off. keys are to be programmed. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. If a key is lost or damaged, see your 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more dealer to have a new key made. times. After the third time, turn to ON/RUN; the key is learned Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

and all previously known keys If there is a decrease in the RKE will no longer work with the operating range: vehicle. . Check the distance. The Remaining keys can be learned by transmitter may be too far from following the procedure in the vehicle. “Programming with a . Check the location. Other Recognized Key.” vehicles or objects may be The key has a bar-coded key tag blocking the signal. that the dealer or qualified locksmith . Check the transmitter's battery. can use to make new keys. Store See “Battery Replacement” later this information in a safe place, not in this section. in the vehicle. . If the transmitter is still not With Remote Start (without See your dealer if a replacement working correctly, see your Remote Start Similar) key or additional key is needed. dealer or a qualified technician / (Remote Vehicle Start) : If it becomes difficult to turn a key, for service. If equipped, / is used to start the inspect the key blade for debris. engine from outside the vehicle Periodically clean with a brush Remote Keyless Entry using the RKE transmitter. See or pick. 0 (RKE) System Operation Remote Vehicle Start 30ii . With an active OnStar subscription, The RKE transmitter functions may (Lock) : Press to lock all doors. an OnStar Advisor may remotely Q work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from unlock the vehicle. See OnStar If enabled through the Driver 0 the vehicle. Overview 375ii . Information Center (DIC), the turn Other conditions can affect the signal lamps flash once to indicate Remote Keyless Entry performance of the transmitter. See locking has occurred. If enabled Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) through the DIC, the horn chirps (RKE) System 0 System 28ii . when Q is pressed again within See Radio Frequency Statement three seconds. See Vehicle 0 371ii . 0 Personalization 137ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Pressing arms the vehicle alarm Press and hold 7 for at least Q Caution system. See Vehicle Alarm System three seconds to sound the panic 0 34ii . alarm. The turn signal lamps flash When replacing the battery, do K (Unlock) : Press once to unlock and the horn sounds repeatedly for not touch any of the circuitry on K 30 seconds. The alarm turns off the transmitter. Static from your only the driver door. If is pressed when the ignition is moved to ON/ again within three seconds, all body could damage the RUN or 7 is pressed again. The remaining doors unlock. The interior transmitter. lamps may come on and stay on for ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for the panic alarm to work. 20 seconds or until the ignition is To replace the battery: turned on. Programming Transmitters to If enabled through the DIC, the turn the Vehicle signal lamps flash twice to indicate Only RKE transmitters programmed unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle to this vehicle will work. If a 0 Personalization 137ii . If enabled transmitter is lost or stolen, a through the DIC, the exterior lamps replacement can be purchased and may turn on. See Vehicle programmed through your dealer. 0 Personalization 137ii . Each vehicle can have up to Pressing K on the RKE transmitter eight transmitters programmed to it. disarms the vehicle alarm system. See your dealer for transmitter 0 programming. See Vehicle Alarm System 34ii . 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic Battery Replacement Alarm) : Press and release one Replace the battery in the 1. Separate and remove the back time to initiate vehicle locator. The transmitter soon if the REPLACE cover of the transmitter with a turn signal lamps flash and the horn BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY flat, thin object, such as a coin. sounds three times. message displays in the DIC. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if: If equipped, the engine can be started from outside of the vehicle. . The coolant temperature gets The climate controls and rear too high. window defogger may also . The oil pressure gets low. come on. The RKE transmitter range may be If the vehicle has heated seats and less while the vehicle is running. the feature is turned on in vehicle personalization, the heated seats Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See will turn on during colder outside Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) temperatures and will shut off when 0 System 28ii or Vehicle the key is turned to ON/RUN. See 0 2. Press and slide the battery 0 Personalization 137ii . down toward the pocket of the Heated Front Seats 47ii . transmitter in the direction of Laws in some communities may Starting the Engine Using Remote the key ring. Do not use a restrict the use of remote starters. Start metal object. Check local regulations for any 1. Press and release Q. 3. Remove the battery. requirements on remote starting of vehicles. 2. Immediately press and hold / 4. Insert the new battery, positive Do not use remote start if the until the turn signal lamps flash side facing up. Replace with a or for at least four seconds. CR2032 or equivalent battery. vehicle is low on fuel. When the vehicle starts, the 5. Push together the transmitter The vehicle cannot be remote started if: parking lamps will turn on. The back cover top side first, and doors will be locked and the then the bottom toward the . The key is in the ignition. climate control system may key ring. . The hood is not closed. come on. . There is an emission control system malfunction and the malfunction indicator lamp is on. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

The engine will continue to run for . Turn the vehicle on and then off. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for Warning (Continued) one 10-minute time extension. Place Door Locks the key in ON/RUN to operate the permanent injuries or even vehicle. death from heat stroke. { Warning Always lock the vehicle Extending Engine Run Time whenever leaving it. Unlocked doors can be The engine run time can be dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter extended by 10 minutes, for a total through an unlocked door of 20 minutes, if during the first . Passengers, especially when you slow down or stop 10 minutes Steps 1–2 are repeated children, can easily open the vehicle. Locking the while the engine is still running. An the doors and fall out of a doors can help prevent this extension can be requested, moving vehicle. When a from happening. 30 seconds after starting. door is locked, the handle will not open it. The chance A maximum of two remote starts, of being thrown out of the To lock or unlock a door from the or a single start with an extension, vehicle in a crash is outside press Q or K on the is allowed between ignition cycles. increased if the doors are Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The vehicle's ignition must be not locked. So, all transmitter or use the key in the turned on and then back off to use passengers should wear driver door. remote start again. safety belts properly and the To lock a door from the inside, push doors should be locked Canceling a Remote Start down on the door lock knob. To whenever the vehicle is unlock, pull the door handle once to To cancel a remote start, do one of driven. unlock the door and again to the following: . Young children who get into unlatch it. . Press and hold / until the unlocked vehicles may be parking lamps turn off. unable to get out. A child can be overcome by . Turn on the hazard warning extreme heat and can suffer flashers. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks Delayed Locking Delayed locking can be programmed through the Driver This feature delays the actual Information Center (DIC). See locking of the doors until 0 Vehicle Personalization 137ii . five seconds after all doors are closed. Automatic Door Locks Delayed locking can only be turned The doors will lock automatically on when the Unlocked Door Anti when all doors are closed, the Lockout feature has been turned off. ignition is on, and the shift lever is When Q is pressed on the power moved out of P (Park) for automatic door lock switch with the door open, transmissions and vehicle speed is a chime will sound three times above 13 km/h (8 mph) for manual indicating that delayed locking is transmissions. Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab active. To unlock the doors: Similar The doors will then lock . Press K on a door. If equipped with power door locks: automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is . Shift the transmission into Q : Press to lock the doors. reopened before five seconds have P (Park) for an automatic K : Press to unlock the doors. elapsed, the five-second timer will transmission. reset once all the doors are closed . Remove the key from the again. ignition for a manual Press Q on the door lock switch transmission. again, or press Q on the RKE Automatic door unlocking can be transmitter, to override this feature programmed through the Driver and lock the doors immediately. Information Center (DIC). See 0 Vehicle Personalization 137ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 Lockout Protection Doors When locking is requested with the driver door open and the key in the Tailgate ignition, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock. This { Warning can be manually overridden by pressing and holding Q on the It is extremely dangerous to ride power door lock switch. on the tailgate, even when the vehicle is operated at low speeds. If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is People riding on the tailgate can turned on, the vehicle is off with the driver door open, and door locking easily lose their balance and fall is requested, all the doors will lock { in response to vehicle Press to activate the safety locks maneuvers. Falling from a moving and only the driver door will unlock. on the rear doors. The indicator light The Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout vehicle may result in serious comes on when activated. The injuries or death. Do not allow feature can be turned on or off using vehicle must be on, in ACC/ the vehicle personalization menus. people to ride on the tailgate. Be 0 ACCESSORY, or in Retained ii sure everyone in your vehicle is in See Vehicle Personalization 137. Accessory Power (RAP). See a seat and using a safety belt Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Safety Locks 0 properly. 214ii . If equipped, the rear door safety If the indicator light flashes, the locks prevent passengers from feature may not be working properly. On vehicles with a lock on the opening the rear doors from inside tailgate, use the key to lock or the vehicle. unlock the tailgate. The power door locks will not lock or unlock the tailgate. Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle while pulling the tailgate down. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows To shut the tailgate, firmly push it 1. Raise the tailgate and support Vehicle Security upward until it latches. it firmly. Pull out and hold the This vehicle has theft-deterrent After closing the tailgate, pull it back cable retaining clip (1). Push features; however, they do not make to be sure it latches securely. the cable (3) up and off of the bolt (2). Repeat on the the vehicle impossible to steal. Tailgate Removal other side. The tailgate can be removed to 2. With the tailgate about halfway Vehicle Alarm System allow for different loading situations. open, lift the right edge of the If equipped with the anti-theft alarm Assistance may be needed with the tailgate from the lower pivot. system, the indicator light, on the removal to avoid damage to the On vehicles with the tailgate instrument panel near the vehicle. assist feature, raise the tailgate windshield, indicates the status of On vehicles with a Rear Vision nearly all the way to the closed the system. Camera, it must be disconnected position prior to removing the before removing the tailgate. See left edge. 0 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 240ii . 3. Move the tailgate to the right To remove the tailgate: and away to release the left edge. Reverse this procedure to reinstall the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate is secure.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed. On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. If the driver door is opened without . Always unlock a door with the A door or the hood is open. first unlocking with the RKE RKE transmitter. Slow Flash : Alarm system is transmitter, the horn will chirp and Unlocking the driver door with the armed. the lights will flash to indicate key will not disarm the system or pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not turn off the alarm. Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked 1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE Detecting a Tamper Condition transmitter during the 10-second If K is pressed on the RKE 2. Lock the vehicle with one of pre-alarm, the alarm will be transmitter and the horn chirps three the following: activated. times, an alarm occurred previously . Use the Remote Keyless If a door or the hood is opened while the alarm system was armed. Entry (RKE) transmitter. without first disarming the system, . With a door open, press Q the turn signals will flash and the Immobilizer on the interior of the door. horn will sound for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will See Radio Frequency Statement 0 3. After 30 seconds the alarm then re-arm to monitor for the next 371ii . system will arm, and the unauthorized event. indicator light will begin to Immobilizer Operation slowly flash indicating the Disarming the Alarm System alarm system is operating. To disarm the alarm system or turn Pressing Q on the RKE off the alarm if it has been activated: transmitter a second time will K bypass the 30-second delay . Press on the RKE transmitter. and immediately arm the alarm . Start the vehicle. system. To avoid setting off the alarm by The theft-deterrent alarm system will accident: This vehicle has a passive not arm if the doors are locked with theft-deterrent system. the key. . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have left the vehicle The system does not have to be and all doors are closed. manually armed or disarmed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows The vehicle is automatically If the engine still does not start, and Exterior Mirrors immobilized when the vehicle is the key appears to be undamaged, turned off. try another ignition key. It may be necessary to check the fuse. See Convex Mirrors The system is automatically 0 disarmed when the key is turned to Fuses 287ii . If the engine still does ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, not start with the other key, the { Warning vehicle needs service. If the vehicle or START from the LOCK/OFF A convex mirror can make things, position. does start, the first key may be faulty. See your dealer. like other vehicles, look farther The security light, in the instrument away than they really are. If you It is possible for the immobilizer cluster, comes on if there is a cut too sharply into the right lane, system to learn new or replacement problem with arming or disarming you could hit a vehicle on the the theft-deterrent system. keys. Up to eight keys can be programmed for the vehicle. To right. Check the inside mirror or When trying to start the vehicle, the program additional transmitters, see glance over your shoulder before security light comes on briefly when Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) changing lanes. 0 the ignition is turned on. System Operation 28ii . If the engine does not start and the Do not leave the key or device that The passenger side mirror is convex security light stays on, there is a disarms or deactivates the vehicle shaped. A convex mirror's surface is problem with the system. Turn the theft system in the vehicle. curved so more can be seen from ignition off and try again. the driver seat. See your dealer to get a new key blank cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Manual Mirrors If equipped, adjust the power Driving with the Blind Spot mirrors: Mirror If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by moving the mirror up and down 1. Move the selector switch to L or left to right to see a little of the (Left) or R (Right) to choose side of the vehicle and to have a driver or passenger mirror. clear view behind the vehicle. 2. Press the arrows on the control Using hood-mounted air deflectors pad to move each mirror in the and add-on convex mirror desired direction. attachments could decrease mirror 3. Return the selector switch to performance. the center position. Power Mirrors Heated Mirrors If equipped, the rear window defogger also heats the outside mirrors. = (Rear Window Defogger) : Press to heat the outside mirrors. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Automatic Climate Control System 0 189ii . Blind Spot Mirrors The blind spot mirror is a small convex mirror built into the upper and outer corner of the driver Actual Mirror View outside mirror. It can show objects that may be in the vehicle's blind zone. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows 1. When the approaching vehicle Using the Outside Mirror with Interior Mirrors is a long distance away, the the Blind Spot Mirror image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard 1. Set the main mirror so that the Interior Rearview Mirrors side of the vehicle can just be edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear seen and the blind spot mirror view of the area behind your 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the has an unobstructed view. image in the main mirror gets vehicle. 2. When checking for traffic or larger and moves outboard. If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle before changing a lane, look at may have three control buttons at 3. As the vehicle enters the blind the main driver/passenger side the bottom of the mirror. See your zone, the image transitions mirror to observe traffic in the dealer for more information about from the main mirror to the adjacent lane, behind your blind spot mirror. OnStar and how to subscribe to it. vehicle. Check the blind spot 0 See OnStar Overview 375ii . 4. When the vehicle is in the blind mirror for a vehicle in the blind zone, the image only appears zone. Then, glance over your Do not spray glass cleaner directly in the blind spot mirror. shoulder to double check on the mirror. Use a soft towel before moving slowly into the dampened with water. adjacent lane. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39 Manual Rearview Mirror Windows pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front If equipped, push the tab forward for windows are up. To reduce the daytime use and pull it rearward for { Warning sound, open either a front window nighttime use to avoid glare from or the sunroof, if equipped. the headlamps from behind. Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, Power Windows Automatic Dimming especially with the windows Rearview Mirror closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { Warning If equipped, the mirror will extreme heat and suffer Children could be seriously automatically reduce the glare of the permanent injuries or even death injured or killed if caught in the headlamps from behind. The from heat stroke. dimming feature comes on each path of a closing window. Never time the vehicle is started. leave keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent operation of the windows. See 0 Keys 25ii .

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Press the switch down to lower the 2. Place the ignition in ACC/ window, and pull the switch to raise ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ the window. START. Express-Down/Up Windows 3. From any partial open position, close the window and continue Windows that have the to pull the switch briefly after express-down/up feature allow the the window has fully closed. windows to be lowered and raised fully without holding the window The window is now reprogrammed. switch. Press the window switch Obstacle Detection Feature fully and release it to activate the express-down feature. Pull the The obstacle detection feature is Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab switch up fully and release to part of the express-up feature and is active: Similar activate the express-up feature. The express mode can be canceled at . In the middle and upper portions The driver door has a switch to any time by briefly pressing or of the window opening. control all windows. Each pulling the switch. passenger door has a switch to . During window up movements. Programming the Power control that window. . In ignition OFF during window Windows The power windows: up movements and during Programming the power windows express-up in ignition ON/RUN/ . Can be operated with the START. ignition in ON/RUN or ACC/ may be necessary if the vehicle ACCESSORY. battery has been disconnected or If there is something blocking the discharged. If the window will not window during automatic closing, . Can be operated in Retained express-up after the power has the window will reverse direction for Accessory Power (RAP). See been restored and a message a short distance. Weather conditions Retained Accessory Power displays in the DIC: 0 may cause the window to (RAP) 214ii . 1. Close all doors. auto-reverse. The window will return to normal operation once the object or condition is removed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

If conditions prevent the window Rear Window Lockout (Crew Rear Windows from closing and the window Cab Only) continues to auto-reverse, it is Sliding Rear Window possible to close the window by activating the express override. Hold the window switch in the partially or fully pulled position. Release of the switch from the partially pulled up position will cause the window to stop. Release of the switch from the fully pulled position will activate the express-up and related obstacle detection features.

{ Warning This feature prevents the rear If express override is activated, passenger windows from operating, If the vehicle has this feature, the window will not reverse except from the driver position. squeeze the latch in the center of automatically. You or others could the window and slide the glass to be injured and the window could Press Z to activate the window open it. lockout. The indicator light in the be damaged. Before you use Be sure the latch is engaged when switch will illuminate when express override, make sure that the window is closed. all people and obstructions are activated. clear of the window path. Press Z again to deactivate the lockout switch. If the indicator light flashes, the feature may not be working properly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or, if equipped, extend along the rod. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 43

Airbag System Child Restraints Seats and Airbag System ...... 57 Older Children ...... 68 Restraints Where Are the Airbags? ...... 58 Infants and Young Children . . . . 70 When Should an Airbag Child Restraint Systems ...... 72 Inflate? ...... 59 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 74 Head Restraints What Makes an Airbag Lower Anchors and Tethers for Head Restraints ...... 44 Inflate? ...... 60 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 76 How Does an Airbag Replacing LATCH System Parts Front Seats Restrain? ...... 61 After a Crash ...... 89 Seat Adjustment ...... 45 What Will You See after an Securing Child Restraints Power Seat Adjustment ...... 45 Airbag Inflates? ...... 61 (Rear Seat) ...... 89 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 46 Passenger Sensing System . . . 62 Securing Child Restraints (Front Reclining Seatbacks ...... 46 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Passenger Seat) ...... 95 Heated Front Seats ...... 47 Vehicle ...... 66 Adding Equipment to the Rear Seats Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 67 Rear Seats (Crew Cab) ...... 48 Airbag System Check ...... 68 Rear Seat Armrest ...... 50 Replacing Airbag System Parts Safety Belts after a Crash ...... 68 Safety Belts ...... 50 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ...... 51 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 52 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 55 Safety Belt Extender ...... 55 Safety System Check ...... 55 Safety Belt Care ...... 56 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 56 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

44 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the restraint after the button is released top of the restraint is at the same to make sure that it is locked in The vehicle's front seats have height as the top of the occupant's place. adjustable head restraints in the head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head outboard seating positions. chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraints are not removable. { Warning Rear Head Restraints

With head restraints that are not Crew Cab installed and adjusted properly, The vehicle’s rear seats have head there is a greater chance that restraints in the outboard seating occupants will suffer a neck/ positions that cannot be adjusted up spinal injury in a crash. Do not or down. drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

Driver Seat, Inboard Button The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the restraint The rear outboard head restraints down. Try to move the head are designed to be folded. When folding the seatback down the head Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 45 restraint must first be manually Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired folded forward out of the way to fold position and release the the seatback down. Seat Adjustment handle. The head restraint can be folded 3. Try to move the seat back and forward to allow for better visibility forth to be sure the seat is when the rear seat is unoccupied. { Warning locked in place. To fold the head restraint, press the You can lose control of the button on the side of the head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Power Seat Adjustment restraint. seat while the vehicle is moving. When an occupant is in the seat, Adjust the driver seat only when always return the head restraint to the vehicle is not moving. the upright position until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 System) 76ii . Extended Cab The vehicle’s rear seats have To adjust the seat, if equipped: headrests in the outboard seating . Move the seat forward or positions that cannot be adjusted. rearward by sliding the control If you are installing a child restraint forward or rearward. in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors To adjust the seat: . Raise or lower the entire seat by and Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 1. Pull the handle at the front of moving the entire control up System) 76ii . the seat. or down. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

46 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the seatback, see “Manual Reclining Seatbacks Reclining Seatbacks” under 0 Reclining Seatbacks 46ii . { Warning

Lumbar Adjustment Sitting in a reclined position when Power Lumbar the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving. other injuries. Manual Reclining Seatbacks The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning bones. This could cause serious You can lose control of the internal injuries. If equipped, press and hold the top vehicle if you try to adjust a driver of the control to increase lumbar For proper protection when the seat while the vehicle is moving. support. Press and hold the bottom vehicle is in motion, have the Adjust the driver seat only when of the control to decrease lumbar seatback upright. Then sit well the vehicle is not moving. support. Release the control when back in the seat and wear the the seatback reaches the desired safety belt properly. level of lumbar support. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 47

2. Move the seatback to the { Warning desired position, and then Warning (Continued) release the lever to lock the If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. time. Do not place anything on could move forward in a sudden the seat that insulates against stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback heat, such as a blanket, cushion, injury to the person sitting there. to make sure it is locked. cover, or similar item. This may Always push and pull on the To return the seatback to the upright cause the seat heater to seatbacks to be sure they are position: overheat. An overheated seat locked. 1. Lift the lever fully without heater may cause a burn or may applying pressure to the damage the seat. seatback to return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. To To recline a manual seatback: reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use 1. Lift the lever. If equipped, the buttons are on the care when using the seat heater, center stack. To operate, the engine especially for long periods of must be running. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

48 Seats and Restraints This feature will heat the cushion Remote Start Auto Heated Rear Seats and back of the seats. Seats Press + to heat the driver or During a remote start, the heated Rear Seats (Crew Cab) seats can be turned on passenger seatback only. On crew cab models, the rear automatically. The heated seats are seatbacks can be folded forward. Press z to heat the driver or canceled when the ignition is turned passenger cushion and seatback. on. Press the heated seat button to The indicator light comes on when use the heated seats after the Caution vehicle is started. this feature is on. Folding a rear seat with the safety Press the button once for the The heated seat indicator lights do belts still fastened may cause highest setting. With each press of not turn on during a remote start. damage to the seat or the safety the button, the seat will change to The temperature performance of an belts. Always unbuckle the safety the next lower setting, and then to unoccupied seat may be reduced. belts and return them to their the off setting. The indicator lights This is normal. normal stowed position before next to the buttons indicate three for folding a rear seat. the highest setting and one for the The heated seats will not turn on lowest. If the heated seats are on during a remote start unless they high, their level may automatically are enabled in the vehicle To fold a rear seatback: personalization menu. See Remote be lowered after approximately 0 1. Fold the head restraint. See 30 minutes. Vehicle Start 30ii and Vehicle 0 0 Head Restraints 44ii . Personalization 137ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 49

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

3. Push and pull on the seatback 2. Disconnect the rear center 3. Pull the release strap on the to make sure it is locked in safety belt latch from the outboard side of the seatback. place. mini-buckle by inserting the tip 4. Fold the seatback forward. of the safety belt tongue into { Warning the slot on the buckle. Let the To return a seatback to the upright belt retract. position: A safety belt that is improperly 1. Lift the seatback up and push it routed, not properly attached, rearward. or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The 2. Return the head restraint to the person wearing the belt could be upright position. See Head 0 seriously injured. After raising the Restraints 44ii . rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

50 Seats and Restraints 4. Reconnect the center safety Safety Belts belt latch plate to the Warning (Continued) mini-buckle. Make sure the This section of the manual safety belt is not twisted. describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped 5. Push and pull on the latch things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. plate to be sure it is secure. Always wear a safety belt, and When the seatback is not in use, it { Warning check that all passenger(s) are should be kept in the upright, locked restrained properly too. position. Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn Rear Seat Armrest properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. passenger(s) are not wearing 0 Crew Cab ii safety belts, injuries can be much See Safety Belt Reminders 113. worse than if you are wearing This vehicle may have the Safety safety belts. You can be seriously Belt Assurance System, which may injured or killed by hitting things prevent the vehicle from shifting out inside the vehicle harder or by of P (Park). See Safety Belt 0 being ejected from the vehicle. In Messages 134ii . addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas If equipped, pull the armrest to are more likely to be seriously lower. There are two cupholders in injured or killed. Do not allow the armrest. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 51

Why Safety Belts Work Questions and Answers About How to Wear Safety Belts Safety Belts Properly Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of after a crash if I am wearing a adult size. safety belt? There are special things to know A: You could be — whether you are about safety belts and children. And wearing a safety belt or not. there are different rules for smaller Your chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older can unbuckle and get out, is 0 Children 68ii or Infants and Young much greater if you are belted. 0 Children 70ii . Follow those rules for Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why everyone's protection. should I have to wear safety It is very important for all occupants When riding in a vehicle, you travel belts? to buckle up. Statistics show that as fast as the vehicle does. If the A: Airbags are supplemental unbelted people are hurt more often vehicle stops suddenly, you keep systems only; so they work with in crashes than those who are going until something stops you. safety belts — not instead of wearing safety belts. It could be the windshield, the them. Whether or not an airbag instrument panel, or the safety belts! There are important things to know is provided, all occupants still about wearing a safety belt properly. When you wear a safety belt, you have to buckle up to get the and the vehicle slow down together. most protection. There is more time to stop because Also, in nearly all states and in you stop over a longer distance and, all Canadian provinces, the law when worn properly, your strongest requires wearing safety belts. bones take the forces from the safety belts. That is why wearing safety belts makes such good sense. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

52 Seats and Restraints

. Wear the shoulder belt over the If you are using a rear seating shoulder and across the chest. position with a detachable safety These parts of the body are best belt and the safety belt is not able to take belt restraining attached, see Rear Seats (Crew 0 forces. The shoulder belt locks if Cab) 48ii for instruction on there is a sudden stop or crash. reconnecting the safety belt to the mini-buckle. { Warning The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt You can be seriously injured, properly. or even killed, by not wearing your safety belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or straight. To see how, see your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become “Seats” in the Index. of you. loose or twisted. . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder for your seating position. belt under both arms or . Wear the lap part of the belt low behind your back. and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an this applies force to the strong armrest. pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt Lap-Shoulder Belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause All seating positions in the vehicle serious or even fatal injuries. have a lap-shoulder belt. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 53

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull If the webbing locks in the latch 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt the belt across you. Do not let plate before it reaches the height adjuster, move it to the it get twisted. buckle, tilt the latch plate to flat height that is right for you. See The lap-shoulder belt may lock to unlock. “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” if you pull the belt across you later in this section for very quickly. If this happens, let instructions on use and the belt go back slightly to important safety information. unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull belt is not long enough, see up on the shoulder belt. 0 Safety Belt Extender 55ii . Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

54 Seats and Restraints

Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the safety belt and the vehicle. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and front outboard passenger. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder To unlatch the belt, push the button and not falling off of it. The belt Push up on the release button and on the buckle. The belt should should be close to, but not move the height adjuster to the return to its stowed position. contacting, the neck. Improper desired position. shoulder belt height adjustment Always stow the safety belt slowly. After the adjuster is set to the could reduce the effectiveness of If the safety belt webbing returns desired position, try to move it down the safety belt in a crash. See How quickly to the stowed position, the 0 without pushing the release button to Wear Safety Belts Properly 51ii . retractor may lock and cannot be to make sure it has locked into pulled out. If this happens, pull the position. safety belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then Safety Belt Pretensioners release it. If the webbing is still This vehicle has safety belt locked in the retractor, see your pretensioners for front outboard dealer. occupants. Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the safety belt assembly. They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 55

moderate to severe frontal, near Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a frontal, or rear crash if the threshold crash. For pregnant women, as for conditions for pretensioner Pregnancy anyone, the key to making safety activation are met. Safety belt Safety belts work for everyone, belts effective is wearing them pretensioners can also help tighten including pregnant women. Like all properly. the safety belts in a side crash or a occupants, they are more likely to rollover event. be seriously injured if they do not Safety Belt Extender wear safety belts. Pretensioners work only once. If the If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten pretensioners activate in a crash, around you, you should use it. they will need to be replaced, and the vehicle's safety belt system will But if a safety belt is not long probably need other new parts. See enough, your dealer will order you Replacing Safety Belt System Parts an extender. When you go in to 0 order it, take the heaviest coat you after a Crash 56ii . will wear, so the extender will be Rear Safety Belt Comfort long enough for you. To help avoid Guides personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the Rear safety belt comfort guides may seat it is made to fit. The extender provide added safety belt comfort has been designed for adults. Never for older children who have use it for securing child seats. To outgrown booster seats and for wear it, attach it to the regular safety some adults. When installed on a A pregnant woman should wear a belt. For more information, see the shoulder belt, the comfort guide lap-shoulder belt, and the lap instruction sheet that comes with positions the belt away from the portion should be worn as low as the extender. neck and head. possible, below the rounding, Comfort guides are available throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check through your dealer for the rear The best way to protect the fetus is outboard seating positions. to protect the mother. When a safety Now and then, check that the safety Instructions are included with the belt is worn properly, it is more likely belt reminder light, safety belts, guide. buckles, latch plates, retractors, and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

56 Seats and Restraints

anchorages are all working properly. Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be Look for any other loose or necessary even if the safety belt damaged safety belt system parts System Parts after a system was not being used at the that might keep a safety belt system Crash time of the crash. from doing its job. See your dealer Have the safety belt pretensioners to have it repaired. Torn or frayed { Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belts may not protect you in a crash, or if the airbag readiness light crash. They can rip apart under A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle impact forces. If a belt is torn or belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag frayed, get a new one right away. A damaged safety belt system 0 Readiness Light 114ii . Make sure the safety belt reminder may not properly protect the light is working. See Safety Belt person using it, resulting in 0 Reminders 113ii . serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the Keep safety belts clean and dry. 0 safety belt systems are working See Safety Belt Care 56ii . properly after a crash, have them Safety Belt Care inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as Keep belts clean and dry. possible.

{ Warning After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. But the safety belt assemblies that It may severely weaken them. In were used during any crash may a crash, they might not be able to have been stressed or damaged. provide adequate protection. See your dealer to have the safety Clean safety belts only with mild belt assemblies inspected or soap and lukewarm water. replaced. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 57 Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the center of the Warning (Continued) The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on airbags: the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also, . A frontal airbag for the driver. airbags are not designed to inflate . A frontal airbag for the front For seat-mounted side impact in every crash. In some crashes outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the safety belts are the only restraint. side of the seatback closest to . A seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag the door. 0 airbag for the driver. Inflate? 59ii . For roof-rail airbags, the word Wearing your safety belt during a . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. airbag for the front outboard crash helps reduce the chance of passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement hitting things inside the vehicle or the protection provided by safety being ejected from it. Airbags are . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags “supplemental restraints” to the and the passenger seated are also designed to help reduce directly behind the driver. safety belts. Everyone in the the risk of injury from the force of an vehicle should wear a safety belt . A roof-rail airbag for the front inflating bag, all airbags must inflate properly, whether or not there is very quickly to do their job. outboard passenger and the an airbag for that person. passenger seated directly Here are the most important things behind the front outboard to know about the airbag system: passenger. { Warning All vehicle airbags have the word { Warning AIRBAG on the trim or on a label Because airbags inflate with great near the deployment opening. You can be severely injured or force and faster than the blink of killed in a crash if you are not an eye, anyone who is up wearing your safety belt, even against, or very close to any with airbags. Airbags are airbag when it inflates can be (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

58 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags? Warning (Continued) { Warning

seriously injured or killed. Do not Children who are up against, sit unnecessarily close to any or very close to, any airbag when airbag, as you would be if sitting it inflates can be seriously injured on the edge of the seat or leaning or killed. Always secure children forward. Safety belts help keep properly in the vehicle. To read 0 you in position before and during how, see Older Children 68ii or 0 a crash. Always wear a safety Infants and Young Children 70ii . belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The safety belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when The driver frontal airbag is in the you are sitting well back and center of the steering wheel. upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which Occupants should not lean on or shows the airbag symbol. The sleep against the door or side system checks the airbag electrical windows in seating positions with system for malfunctions. The light seat-mounted side impact airbags tells you if there is an electrical and/or roof-rail airbags. problem. See Airbag Readiness 0 Light 114ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 59

The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger Warning (Continued) side instrument panel. or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, block the inflation path of a Passenger Side and Extended Cab seat-mounted side impact airbag. Similar Never secure anything to the roof Driver Side Shown, Passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Side Similar front outboard passenger, and by routing a rope or tie‐down The driver and front outboard second row outboard passengers through any door or window passenger seat-mounted side are in the ceiling above the side opening. If you do, the path of an impact airbags are in the side of the windows. inflating roof-rail airbag will be seatbacks closest to the door. blocked. { Warning If something is between an When Should an Airbag occupant and an airbag, the Inflate? airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with 0 that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 57ii . Airbags are designed to inflate if the (Continued) impact exceeds the specific airbag Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

60 Seats and Restraints

system's deployment threshold. whether the object is fixed or severe frontal impact. Roof-rail Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow airbags are not designed to inflate in predict how severe a crash is likely or wide. rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags to be in time for the airbags to Frontal airbags are not intended to will inflate when either side of the inflate and help restrain the inflate during vehicle rollovers, in vehicle is struck, if the sensing occupants. The vehicle has rear impacts, or in many side system predicts that the vehicle is electronic sensors that help the impacts. about to roll over on its side, or in a airbag system determine the severe frontal impact. severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has advanced technology frontal In any particular crash, no one can thresholds can vary with specific say whether an airbag should have vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint inflated simply because of the Frontal airbags are designed to according to crash severity. vehicle damage or repair costs. inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag reduce the potential for severe are designed to inflate in moderate Inflate? injuries, mainly to the driver's or to severe side crashes depending front outboard passenger's head on the location of the impact. In a deployment event, the sensing and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags system sends an electrical signal are not designed to inflate in frontal triggering a release of gas from the Whether the frontal airbags will or impacts, near frontal impacts, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the should inflate is not based primarily rollovers, or rear impacts. airbag causing the bag to break out on how fast the vehicle is traveling. A seat-mounted side impact airbag of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, It depends on what is hit, the is designed to inflate on the side of and related hardware are all part of direction of the impact, and how the vehicle that is struck. the airbag module. quickly the vehicle slows down. Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are Frontal airbags may inflate at 0 inflate in moderate to severe side the Airbags? 58ii . different crash speeds depending on crashes depending on the location whether the vehicle hits an object of the impact. In addition, these straight on or at an angle, and roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during a rollover or in a Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 61

How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer Restrain? because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle. 0 near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 59ii . occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded { Warning wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement moderate to severe side collisions, to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there even belted occupants can contact may be dust in the air. This dust the inside of the vehicle. What Will You See after could cause breathing problems Airbags supplement the protection an Airbag Inflates? for people with a history of provided by safety belts by asthma or other breathing trouble. distributing the force of the impact After the frontal airbags and To avoid this, everyone in the more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as occupant's body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have quickly that some people may not Rollover capable roof-rail airbags breathing problems but cannot even realize an airbag inflated. are designed to help contain the get out of the vehicle after an Roof-rail airbags may still be at least head and chest of occupants in the airbag inflates, then get fresh air partially inflated for some time after outboard seating positions in the by opening a window or a door. they inflate. Some components of first and second rows. The rollover If you experience breathing the airbag module may be hot for capable roof-rail airbags are problems following an airbag several minutes. For location of the designed to help reduce the risk of deployment, you should seek airbags, see Where Are the full or partial ejection in rollover 0 medical attention. Airbags? 58ii . events, although no system can The parts of the airbag that come prevent all such ejections. The vehicle has a feature that may into contact with you may be warm, automatically unlock the doors, turn but not too hot to touch. There may on the interior lamps and hazard be some smoke and dust coming warning flashers, and shut off the from the vents in the deflated fuel system after the airbags inflate. airbags. Airbag inflation does not Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

62 Seats and Restraints

The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag. System threshold. You can lock the doors, . Airbags are designed to inflate The vehicle has a passenger and turn off the interior lamps, and only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front turn off the hazard warning flashers inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The by using the controls for those parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator features. If you do not get them, the will light on the overhead console airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started. { Warning to help protect you in another crash. A new system will include A crash severe enough to inflate airbag modules and possibly the airbags may have also other parts. The service manual damaged important functions in for the vehicle covers the need the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts. system, brake and steering . The vehicle has a crash sensing United States systems, etc. Even if the vehicle and diagnostic module which appears to be drivable after a records information after a moderate crash, there may be crash. See Vehicle Data concealed damage that could 0 Recording and Privacy 372ii make it difficult to safely operate and Event Data Recorders the vehicle. 0 373ii . Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians Canada and Mexico to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems. has occurred. Improper service can mean that The words ON and OFF, or the an airbag system will not work symbol for on and off, will be visible during the system check. When the In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for system check is complete, either the inflate the airbag, windshields are service. word ON or OFF, or the symbol for broken by vehicle deformation. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 63

on and off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) 0 114ii . the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child The passenger sensing system restraint in the front seat, even if turns off the front outboard the airbag is off. If securing a { Warning passenger frontal airbag under forward-facing child restraint in certain conditions. No other airbag A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger is affected by the passenger seat, always move the seat as far sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another the front outboard passenger seat restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child and safety belt. The sensors are the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available. designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and forward-facing child restraint can determine if the front outboard be seriously injured or killed if the If the vehicle does not have a rear passenger frontal airbag should be passenger frontal airbag inflates seat that will accommodate a allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a rear-facing child restraint, a forward position. rear-facing child restraint should not According to accident statistics, be installed in the vehicle, even if Even if the passenger sensing children are safer when properly the airbag is off. secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no The passenger sensing system is and size. system is fail-safe. No one can designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag if: Whenever possible, children aged guarantee that an airbag will not 12 and under should be secured in deploy under some unusual . The front outboard passenger a rear seating position. circumstance, even though the seat is unoccupied. airbag is turned off. . The system determines that an (Continued) infant is present in a rear-facing infant seat. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

64 Seats and Restraints

. The system determines that a properly in the front outboard small child is present in a child passenger seat. When the Warning (Continued) restraint. passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled, away. See Airbag Readiness . The system determines that a 0 the on indicator will light and stay lit Light 114ii for more information, small child is present in a including important safety booster seat. as a reminder that the airbag is active. information. . A front outboard passenger For some children who have takes his/her weight off of the If the On Indicator Is Lit for a seat for a period of time. outgrown child restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger Child Restraint . The front outboard passenger sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed seat is occupied by a smaller off the front outboard passenger and the on indicator is lit: person, such as a child who has frontal airbag, depending upon the outgrown child restraints. person's seating posture and body 1. Turn the vehicle off. . There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who 2. Remove the child restraint from the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should the vehicle. passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for 3. Remove any additional items When the passenger sensing that person. from the seat such as blankets, system has turned off the front cushions, seat covers, seat outboard passenger frontal airbag, heaters, or seat massagers. the off indicator will light and stay lit { Warning 4. Reinstall the child restraint as a reminder that the airbag is off. If the airbag readiness light ever following the directions See Passenger Airbag Status 0 comes on and stays on, it means provided by the child restraint Indicator 114ii . that something may be wrong manufacturer and refer to The passenger sensing system is with the airbag system. To help Securing Child Restraints 0 designed to turn on the front avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) 89ii or Securing outboard passenger frontal airbag have the vehicle serviced right Child Restraints (Front 0 anytime the system senses that a Passenger Seat) 95ii . (Continued) person of adult size is sitting Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 65

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material restraint and restarting the Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as vehicle, the on indicator is still blankets, cushions, seat lit, turn the vehicle off. Then covers, seat heaters, or seat slightly recline the vehicle massagers. seatback and adjust the seat 3. Place the seatback in the fully cushion, if adjustable, to make upright position. sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child 4. Have the person sit upright in restraint into the seat cushion. the seat, centered on the seat Also make sure the child cushion, with legs comfortably restraint is not trapped under extended. the vehicle head restraint. 5. If the shoulder portion of the If this happens, adjust the head belt is pulled out all the way, restraint. See Head Restraints the child restraint locking 0 44ii . feature will be engaged. This If a person of adult-size is sitting in may unintentionally cause the 6. Restart the vehicle. the front outboard passenger seat, passenger sensing system to but the off indicator is lit, it could be If the on indicator is still lit, secure turn the airbag off for some because that person is not sitting the child in the child restraint in a adult-sized occupants. If this properly in the seat or that the child rear seat position in the vehicle, and happens, unbuckle the belt, let restraint locking feature is engaged. check with your dealer. the belt go back all the way, Use the following steps to allow the If no rear seat is available, do not and then buckle the belt again system to detect that person and install a child restraint in this vehicle without pulling the belt out all enable the front outboard passenger and check with your dealer. the way. frontal airbag: 6. Restart the vehicle and have 1. Turn the vehicle off. the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

66 Seats and Restraints

A thick layer of additional material, { Warning such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued) or aftermarket equipment such as If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system sensing system. will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other Servicing the resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle 0 ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 67ii should be serviced. There are parts passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about of the airbag system in several airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your the system operates. dealer and the service manual have Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the System Operation object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To handbag, grocery bag, laptop, purchase a service manual, see Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering 0 passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 370ii . during vehicle maneuvers and desired remove the object from braking, which helps the passenger the seat. { Warning sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See { Warning For up to 10 seconds after the “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” vehicle is turned off and the in the Index for additional Stowing of articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag information about the importance of passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper proper restraint use. passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 67

Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any Warning (Continued) vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad are close to an airbag when it metal may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. from working properly. The of the seat fabric, could also They are probably part of the operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the airbag system. Be sure to follow also be affected by changing any passenger sensing system. This proper service procedures, and parts of the front seats, safety belts, could either prevent proper make sure the person performing the airbag sensing and diagnostic deployment of the passenger work for you is qualified to do so. module, steering wheel, instrument airbag(s) or prevent the passenger panel, any of the airbag modules, sensing system from properly ceiling or pillar garnish trim, turning off the passenger airbag(s). Adding Equipment to the overhead console, front sensors, See Passenger Sensing System 0 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle side impact sensors, or airbag 62ii . wiring. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail { Warning Your dealer and the service manual airbags, see Different Size Tires 0 have information about the location and Wheels 311ii for additional If a snow plow or similar of the airbag sensors, sensing and important information. equipment is installed on the diagnostic module, and airbag If you have to modify your vehicle vehicle, the airbag system may wiring. not function properly. An airbag because you have a disability and In addition, the vehicle has a you have questions about whether could inflate when it is not passenger sensing system for the the modifications will affect the supposed to inflate. People riding front outboard passenger position, vehicle's airbag system, or if you in the vehicle could be injured, which includes sensors that are part have questions about whether the and the vehicle and/or snow plow of the passenger seat. The airbag system will be affected if the could be damaged. Do not install passenger sensing system may not vehicle is modified for any other a snow plow or similar equipment operate properly if the original seat reason, call Customer Assistance. on the vehicle. trim is replaced with non-GM See Customer Assistance Offices 0 covers, upholstery, or trim; or with 363ii . GM covers, upholstery, or trim Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

68 Seats and Restraints Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash regularly scheduled maintenance or Older Children replacement. Make sure the airbag { Warning readiness light is working. See 0 Airbag Readiness Light 114ii . A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. Caution A damaged airbag system may not work properly and may not If an airbag covering is damaged, protect you and your opened, or broken, the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting may not work properly. Do not in serious injury or even death. To open or break the airbag help make sure the airbag coverings. If there are any systems are working properly opened or broken airbag after a crash, have them coverings, have the airbag inspected and any necessary covering and/or airbag module replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown replaced. For the location of the possible. booster seats should wear the airbags, see Where Are the vehicle safety belts. 0 Airbags? 58ii . See your dealer If an airbag inflates, you will need to The manufacturer instructions that for service. replace airbag system parts. See come with the booster seat state the your dealer for service. weight and height limitations for that booster. Use a booster seat with a If the airbag readiness light stays on lap-shoulder belt until the child after the vehicle is started or comes passes the fit test below: on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See 0 Airbag Readiness Light 114ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 69

. Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to Do the knees bend at the seat wear safety belts? { Warning edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same safety belt. The . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder safety belt cannot properly spread Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and If no, try using the rear safety neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A safety belt belt comfort guide, if equipped. snugly below the hips, just must be used by only one person See Rear Safety Belt Comfort touching the top of the thighs. “ at a time. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt This applies belt force to the 0 52ii . If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash. available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal booster seat. injuries in a crash. . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 52ii . return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics, . Can proper safety belt fit be children are safer when properly maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position. trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

70 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning { Warning

Never allow a child to wear the Children can be seriously injured safety belt with the shoulder belt or strangled if a shoulder belt is behind their back. A child can be wrapped around their neck. The seriously injured by not wearing shoulder belt can tighten but the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a cannot be loosened if it is locked. crash, the child would not be The shoulder belt locks when it is restrained by the shoulder belt. pulled all the way out of the The child could move too far retractor. It unlocks when the forward increasing the chance of shoulder belt is allowed to go all head and neck injury. The child the way back into the retractor, might also slide under the lap Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is belt. The belt force would then be Children wrapped around a child’s neck. applied right on the abdomen. If the shoulder belt is locked and Everyone in a vehicle needs That could cause serious or fatal tightened around a child’s neck, protection! This includes infants and injuries. The shoulder belt should the only way to loosen the belt is all other children. Neither the go over the shoulder and across to cut it. distance traveled nor the age and the chest. size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the safety state in the United States and in belts. every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 71

the vehicle's safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child Q: What are the different types of will become so heavy it is not { Warning possible to hold it during a crash. add-on child restraints? For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against, A: Add-on child restraints, which 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) or very close to, any airbag when are purchased by the vehicle infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured owner, are available in four basic 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing types. Selection of a particular arms. An infant should be child restraint in the front restraint should take into consideration not only the child's secured in an appropriate outboard seat. Secure a weight, height, and age but also restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear whether or not the restraint will seat. It is also better to secure a be compatible with the motor forward-facing child restraint in a vehicle in which it will be used. rear seat. If you must secure a For most basic types of child forward-facing child restraint in restraints, there are many the front outboard seat, always different models available. When move the front passenger seat as purchasing a child restraint, be far back as it will go. sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

72 Seats and Restraints

restraint will have a label saying Child Restraint Systems that it meets federal motor { Warning vehicle safety standards. A young child's hip bones are still The restraint manufacturer so small that the vehicle's regular instructions that come with the safety belt may not remain low on restraint state the weight and the hip bones, as it should. height limitations for a particular Instead, it may settle up around child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints the child's abdomen. In a crash, available for children with the belt would apply force on a special needs. body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone { Warning could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of To reduce the risk of neck and serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat head injury in a crash, infants and crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat provides toddlers should be secured in a always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface rear-facing child restraint until age child restraints. against the back of the infant. two, or until they reach the The harness system holds the infant maximum height and weight limits in place and, in a crash, acts to of their child restraint. keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 73

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats in the vehicle. Child restraint A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the seats by lap belts or the lap belt harness. vehicle's safety belt system. portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by A booster seat can also help a child the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children to see out the window. 0 (LATCH System) 76ii . Children can Securing an Add-On Child be endangered in a crash if the child Restraint in the Vehicle restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. { Warning When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the instructions A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

74 Seats and Restraints

important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint { Warning copy from the manufacturer. A child in a rear-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning restraint can be seriously injured child restraint can move around in a or killed if the front passenger A child can be seriously injured or collision or sudden stop and injure airbag inflates. This is because killed in a crash if the child is not people in the vehicle. Be sure to the back of the rear-facing child properly secured in the child properly secure any child restraint in restraint would be very close to the vehicle even when no child is restraint. Secure the child — the inflating airbag. A child in a in it. properly following the instructions forward-facing child restraint can that came with that child restraint. In some areas of the United States be seriously injured or killed if the and Canada, Certified Child front passenger airbag inflates Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a (CPSTs) are available to inspect forward position. and demonstrate how to correctly Restraint Even if the passenger sensing use and install child restraints. In According to accident statistics, the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when system has turned off the front Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child passenger frontal airbag, no Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint system is fail-safe. No one can locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating guarantee that an airbag will not inspection station. For CPST position. deploy under some unusual availability in Canada, check with circumstance, even though it is Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged turned off. Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to is off. If you secure a the rear-facing child is so great if the forward-facing child restraint in airbag deploys. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 75

When securing a child restraint in a Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the child the front seat, always move the A child could be seriously injured restraint to make sure it is front passenger seat as far back or killed in a sudden stop or compatible with this vehicle. as it will go. It is better to secure crash. the child restraint in a rear seat. Child restraints and booster seats A rear-facing or forward-facing vary considerably in size, and some See Passenger Sensing System child restraint can be installed in may fit in certain seating positions 0 62ii for additional information. the right rear seating position better than others. using the seat cushion extension Depending on where you place the in an extended cab model. Never If the vehicle does not have a rear child restraint and the size of the seat that will accommodate a install a child restraint in the right child restraint, you may not be able rear-facing child restraint, a rear seating position without the to access adjacent safety belt rear-facing child restraint should not seat cushion extension. See assemblies or LATCH anchors for be secured in the vehicle, even if Lower Anchors and Tethers for additional passengers or child 0 the airbag is off. Children (LATCH System) 76ii restraints. Adjacent seating and Securing Child Restraints positions should not be used if the 0 { Warning (Rear Seat) 89ii or Securing child restraint prevents access to or Child Restraints (Front Passenger interferes with the routing of the 0 Never secure a rear-facing or Seat) 95ii . safety belt. forward-facing child restraint in Wherever a child restraint is the left rear seating position in an Never secure a rear-facing or installed, be sure to secure the child extended cab model. This seating forward-facing child restraint in the restraint properly. position is not suitable for child left rear seating position in an restraint installation. The seat Keep in mind that an unsecured extended cab model. child restraint can move around in a cushion is too short to properly collision or sudden stop and injure support a rear-facing or people in the vehicle. Be sure to forward-facing child restraint. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

76 Seats and Restraints

properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s The following explains how to attach the vehicle — even when no child is safety belts to secure the child in a child restraint with these in it. the booster seat. If the manufacturer attachments in the vehicle. recommends that the booster seat Not all vehicle seating positions or Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system, child restraints have lower anchors Tethers for Children this can be done as long as the and attachments or top tether booster seat can be positioned (LATCH System) anchors and attachments. In this properly and there is no interference case, the safety belt must be used The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the (with top tether where available) to restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child. secure the child restraint. See LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions Securing Child Restraints (Rear 0 restraint are used to attach the child that came with the child restraint, Seat) 89ii or Securing Child restraint to the anchors in the and also the instructions in this Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) 0 vehicle. The LATCH system is manual. 95ii . designed to make installation of a child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors a top tether, you must also use In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the your vehicle, you need a child safety belts to properly secure the restraint that has LATCH child restraint. A child restraint must attachments. LATCH-compatible never be installed using only the top rear-facing and forward-facing child tether. restraints can be properly installed using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can be used until the combined weight the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH child seat. anchorage system once the combined weight is more than 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 77

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars reduce the forward movement and Lower Anchor and Top Tether built into the vehicle. There are two rotation of the child restraint during Anchor Locations lower anchors for each LATCH driving or in a crash. seating position that will The child restraint may have a accommodate a child restraint with single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). lower attachments (2). Either will have a single attachment Top Tether Anchor hook (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have Crew Cab a top tether, and that the tether be I : Seating positions with attached. Be sure to read and follow top tether anchors. the instructions for your child restraint. H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure For crew cab models, there are the top of the child restraint to the exposed metal lower anchors for vehicle. A top tether anchor is built each rear outboard seating position, into the vehicle. The top tether where the seatback meets the back attachment hook (2) on the child of the seat cushion. restraint connects to the top tether A child restraint in the rear center anchor in the vehicle in order to seating position must be installed with safety belts as it is not equipped with lower LATCH Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

78 Seats and Restraints

anchors. See Securing Child Even though LATCH anchors are 0 Restraints (Rear Seat) 89ii or required for this position, a child Securing Child Restraints (Front restraint (forward-facing or 0 Passenger Seat) 95ii . rear-facing) should not be installed in the left rear seat.

I : Seating positions with top tether anchors. For extended cab without rear seat and crew cab models, there are top tether anchor symbols to assist you in locating the top tether anchors.

Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown) I : Seating positions with Extended Cab without Rear Seats top tether anchors. (Front Seats Shown) H : Seating positions with For extended cab models without two lower anchors. rear seats, there is a top tether anchor provided for the front For extended cab models with rear passenger seat. seats, there are exposed metal lower anchors for each rear seating Crew Cab position, attached to the back wall, near the seat cushion. The top tether anchors in a crew cab model are on the back wall behind each rear seating position. Fold down the rear seatback to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 79

access the anchor. See instructions Do not attach a top tether to the that the top tether be attached, or if for crew cab under Rear Seats loop near the top of the seatback of the instructions that come with the 0 (Crew Cab) 48ii . Be sure to use an the seating position in which the child restraint say that the top tether anchor directly behind the seating child restraint is installed. must be attached. position where the child restraint will According to accident statistics, be placed. children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the 0 Restraint 74ii for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint with the LATCH System

Extended Cab without Rear Seats { Warning The top tether anchor in an Extended Cab with Rear Seats If a LATCH-type child restraint is extended cab without rear seats is a not attached to anchors, the child The top tether anchors in an metal wire on the lower inboard side restraint will not be able to protect extended cab model are loops near of the cab wall directly behind the the child correctly. In a crash, the the top of each rear seatback. See front passenger seat. child could be seriously injured or the instructions under “Securing a Do not place heavy objects on the killed. Install a LATCH-type child Child Restraint with the LATCH top tether anchor or use it as a tie restraint properly using the System later in this section on how ” down for cargo as this may cause anchors, or use the vehicle's to attach a top tether. damage to the anchor. safety belts to secure the Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint, following the instructions position without a top tether anchor (Continued) if a national or local law requires Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

80 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution

that came with the child restraint cannot be loosened if it is locked. Do not let the LATCH and the instructions in this The shoulder belt locks when it is attachments rub against the manual. pulled all the way out of the vehicle’s safety belts. This may retractor. It unlocks when the damage these parts. If necessary, shoulder belt is allowed to go all move buckled safety belts to { Warning the way back into the retractor, avoid rubbing the LATCH but it cannot do this if it is attachments. To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck. fatal injuries during a crash, do Do not fold the rear seatback If the shoulder belt is locked and when the seat is occupied. Do not not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck, restraint to a single anchor. fold the empty rear seat with a the only way to loosen the belt is safety belt buckled. This could Attaching more than one child to cut it. restraint to a single anchor could damage the safety belt or the cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused safety belts seat. Unbuckle and return the to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so safety belt to its stowed position, during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull before folding the seat. could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one and tighten the belt behind the child restraint in the rear seat, see child restraint after the child 0 { Warning Where to Put the Restraint 74ii . restraint has been installed. Children can be seriously injured Crew Cab or strangled if a shoulder belt is 1. When installing a rear-facing wrapped around their neck. The child restraint, it may be shoulder belt can tighten but necessary to move the front (Continued) seat forward to properly install Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 81

per the child restraint 3.3. Route the top tether manufacturer instructions. See according to your child 0 Seat Adjustment 45ii or Power restraint instructions and 0 Seat Adjustment 45ii . the following instructions: 2. For rear outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” at the end of this section. If the position you are 3. If the child restraint using has a fixed head If the position you are restraint and you are manufacturer's instructions using does not have a recommend that the top tether using a single tether, route head restraint and you are the tether around the be attached, attach the top using a single tether, route tether to the top tether inboard or outboard side the tether over the of the head restraint. anchor (1). Refer to the child seatback. restraint instructions and the following steps: 3.1. Release and pull the rear seatback forward to access the top tether anchors (1). See Rear 0 Seats (Crew Cab) 48ii . 3.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

82 Seats and Restraints

If the position you are 4. Attach and tighten the lower using does not have a attachments to the lower head restraint and you are anchors. If the child restraint using a dual tether, route does not have lower the tether over the attachments or the desired seatback. seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the safety belts and the top tether. Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and Securing Child Restraints 0 (Rear Seat) 89ii or Securing 3.4. Adjust the top tether to its Child Restraints (Front full length and attach the 0 Passenger Seat) 95ii . top tether hook to the anchor. Make sure that 5. Tighten the top tether. If the position you are you secure the top tether 6. Before placing a child in the using has a fixed head to the top tether anchor restraint and you are child restraint, make sure it is and not to the seatback securely held in place. To using a dual tether, route latch. the tether around the check, grasp the child restraint sides of the head restraint. 3.5. Push rearward on the at the LATCH path and attempt seatback until it locks into to move it side to side and its upright position. Push back and forth. There should and pull on the seatback be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of to make sure it is secured movement for proper properly. installation. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 83

Extended Cab with Rear Seats Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

{ Warning properly installed according to the a passenger to sit properly in the child restraint manufacturer s front outboard passenger seat. Never secure a rear-facing or ’ instructions. The passenger could be seriously forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed in a sudden stop the left rear seating position in an A rear-facing or forward-facing or crash. extended cab model. This seating child restraint can be installed in position is not suitable for child the right rear seating position restraint installation. The seat using the seat cushion extension { Warning cushion is too short to properly in an extended cab model. Never support a rear-facing or install a rear-facing or Do not attach a top tether to the forward-facing child restraint. forward-facing child restraint in loop near the top of the seatback A child could be seriously injured the right rear seating position and directly behind the seating or killed in a sudden stop or without the seat cushion position in which the child crash. extension. restraint is installed in an A booster seat can be used in the extended cab with rear seats. The left or right rear seating position if top tether will not be able to be { Warning the base of the booster seat fits properly tightened. See on the seat cushion and does not Do not let anyone ride in the front instructions below for how to extend past the front edge. If it passenger seat when a properly attach a top tether. does, it should be installed in the rear-facing child restraint is right rear seating position using installed in the right rear seating Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion the seat cushion extension. Only position. To properly fit the Extension install a booster seat in either rear rear-facing child restraint, the The vehicle is equipped with a seating position if it can be front seatback will need to be headrest that is used as a seat (Continued) tilted forward which will not allow cushion extension for installation of (Continued) child restraints in the right rear seat. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

84 Seats and Restraints

seat cushion extension for { Warning booster seats that extend past the front edge of the seat The right rear seat cushion cushion. extension is designed to support the weight of a child in a child restraint or booster seat. It is neither designed nor intended to support the weight of an adult. Use the seat cushion extension only when a child restraint or booster seat is installed in the right rear seating position. 3. Insert the headrest posts into the holes on the front of the When installing a rear-facing child passenger side seat cushion to restraint in the right rear seating install the seat cushion position, move the front seat all the extension. The notch on the way forward and tilt the seatback 2. Press the button for the posts should face the forward to properly install the child passenger side headrest at the passenger side of the vehicle. restraint. See Power Seat top of the seatback and pull up. Try to move the headrest to 0 make sure it is locked in place. Adjustment 45ii , Seat Adjustment 0 0 45ii and Reclining Seatbacks 46ii . 4. If the child restraint When a rear-facing child restraint is manufacturer recommends that installed properly, the front the top tether be attached, passenger seat cannot be used. adjust the top tether to its full 1. Always install the seat cushion length and attach the top tether extension in the right rear hook to the anchor. Refer to seating position when installing the child restraint instructions a forward-facing or rear-facing and the following: child restraint. Also use the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 85

and the top tether (if Extended Cab without Rear appropriate). See Securing Seats Child Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 89ii or Securing Child { Warning Restraints (Front Passenger 0 Seat) 95ii . A child in a rear-facing child 6. Tighten the top tether. The restraint can be seriously injured child restraint instructions will or killed if the right front show you how. passenger airbag inflates. This is 7. Before placing a child in the because the back of the child restraint, make sure it is rear-facing child restraint would securely held in place. To be very close to the inflating Route the top tether (1) through check, grasp the child restraint airbag. A child in a forward-facing the loop (2) at the top of the at the LATCH path and attempt child restraint can be seriously seatback directly behind the to move it side to side and injured or killed if the right front child restraint and attach the back and forth. There should passenger airbag inflates and the top tether hook to the top tether be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of passenger seat is in a forward loop at the top of the seatback movement for proper position. for the opposite rear seating installation. position (3). Even if the passenger sensing 8. Always reinstall the headrest system has turned off the right 5. Attach and tighten the lower before the seating position is front passenger frontal airbag, no attachments to the lower used by another occupant. See system is fail-safe. No one can anchors. If the child restraint “Head Restraint/Headrest guarantee that an airbag will not does not have lower Removal and Reinstallation” at deploy under some unusual attachments, secure the child the end of this section. restraint with the safety belts circumstance, even though it is turned off. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

86 Seats and Restraints

1. Put the child restraint on the Warning (Continued) right front passenger seat. Since this vehicle does not have 2. If the child restraint a rear seat that will accommodate manufacturer's instructions a rear-facing child restraint, a recommend that the top tether rear-facing child restraint should be attached, attach and tighten not be installed in your vehicle, the top tether hook to the top even if the airbag is off. tether anchor. 2.1. Route the top tether See Passenger Sensing System If you are using a dual 0 according to your child tether, route the tether 62ii for additional information. restraint instructions and around the head restraint. the following instructions: The vehicle has a front outboard passenger frontal airbag and a passenger sensing system. The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front passenger frontal airbag when an infant in a rear-facing infant seat or a small child in a forward-facing child restraint or booster seat is detected. See “Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)” If you are using a single later in this section and Passenger tether, raise the head 0 Sensing System 62ii for important restraint and route the safety information and additional tether under the head 2.2. Attach the top tether hook information on installing a child restraint and in between to the metal wire on the restraint in the front passenger the headrest or head lower inboard side of the position. restraint posts. cab wall directly behind the front passenger seat. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 87

2.3. Tighten the top tether. Crew Cab 4. Always reinstall the head 3. Before placing a child in the The rear outboard head restraints restraint before the seating child restraint, make sure it is can be removed if they interfere with position is used by another securely held in place. To the proper installation of the child occupant. check, grasp the child restraint restraint. To reinstall the head restraint: at the LATCH path and attempt To remove the head restraint: to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation

{ Warning

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, 1. Insert the posts into the holes there is a greater chance that 1. Partially fold the seat forward. in the top of the seatback. The occupants will suffer a neck/ notch on the post should face spinal injury in a crash. Do not 2. Press the button on the side of the driver side of the vehicle. drive until the head restraints for the head restraint post at the all occupants are installed and top of the seatback and pull up 2. Push the head restraint down. adjusted properly. on the head restraint. Pull up on the head restraint to make sure it is locked in place. 3. Store the head restraint in the storage compartment under the left rear seat cushion. See 0 Underseat Storage 100ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

88 Seats and Restraints

Extended Cab instructions in “Securing a To remove the headrest: Child Restraint with the LATCH System” earlier in this section. 4. Always reinstall the headrest before the seating position is used by another occupant. To reinstall the headrest:

2. If removing the headrest to install a booster seat in the left rear seating position, store the 1. Press the button on the side of headrest in the left rear seat storage area as shown. See the headrest post on the top of 0 Underseat Storage 100ii . the seatback and pull up. Never install a forward-facing or rearward-facing child restraint in the left rear seating 1. If installed as a seat cushion position. extension, first press both 3. If removing the headrest to buttons on the front of the seat install as a seat cushion cushion to remove the extension for a forward-facing headrest. or rearward-facing child restraint in the right rear seating position, see the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 89

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) When securing a child restraint in a { Warning rear seating position, study the instructions that came with your A crash can damage the LATCH child restraint to make sure it is system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, If your child restraint has the LATCH resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH death in a crash. To help make 0 System) 76ii for how to install your sure the LATCH system is 2. To reinstall the headrest, insert child restraint using LATCH. If you the posts into the holes in the working properly after a crash, secure a child restraint using a top of the seatback. The see your dealer to have the safety belt and it uses a top tether, notches on the posts should system inspected and any see Lower Anchors and Tethers for face the driver side of the necessary replacements made as 0 Children (LATCH System) 76ii for vehicle. soon as possible. top tether anchor locations. 3. Push the headrest down. Pull Do not secure a child restraint in a up on the headrest to make If the vehicle has the LATCH system position without a top tether anchor sure it is locked in place. and it was being used during a if a national or local law requires crash, new LATCH system parts that the top tether be anchored, or if may be needed. the instructions that come with the New parts and repairs may be child restraint say that the top strap necessary even if the LATCH must be anchored. system was not being used at the In Canada, the law requires that time of the crash. forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

90 Seats and Restraints

If your child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in A child could be seriously injured the right rear seating position this position. Be sure to follow the or killed in a sudden stop or without the seat cushion instructions that came with the child crash. extension. restraint. Secure the child in the A booster seat can be used in the child restraint when and as the left or right rear seating position if instructions say. the base of the booster seat fits { Warning If you need to install more than one on the seat cushion and does not Do not let anyone ride in the front child restraint in the rear seat, be extend past the front edge. If it passenger seat when a sure to read Where to Put the does, it should be installed in the 0 rear-facing child restraint is Restraint 74ii . right rear seating position using installed in the right rear seating the seat cushion extension. Only Extended Cab position. To properly fit the install a booster seat in either rear rear-facing child restraint, the seating position if it can be { Warning front seatback will need to be properly installed according to the tilted forward which will not allow child restraint manufacturer s Never secure a rear-facing or ’ a passenger to sit properly in the instructions. forward-facing child restraint in front outboard passenger seat. the left rear seating position in an A rear-facing or forward-facing The passenger could be seriously extended cab model. This seating child restraint can be installed in injured or killed in a sudden stop position is not suitable for child the right rear seating position or crash. restraint installation. The seat using the seat cushion extension cushion is too short to properly in an extended cab model. Never support a rear-facing or install a rear-facing or forward-facing child restraint. forward-facing child restraint in (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 91

A booster seat may be used in the 3. Insert the headrest posts into left rear seating position if the base the holes on the front of the of the booster seat fits on the seat passenger side seat cushion to cushion and does not extend past install the seat cushion the front edge of the seat cushion. extension. The notch on the If the booster seat extends past the post should face the passenger front of the seat cushion, it should side of the vehicle. Try to move be used in the right rear seating the headrest to make sure it is position with the seat cushion locked in place. extension. 4. Put the child restraint on When using the lap-shoulder belt to the seat. secure the child restraint in this When installing a rear-facing 2. Press the button on the position, follow the instructions that child restraint, move the front passenger side headrest and came with the child restraint and the seat all the way forward and tilt pull up. following instructions: the seatback forward to 1. Always install the seat cushion properly install the child extension in the right rear seat restraint per the child restraint position when installing a manufacturer instructions. See 0 forward-facing or rear-facing Seat Adjustment 45ii and 0 child restraint. Also use the Reclining Seatbacks 46ii . seat cushion extension for When a rear-facing child booster seats that extend past restraint is installed properly, the front edge of the seat the front passenger seat cushion. cannot be used. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

92 Seats and Restraints

5. If the child restraint Tilt the latch plate to adjust the manufacturer recommends belt if needed. using a top tether, adjust the top tether to its full length and attach it to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 76ii . 6. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions 8. Pull the shoulder belt all the of the vehicle's safety belt way out of the retractor to set through or around the restraint. the lock. When the retractor The child restraint instructions 7. Push the latch plate into the lock is set, the belt can be will show you how. buckle until it clicks. tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 93

10. Tighten the top tether. See Crew Cab Lower Anchors and Tethers for When using the lap-shoulder belt to Children (LATCH System) 0 secure the child restraint in this 76ii . position, follow the instructions that 11. Before placing a child in the came with the child restraint and the child restraint, make sure it is following instructions: securely held in place. To 1. If the head restraint interferes check, grasp the child restraint with the proper installation of at the safety belt path and the child restraint, the head attempt to move it side to side restraint may be removed. See and back and forth. When the Head Restraint/Headrest child restraint is properly “ Removal and Reinstallation installed, there should be no ” 9. To tighten the belt, push down under Lower Anchors and more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of on the child restraint, pull the Tethers for Children (LATCH shoulder portion of the belt to movement. 0 System) 76ii . tighten the lap portion of the To remove the child restraint, 2. If the child restraint belt, and feed the shoulder belt unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt ’ manufacturer recommends back into the retractor. When and let it return to the stowed using a top tether, adjust the installing a forward-facing child position. If the top tether is attached top tether to its full length and restraint, it may be helpful to to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. attach it to the top tether use your knee to push down on Reinstall the headrest in the anchor. Refer to the the child restraint as you seatback before the seating position instructions that came with the tighten the belt. is used. See Head Restraint/ “ child restraint and see Lower Headrest Removal and Try to pull the belt out of the Anchors and Tethers for Reinstallation under Lower Anchors retractor to make sure the ” Children (LATCH System) retractor is locked. If the and Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 0 76ii . retractor is not locked, repeat System) 76ii for additional Steps 6 and 7. information on installing the 3. Put the child restraint on headrest properly. the seat. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

94 Seats and Restraints

4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

6. Pull the shoulder belt all the 7. To tighten the belt, push down way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt the retractor. back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child 5. Push the latch plate into the restraint, it may be helpful to buckle until it clicks. use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you Position the release button on tighten the belt. the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled Try to pull the belt out of the if necessary. retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 6 and 7. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 95

8. Tighten the top tether. See Securing Child Restraints Lower Anchors and Tethers for Warning (Continued) Children (LATCH System) (Front Passenger Seat) 0 This is because the back of the 76ii . This vehicle has airbags. A rear rear-facing child restraint would 9. Before placing a child in the seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating child restraint, make sure it is 0 airbag. A child in a forward-facing Where to Put the Restraint 74ii . securely held in place. To child restraint can be seriously check, grasp the child restraint In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front at the safety belt path and passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag attempt to move it side to side designed to turn off the front inflates and the passenger seat is and back and forth. When the outboard passenger's frontal airbag in a forward position. child restraint is properly under certain conditions. See 0 installed, there should be no Passenger Sensing System 62ii Even if the passenger sensing more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of and Passenger Airbag Status system has turned off the front 0 movement. Indicator 114ii for more information, outboard passenger frontal To remove the child restraint, including important safety airbag, no system is fail-safe. No information. unbuckle the vehicle’s safety belt one can guarantee that an airbag and let it return to the stowed Never put a rear-facing child seat in will not deploy under some position. If the top tether is attached the front. This is because the risk to unusual circumstance, even to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. the rear-facing child is so great, though it is turned off. If the head restraint was removed, if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints reinstall it before the seating in a rear seat, even if the airbag position is used. See “Head { Warning Restraint/Headrest Removal and is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the and Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint can be seriously injured 0 System) 76ii for additional or killed if the front outboard (Continued) information on installing the head passenger frontal airbag inflates. restraint properly. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

96 Seats and Restraints

In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run Warning (Continued) forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt front passenger seat as far back attached. through or around the restraint. as it will go. It is better to secure The child restraint instructions the child restraint in a rear seat. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this will show you how. See Passenger Sensing System position, follow the instructions that 0 62ii for additional information. came with the child restraint and the following instructions: If the vehicle does not have a rear 1. Move the seat as far back as it seat that will accommodate a will go before securing the rear-facing child restraint, a forward-facing child restraint. rear-facing child restraint should not When the passenger sensing be installed in your vehicle, even if the airbag is off. system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal If a child restraint uses a top tether, airbag, the off indicator on the see Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger airbag status 0 Children (LATCH System) 76ii for indicator should light and stay top tether anchor locations. lit when you start the vehicle. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the Do not secure a child seat in a See Passenger Airbag Status belt if needed. 0 position without a top tether anchor Indicator 114ii . if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat. the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Seats and Restraints 97

4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 7. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the belt could be quickly unbuckled tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt if necessary. the retractor. back into the retractor. When 6. If the vehicle does not have a installing a forward-facing child rear seat and the child restraint restraint, it may be helpful to manufacturer recommends use your knee to push down on using a top tether anchor, the child restraint as you attach the top tether to the top tighten the belt. tether anchor. Refer to the Try to pull the belt out of the instructions that came with the retractor to make sure the child restraint and to Lower retractor is locked. If the Anchors and Tethers for retractor is not locked, repeat Children (LATCH System) Steps 5 and 7. 0 76ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

98 Seats and Restraints

8. Tighten the top tether. See If the airbag is off, the off indicator Lower Anchors and Tethers for on the passenger airbag status Children (LATCH System) indicator will come on and stay on 0 76ii . when the vehicle is started. If a child 9. Before placing a child in the restraint has been installed and on child restraint, make sure it is indicator is lit, see “If the On securely held in place. To Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System check, grasp the child restraint 0 at the safety belt path and 62ii . attempt to move it side to side To remove the child restraint, and back and forth. When the unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and child restraint is properly let it return to the stowed position. installed, there should be no If the top tether is attached to a top more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of tether anchor, disconnect it. movement. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Storage 99 Storage Storage Cupholders Compartments Crew Cab Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 99 { Warning Glove Box ...... 99 Cupholders ...... 99 Do not store heavy or sharp Sunglasses Storage ...... 100 objects in storage compartments. Underseat Storage ...... 100 In a crash, these objects may Center Console Storage ...... 100 cause the cover to open and could result in injury.

Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it. If equipped, pull the armrest to lower. There are two cupholders in the armrest. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

100 Storage

Sunglasses Storage Underseat Storage Center Console Storage

Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model If equipped, press and release to Similar There is storage under the armrest access. in the center console. Press the If equipped, there is storage under button and lift. Depending on the the rear seat. Pull the release strap options, there may be a USB port or or lever and then raise the seat auxiliary jack inside. cushion. Pull the strap or lever 0 again to lower the cushion. See USB Port 161ii and Auxiliary 0 Jack 164ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 101

Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Instruments and Indicator ...... 114 Cluster) ...... 123 Controls Charging System Light ...... 115 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Information Displays (Check Engine Light) ...... 115 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) ...... 123 Controls Brake System Warning Light ...... 117 Driver Information Center (DIC) Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 102 (Uplevel) ...... 126 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 103 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Horn ...... 103 Warning Light ...... 118 Vehicle Messages Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 103 Up-Shift Light (Manual Vehicle Messages ...... 129 Compass ...... 104 Transmission) ...... 118 Battery Voltage and Charging Clock ...... 104 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 118 Messages ...... 129 Power Outlets ...... 105 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . 118 Brake System Messages . . . . . 130 Lane Departure Warning Compass Messages ...... 130 Warning Lights, Gauges, and (LDW) Light ...... 119 Door Ajar Messages ...... 130 Indicators Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Engine Cooling System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Off Light ...... 119 ® Messages ...... 131 Indicators ...... 106 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 119 Engine Oil Messages ...... 131 Instrument Cluster (Base Traction Control System (TCS)/ ® Engine Power Messages . . . . . 132 Level) ...... 107 StabiliTrak Light ...... 120 Fuel System Messages ...... 132 Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Light ...... 120 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 132 (Uplevel) ...... 109 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 121 Lamp Messages ...... 132 Speedometer ...... 111 Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Object Detection System Odometer ...... 111 Level) ...... 121 Messages ...... 133 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Low Fuel Warning Light Ride Control System Tachometer ...... 111 (Uplevel) ...... 121 Messages ...... 133 Fuel Gauge ...... 111 Security Light ...... 122 Airbag System Messages . . . . 134 Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Safety Belt Messages ...... 134 Gauge ...... 112 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 122 Security Messages ...... 134 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 113 Lamps On Reminder ...... 122 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 114 Cruise Control Light ...... 122 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

102 Instruments and Controls Steering System Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering Messages ...... 134 Wheel Tire Messages ...... 135 Transmission Messages ...... 135 Steering Wheel Vehicle Reminder Adjustment Messages ...... 136 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 136 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 137

1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. To adjust the steering wheel: 3. Pull or push the steering wheel 1. Pull the lever down. closer or away from you. 2. Move the steering wheel up 4. Pull the lever up to lock the or down. steering wheel in place. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the Do not adjust the steering wheel steering wheel in place. while driving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 103

0 Steering Wheel Controls activated. See Washer Fluid 276ii for information on filling the If equipped, the infotainment system windshield washer fluid reservoir. can be operated by using the steering wheel controls. See "Steering Wheel Controls" in the { Warning infotainment manual. In freezing weather, do not use INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Move the washer until the windshield is Horn the lever up to INT for intermittent warmed. Otherwise the washer To sound the horn, press a on the wipes, then turn the x INT band fluid can form ice on the steering wheel. up for more frequent wipes or down windshield, blocking your vision. for less frequent wipes. Windshield Wiper/Washer OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades and windshield before using 1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly them. If frozen to the windshield, move the wiper lever down. For carefully loosen or thaw them. several wipes, hold the wiper Damaged blades should be lever down. replaced. See Wiper Blade 0 n L(Windshield Washer) : Pull the Replacement 283ii . windshield wiper lever toward you to Heavy snow or ice can overload the spray windshield washer fluid and wiper motor. The windshield wiper/washer lever activate the wipers. The wipers will is on the right side of the steering continue until the lever is released Wiper Parking column. With the ignition in ACC/ or the maximum wash time is If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, move reached. When the windshield wiper the windshield wiper lever to select OFF while the wipers are on LO, HI, lever is released, additional wipes or INT, they will immediately stop. the wiper speed. may occur depending on how long HI : Use for fast wipes. the windshield washer had been LO : Use for slow wipes. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

104 Instruments and Controls

If the windshield wiper lever is then will automatically determine when a If auto timing is set, the time moved to off before the driver door GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not is opened or within 10 minutes, the a heading again. See Compass update immediately when driving 0 wipers will restart and move to the Messages 130ii for the messages into a new time zone. base of the windshield. that may be displayed for the To set the clock display: compass. If the ignition is turned to LOCK/ 1. Select SETTINGS from the OFF while the wipers are performing Clock Home Page, then select Time wipes due to windshield washing, and Date. the wipers continue to run until they Setting the Time and Date with reach the base of the windshield. 2. Select Clock Display. Faceplate Controls 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off Compass To set the time or date: or On. The vehicle may have a compass 1. Select SETTINGS from the 4. Press the MENU knob to display on the Driver Information Home Page, then select Time select. Center (DIC). The compass receives and Date. Press BACK to go to the last its heading and other information 2. Select the desired function. o from the Global Positioning menu and save the changes. 3. Turn the MENU knob to System (GPS) antenna, Setting the Time and Date with StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed increase or decrease the value. Touchscreen Controls information. 4. Press the MENU knob to go to The compass system is designed to the next value. After the last To set the time: operate for a certain number of value is selected, the system 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home miles or degrees of turn before will update and return to the Page, then touch Time needing a signal from the GPS Settings menu. Press o BACK and Date. satellites. When the compass to go to the last menu and display shows CAL, drive the save the changes. vehicle for a short distance in an Auto Set requires an active open area where it can receive a connection to OnStar. GPS signal. The compass system Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 105

2. Touch Set Time, then touch To set the clock display: « { Warning or ª to increase or decrease 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home hours, minutes, and AM or PM. Page, then touch Time Power is always supplied to the Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or and Date. outlets. Do not leave electrical 24 hour clock. 2. Touch Clock Display, then equipment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use because the 3. Touch S to go back to the touch Off or On to turn the clock display off or on. vehicle could catch fire and cause previous menu. injury or death. Auto Set requires an active 3. Touch S to go back to the connection to OnStar. previous menu. If auto timing is set, the time Caution displayed on the clock may not Power Outlets update immediately when driving Accessory power outlets can be Leaving electrical equipment into a new time zone. used to plug in electrical equipment, plugged in for an extended period of time while the vehicle is off will To set the date: such as a cell phone, MP3 player, etc. drain the battery. Always unplug 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home electrical equipment when not in The vehicle may have accessory Page, then touch Time use and do not plug in equipment power outlets: and Date. that exceeds the maximum . On the center stack below the 15 amp rating. 2. Touch Set Date, then touch « climate control system, or ª to increase or decrease if equipped. month, day, or year. Certain power accessory plugs may . On the center floor console, not be compatible with the 3. Touch S to go back to the if equipped. accessory power outlet and could previous menu. . On the rear of the center storage overload vehicle or adapter fuses. console. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Lift the cover to access and replace when not in use. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

106 Instruments and Controls When adding electrical equipment, Warning Lights, be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with Gauges, and the equipment. See Add-On 0 Indicators Electrical Equipment 257ii . Warning lights and gauges can Caution signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough Hanging heavy equipment from to cause an expensive repair or the power outlet can cause replacement. Paying attention to the damage not covered by the warning lights and gauges could vehicle warranty. The power prevent injury. outlets are designed for Some warning lights come on briefly accessory power plugs only, such when the engine is started to as cell phone charge cords. indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 107

Instrument Cluster (Base Level)

English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

108 Instruments and Controls

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 109

Instrument Cluster (Uplevel)

English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

110 Instruments and Controls

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, . Info app. This is where you can Phone see the Duramax diesel supplement view the selected Driver V for more information. Information Center (DIC) Press to select the Phone app, displays. See Driver Information then press p to enter the Phone Cluster Menu 0 Center (DIC) (Base Level) 123ii menu. In the Phone menu, if there is There is an interactive display area or Driver Information Center no active phone call, view recent 0 in the center of the instrument (DIC) (Uplevel) 126ii . calls, scroll through contacts, cluster. . Audio or select from the favorites. If there is an active call, mute or unmute the . Phone phone or switch to handset or . Navigation handsfree operation. . Settings Navigation Audio Press V to select the Navigation In the main view of the Audio app, app, then press p to enter the press w or x to scroll through Navigation menu. If there is no radio stations or move to the next/ active route, you can resume the previous track of a CD/USB/ last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Bluetooth device that is connected V to the vehicle. Press V to select the route, press to cancel route guidance or turn the voice prompts Use the right steering wheel control Audio app, then press p to enter on/off. to open and scroll through the the Audio menu. In the Audio menu different items and displays. browse for music, select from the Settings favorites, or change the audio Press V to select the Settings app. Press o to access the cluster source. applications. Use w or x to scroll Use w or x to scroll through the through the list of available items in the Settings menu. applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 111

Units : Press p while Units is Speedometer Fuel Gauge displayed to enter the Units menu. The speedometer shows the Choose U.S. or metric units by vehicle's speed in either kilometers pressing V while the desired item is per hour (km/h) or miles per highlighted. hour (mph). Info Pages : Press p while Info Pages is displayed to enter the Info Odometer Pages menu and select the items to The odometer shows how far the be displayed in the Info app. See vehicle has been driven, in either Driver Information Center (DIC) kilometers or miles. 0 (Base Level) 123ii or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Trip Odometer 0 126ii . The trip odometer shows how far Metric Speed Warning : The Speed the vehicle has been driven since Warning display allows the driver to the trip odometer was last reset. set a speed that they do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information press when Speed Warning is p Center (DIC). See Driver displayed. Press w or x to adjust Information Center (DIC) (Base 0 the value. Press V to set the speed. Level) 123ii or Driver Information 0 Once the speed is set, this feature Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 126ii . can be turned off by pressing V while viewing this page. If the Tachometer selected speed limit is exceeded, a The tachometer displays the engine pop-up warning is displayed with a speed in revolutions per chime. minute (rpm). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

112 Instruments and Controls

Here are four things that some Engine Coolant owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Temperature Gauge . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the English tank's capacity to fill the tank. When the ignition is on, the fuel . The gauge moves a little while gauge indicates about how much turning a corner or speeding up. Metric fuel is left in the tank. . The gauge takes a few seconds An arrow on the fuel gauge to stabilize after the ignition is indicates the side of the vehicle the turned on, and goes back to fuel door is on. empty when the ignition is When the indicator nears empty, the turned off. low fuel light comes on. There is a small amount of fuel left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 113

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light There is a passenger safety belt reminder light near the passenger There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See 0 reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 62ii . cluster.

English This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this coolant temperature. When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come If the pointer moves toward the light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten warning area at the high end of the on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays gauge, the engine is too hot. their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if This reading indicates the same This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes thing as the warning light. It means times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is that the engine coolant has becomes unbuckled while the moving. overheated. If the vehicle has been vehicle is moving. operating under normal driving If the passenger safety belt is conditions, pull off the road, stop the If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the vehicle, and turn off the engine as neither the light nor the chime light comes on. comes on. soon as possible. See Engine The front passenger safety belt 0 Overheating 274ii . reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

114 Instruments and Controls

grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the { Warning reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle If the airbag readiness light stays the safety belt. on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means Airbag Readiness Light the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in United States This light shows if there is an the vehicle might not inflate in a electrical problem with the airbag crash, or they could even inflate system. The system check includes without a crash. To help avoid the airbag sensor(s), the passenger injury, have the vehicle serviced sensing system, the pretensioners, right away. the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the If there is a problem with the airbag Canada and Mexico airbag system, see Airbag System system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the 0 57ii . (DIC) message may also come on. passenger airbag status indicator See Airbag System Messages will light ON and OFF, or the symbol 0 134ii . for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on or off symbol, to let The vehicle has a passenger you know the status of the front sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag. The airbag readiness light comes on 0 Sensing System 62ii for important for several seconds when the safety information. The overhead vehicle is started. If the light does console has a passenger airbag not come on then, have it fixed status indicator. immediately. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 115

If the word ON or the on symbol is Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front Lamp (Check Engine outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light) allowed to inflate. This light is part of the vehicle’s If the word OFF or the off symbol is emission control on-board lit on the airbag status indicator, it diagnostic system. If this light is on means that the passenger sensing while the engine is running, a system has turned off the front The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and outboard passenger frontal airbag. briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it If, after several seconds, both status on, but the engine is not running, as is working when the ignition is in indicator lights remain on, or if there a check to show the light is working. ON/RUN and the engine is not are no lights at all, there may be a It should go out when the engine is started. running. See Ignition Positions problem with the lights or the 0 212ii . passenger sensing system. See If the light stays on or comes on your dealer for service. while driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging { Warning system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on If the airbag readiness light ever could drain the battery. comes on and stays on, it means When this light comes on, the Driver that something may be wrong Information Center (DIC) also Malfunctions are often indicated by with the airbag system. To help displays a message. See Battery avoid injury to yourself or others, the system before any problem is Voltage and Charging Messages noticeable. Being aware of the light have the vehicle serviced right 0 129ii . and seeking service promptly when away. See Airbag Readiness 0 If a short distance must be driven it comes on may prevent damage. Light 114ii for more information, including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio information. and air conditioner. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

116 Instruments and Controls

If the light is flashing : A driving trips with the cap Caution malfunction has been detected that properly installed may turn the could damage the emission control light off. If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle with this light on, the emission . Poor fuel quality can cause emissions. Diagnosis and service inefficient engine operation and control system may not work as may be required. well, the fuel economy may be poor driveability, which may go lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce away once the engine is warmed run smoothly. This could lead to vehicle speed and avoid hard up. If this occurs, change the accelerations and uphill grades. fuel brand. It may require at costly repairs that might not be If towing a trailer, reduce the least one full tank of the proper covered by the vehicle warranty. amount of cargo being hauled as fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel 0 soon as possible. 245ii . Caution If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer. off and wait at least 10 seconds Modifications to the engine, Emissions Inspection and transmission, exhaust, intake, before restarting the engine. If the Maintenance Programs or fuel system, or the use of light is still flashing, follow the replacement tires that do not previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions meet the original tire dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the specifications, can cause this light possible. test equipment will likely connect to to come on. This could lead to If the light is on steady : A the vehicle's Data Link costly repairs not covered by the malfunction has been detected. Connector (DLC). vehicle warranty. This could also Diagnosis and service may be affect the vehicle’s ability to pass required. an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following: Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications . A loose or missing fuel cap may 0 cause the light to come on. See 259ii . 0 Filling the Tank 247ii . A few Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 117

The DLC is under the instrument See your dealer if the vehicle will When the ignition is on, the brake panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready system warning light also comes on wheel. Connecting devices that are for the test. when the parking brake is set. The not used to perform an Emissions light stays on if the parking brake Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning does not fully release. If it stays on service the vehicle may affect Light after the parking brake is fully vehicle operation. See Add-On released, it means the vehicle has a 0 Electrical Equipment 257ii . See The vehicle brake system consists brake problem. of two hydraulic circuits. If one your dealer if assistance is needed. If the light comes on while driving, circuit is not working, the remaining The vehicle may not pass pull off the road and stop carefully. circuit can still work to stop the inspection if: The pedal might be harder to push, vehicle. For normal braking or the pedal can go closer to the . The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to floor. It may take longer to stop. is running. be working. If the light is still on, have the . The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there vehicle towed for service. See 0 when the ignition is in ON/RUN is a brake problem. Have the brake Towing the Vehicle 329ii . while the engine is off. system inspected right away. . Critical emission control systems { Warning have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the The brake system might not be vehicle would not be ready for working properly if the brake inspection and might require system warning light is on. several days of routine driving Driving with the brake system before the system is ready for Metric English warning light on can lead to a inspection. This can happen if crash. If the light is still on after This light should come on briefly the 12-volt battery has recently the vehicle has been pulled off been replaced or run down, or if when the engine is started. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it the road and carefully stopped, the vehicle has been recently have the vehicle towed for serviced. will be ready to warn you if there is a problem. service. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

118 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake Tow/Haul Mode Light system warning light are on, the (ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service. See Brake System Warning Light 0 117ii and Brake System Messages 0 130ii . For vehicles with the Tow/Haul This light comes on briefly when the Mode feature, this light comes on engine is started. Up-Shift Light (Manual when the Tow/Haul Mode has been Transmission) activated. If the light does not come on, have it 0 fixed so it will be ready to warn if See Tow/Haul Mode 224ii . there is a problem. Hill Descent Control Light If the light comes on while driving, stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn off the vehicle. Then start the engine again to reset the system. If the ABS light stays on, This light comes on when an or comes on again while driving, the up-shift is recommended for best vehicle needs service. A chime may fuel economy. The number also sound when the light comes on displayed with the arrow indicates steady. If equipped, the Hill Descent Control the recommended gear. light comes on when the system is If the ABS light is the only light on, ready for use. When the light the vehicle has regular brakes, but flashes, the system is active. the antilock brakes are not functioning. See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 237ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 119

Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then (LDW) Light turns off. The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button. If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is briefly while starting the vehicle. If it detected ahead and amber when turned off. does not come on, have the vehicle you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not serviced. limited. Adjust driving accordingly. This light is green if LDW is on and See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 See Traction Control/Electronic ready to operate. System 242ii . 0 Stability Control 235ii . This light changes to amber and Traction Off Light ® flashes to indicate that the lane StabiliTrak OFF Light marking has been crossed without using a turn signal in that direction. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 244ii .

This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, This light comes on briefly while have the vehicle serviced by your starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

120 Instruments and Controls

This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak This indicates that one or more of If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. A DIC the tires are significantly Control System (TCS) is also off. message may display. Check the underinflated. DIC messages to determine which If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the A Driver Information Center (DIC) system does not assist in controlling feature(s) is no longer functioning and whether the vehicle requires tire pressure message may also the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and 0 service. display. See Tire Messages 135ii . the StabiliTrak systems, and the Stop as soon as possible, and warning light turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the inflate the tires to the pressure value See Traction Control/Electronic TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system shown on the Tire and Loading 0 is actively working. Stability Control 235ii . Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 See Traction Control/Electronic 302ii . 0 Stability Control 235ii . Traction Control System When the Light Flashes First and (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light Tire Pressure Light Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor 0 Operation 304ii . This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light If the light does not come on, have comes on briefly when the engine is the vehicle serviced by your dealer. started. It provides information If the system is working normally, about tire pressures and the TPMS. the indicator light turns off. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 121

Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it The low fuel warning light comes on means that oil is not flowing through and a chime sounds when the the engine properly. The vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns Caution could be low on oil and might have off when fuel is added to the Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See fuel tank. your dealer. maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil Low Fuel Warning Light low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel) The repairs would not be covered (Base Level) by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off English Shown when fuel is added. If it does not, This light comes on for a few have the vehicle serviced. seconds when the ignition is turned on as a check to indicate it is This light should come on briefly as working. If it does not come on, the engine is started. If it does not have it fixed. come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

122 Instruments and Controls

Security Light High-Beam On Light Lamps On Reminder

The security light should come on This light comes on when the This light comes on when the briefly as the engine is started. If it high-beam headlamps are in use. exterior lamps are in use. See 0 does not come on, have the vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exterior Lamp Controls 143ii . serviced by your dealer. If the 0 Changer 144ii . system is working normally, the Cruise Control Light indicator light turns off. Front Fog Lamp Light If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation 0 35ii .

The cruise control light is white The fog lamp light comes on when when the cruise control is on and the fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active. The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog The light goes out when the cruise 0 control is turned off. See Cruise Lamps 146ii for more information. 0 Control 238ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 123

Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Information Displays 2. w x : Use the band to scroll Cluster) through the items in Driver Information Center each menu. (DIC) (Base Level) 3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/Fuel Menu, the Vehicle The DIC displays information about Information Menu, and the your vehicle. It also displays ECO Menu. This button is also warning messages if a system used to return to or exit the last problem is detected. See Vehicle screen displayed on the DIC. 0 Messages 129ii . All messages This light comes on when a door is appear in the DIC display in the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, open or not securely latched. Before center of the instrument cluster. see the Duramax diesel supplement driving, check that all doors are for additional DIC pages. properly closed. DIC Operation and Displays Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by using the Press MENU on the turn signal DIC buttons on the turn signal lever. lever until the TRIP menu displays. Use w x to scroll through the DIC Buttons menu items. Not all items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: Digital Speed : Displays how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, cannot be reset. or press and hold to clear, the menu item displayed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

124 Instruments and Controls

Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel and the amount of fuel remaining in Navigation : Used for the OnStar Economy : Displays the current the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be Turn-by-Turn guidance. See OnStar 0 distance traveled, in either reset. Overview 375ii . kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from Average Vehicle Speed : Displays Blank Display : Displays no the last reset for the trip odometer. the average vehicle speed of the information. The trip odometer can be reset to vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) zero by pressing and holding the or miles per hour (mph). This Vehicle Information Menu SET/CLR button while the trip average is based on the various (VEHICLE) Items odometer display is showing. vehicle speeds recorded since the Press MENU on the turn signal Also displays the approximate last reset. Reset the average speed lever until the VEHICLE menu is average liters per 100 kilometers by pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. Use to scroll (L/100 km) or miles per gallon displayed. w x through the menu items. Not all (mpg). This number is based on the Timer : To start the timer, press items are available on every vehicle. number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded SET/CLR while Timer is displayed. The following is a list of all possible since the last time this menu item The display will show the amount of menu items: was reset. This number reflects only time that has passed since the timer Remaining Oil Life : Displays an the approximate average fuel was last reset, not including time the estimate of the oil's remaining useful economy that the vehicle has right ignition is off. Time will continue to life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is now, and will change as driving be counted as long as the ignition is displayed, that means 99% of the conditions change. Reset the on, even if another display is being current oil life remains. average consumption by pressing shown on the DIC. The timer will SET/CLR when it is displayed. record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, When the remaining oil life is low, Fuel Range : Displays the and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON approximate distance the vehicle which the display will return to zero. message will appear on the display. 0 can be driven without refueling. The To stop the timer, press SET/CLR See Engine Oil Messages 131ii . fuel range estimate is based on an briefly while Timer is displayed. To The oil should be changed as soon 0 average of the vehicle's fuel reset the timer to zero, press and as possible. See Engine Oil 265ii . economy over recent driving history hold SET/CLR. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 125

recommended in the Maintenance the DIC will display a message. See ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) Schedule in this manual. See Battery Voltage and Charging Items 0 0 Maintenance Schedule 344ii . Messages 129ii . This menu is only available on some The Oil Life display must be reset Engine Hours : Shows the total vehicles. Press MENU on the turn after each oil change. Do not reset number of hours the engine has run. signal lever until the ECO menu is the Oil Life display accidentally at Transmission Fluid displayed. Use to scroll any time other than when the oil has w x Temperature : Shows the through the menu items. Not all just been changed. It cannot be temperature of the automatic items are available on every vehicle. reset accurately until the next oil transmission fluid in either degrees The following is a list of all possible change. To reset the engine oil life Celsius (°C) or degrees menu items: system, see Engine Oil Life System 0 Fahrenheit (°F). 267ii . Best Average Fuel Economy : The Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : bottom displays the best average Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer fuel economy (AFE) that is achieved displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) gain setting. This setting can be for a selected distance. The top or in pounds per square inch (psi). adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either displays a running average of fuel Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle a trailer connected or disconnected. economy for the most recently with the approximate pressures of OUTPUT shows the power output to traveled selected distance. The all four tires. Tire pressure is the trailer anytime a trailer with center bar graph displays the displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) electric brakes is connected. Output instantaneous fuel economy. or in pounds per square inch (psi). is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes Quickly press the SET/CLR button See Tire Pressure Monitor System to change the settings for the 0 may appear in the OUTPUT display 303ii and Tire Pressure Monitor distance options. 0 if a trailer is not connected. Operation 304ii . When viewing best AFE, a several Battery Voltage : Displays the Units : Move w x to change second press and hold of SET/CLR current battery voltage, if equipped. between Metric or US when the Unit will reset the best value. The best Battery voltage changes are normal display is active. Press SET/CLR to value will show “---“ until the while driving. See Charging System confirm the setting. This will change selected distance has been 0 the displays on the DIC to the type Light 115ii . If there is a problem traveled. with the battery charging system, of measurements you select. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

126 Instruments and Controls

The display provides feedback on DIC Info Page Options how current driving behavior in the The info pages on the DIC can be bar graph affects the running turned on or off through the average in the top display and how Settings menu. well recent driving compares to the best that has been achieved. 1. Press o to access the cluster applications. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 2. Press w or x to scroll to the Settings application. The DIC displays are shown in the V center of the instrument cluster in 3. Press to enter the the Info app. See Instrument Cluster Settings menu. 0 (Base Level) 107ii or Instrument or : Press to move up or 4. Scroll to Info Pages and 0 w x Cluster (Uplevel) 109ii . The down in a list. press p. displays show the status of many vehicle systems. The controls for o or p : Press to move between 5. Press w or x to move the DIC are on the right steering the interactive display zones in the through the list of possible wheel control. cluster. information displays. V (Set/Reset) : Press to open a V menu or select a menu item. Press 6. Press while an item is and hold to reset values on certain highlighted to select or screens. deselect that item. When an item is selected, a checkmark If the vehicle has a diesel engine, will appear next to it. see the Duramax diesel supplement for additional DIC pages. DIC Info Pages The following is the list of all possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your particular vehicle. Some items may Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 127

not be turned on by default but can Fuel Range : Shows the The Oil Life display must be reset be turned on through the Settings approximate distance the vehicle after each oil change. It will not app. See “DIC Info Page Options” can be driven without refueling. reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil earlier in this section. LOW will be displayed when the Life display at any time other than Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel when the oil has just been changed. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or range estimate is based on an It cannot be reset accurately until miles per hour (mph). average of the vehicle's fuel the next oil change. To reset the economy over recent driving history engine oil life system, press and Trip A or Trip B : Shows the and the amount of fuel remaining in hold V for several seconds while current distance traveled, in either the fuel tank. the Oil Life display is active. See kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since 0 Engine Oil Life System 267ii . the trip odometer was last reset. Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's remaining useful life. Tire Pressure : Shows the This also shows the approximate If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is approximate pressures of all four average liters per 100 kilometers displayed, that means 99% of the tires. Tire pressure is displayed in (L/100 km) or miles per current oil life remains. either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds gallon (mpg). This number is When the remaining oil life is low, per square inch (psi). If the pressure calculated based on the number of is low, the value for that tire is L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. shown in amber. See Tire Pressure last time this menu item was reset. 0 0 ii See Engine Oil Messages 131ii . Monitor System 303 and Tire This number reflects only the 0 The oil should be changed as soon Pressure Monitor Operation 304ii . approximate average fuel economy 0 that the vehicle has right now, and as possible. See Engine Oil 265ii . Instantaneous Fuel Economy : will change as driving conditions In addition to the engine oil life Displays the current fuel economy in change. system monitoring the oil life, liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) additional maintenance is or miles per gallon (mpg). This Press and hold V while this display recommended in the Maintenance number reflects only the is active to reset the trip odometer Schedule. See Maintenance approximate fuel economy that the 0 and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule 344ii . vehicle has right now and changes A and Trip B can also be reset by pressing p and choosing reset. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

128 Instruments and Controls

frequently as driving conditions Press w and x to select “Reset Battery Voltage : Displays the change. This display cannot be current battery voltage, if equipped. Best Score. Press V to reset the reset. ” Battery voltage changes are normal best average fuel economy. After while driving. See Charging System Average Vehicle Speed : Displays reset, the best value displays “-,-” 0 the average vehicle speed of the Light 115ii . If there is a problem until the selected distance has been with the battery charging system, vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) traveled. or miles per hour (mph). This the DIC will display a message. See The display provides information on Battery Voltage and Charging average is based on the various 0 vehicle speeds recorded since the how current driving behavior affects Messages 129ii . last reset. Reset the average speed the running average and how well Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is by pressing SET/CLR when it is recent driving compares to the best displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) displayed. that has been achieved for the or in pounds per square inch (psi). selected distance. Fuel Economy : The center Engine Hours : Shows the total displays the approximate Timer : This display can be used as number of hours the engine has run. a timer. To start the timer, press V instantaneous fuel economy as a Transmission Fluid while this display is active. The number and bar graph. Displayed Temperature : Shows the display will show the amount of time above the bar graph is a running temperature of the automatic average of fuel economy for the that has passed since the timer was V transmission fluid in either degrees most recently traveled selected last reset. To stop the timer, press Celsius (°C) or degrees distance. Displayed below the bar briefly while this display is active Fahrenheit (°F). graph is the best average fuel and the timer is running. To reset Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : economy that has been achieved for the timer to zero, press and hold V the selected distance. The selected TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer while this display is active, or press distance is displayed at the top of gain setting. This setting can be p and select reset. the page as “last xxx mi/km.” adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Speed Limit : Shows sign a trailer connected or disconnected. Press p to select the distance or information, which comes from a OUTPUT shows the power output to reset best value. Use w and x to roadway database in the onboard the trailer anytime a trailer with choose the distance and press V. navigation, if equipped. electric brakes is connected. Output Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 129 is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and may appear in the OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages indicate the status of the vehicle or Blank Page : Shows no BATTERY LOW START some action that may be needed to information. VEHICLE correct a condition. Multiple messages may display one after the When the vehicle’s battery is other. severely discharged, this message will display and four chimes will The messages that do not require sound. Start the vehicle immediate action can be immediately. If the vehicle is not acknowledged and cleared by started and the battery continues to pressing SET/CLR or V. The discharge, the climate controls, messages that require immediate heated seats, and audio systems action cannot be cleared until that will shut off and the vehicle may action is performed. All messages require a jump start. These systems should be taken seriously and will function again after the vehicle clearing the messages does not is started. correct the problem. BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE The following are some of the vehicle messages that may be This message displays when the displayed depending on your battery voltage drops below vehicle content. expected levels and features are disabled. Turn off all unnecessary If the vehicle has a diesel engine, accessory features. see the Duramax diesel supplement for additional messages. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

130 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE BATTERY Brake System Messages SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST CHARGING SYSTEM BRAKE FLUID LOW This message may be displayed On some vehicles, this message when there is a problem with the displays if there is a problem with This message is displayed when the brake boost assist system. When the battery charging system. Under brake fluid level is low; see Brake this message is displayed, the brake 0 certain conditions, the charging Fluid 278ii . boost assist motor may be heard system light may also turn on in the HILL START ASSIST ACTIVE operating and you might notice instrument cluster. See Charging pulsation in the brake pedal. This is 0 System Light 115ii . Driving with This message is displayed when the normal under these conditions. Take this problem could drain the battery. vehicle is stopped on a grade the vehicle to your dealer for Turn off all unnecessary sufficient to activate HSA. HSA service. accessories. Have the electrical holds the braking pressure for a system checked as soon as maximum of two seconds to ensure Compass Messages possible. See your dealer. that there is no rolling, which will assist the driver to transition Dashes may be displayed if the TRANSPORT MODE ON between releasing the brake pedal vehicle temporarily loses and accelerating to drive off while communication with the Global This message is displayed when the Positioning System (GPS). vehicle is in transport mode. Some on the grade. The brakes will features can be disabled while in automatically release when the this mode, including Remote accelerator pedal is applied within Door Ajar Messages Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start, the two-second window. See Hill 0 DOOR OPEN and the vehicle alarm system. Take Start Assist (HSA) 234ii . This message displays and a chime the vehicle to your dealer for service RELEASE PARKING BRAKE to turn transport mode off. may sound if a door is not fully This message is displayed as a closed. Stop and turn off the reminder that the parking brake is vehicle, check the door for on. Release it before you attempt to obstructions, and close the door drive. again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 131

HOOD OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATING, IDLE Engine Oil Messages ENGINE This message displays and a chime CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON may sound if the hood is not fully This message displays when the closed. Stop and turn off the engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the vehicle, check the hood for hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. obstructions, and close the hood idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be 0 sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE again. Check to see if the message Coolant Temperature Gauge 112ii . still appears on the DIC. OIL SOON message. See Engine When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode 0 Oil Life System 267ii for Engine Cooling System to prevent damage to the engine or information on how to reset the transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 message. See Engine Oil 265ii and 0 Messages 224ii . 0 Maintenance Schedule 344ii . AIR CONDITIONING OFF ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL ENGINE This message displays when the On some vehicles, this message engine coolant becomes hotter than This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level the normal operating temperature. may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level See Engine Coolant Temperature system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended 0 Gauge 112ii . To avoid added strain temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this on a hot engine, the air conditioning and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the compressor automatically turns off. is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service. When the coolant temperature damage. This message clears when 0 See Engine Oil 265ii . returns to normal, the air the engine has cooled to a safe conditioning compressor turns back operating temperature. ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE on. You can continue to drive your ENGINE vehicle. This message displays when the If this message continues to appear, engine oil becomes hotter than the have the system repaired by your normal operating temperature. Stop dealer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

132 Instruments and Controls

and allow the vehicle to idle until it accelerate. If this message is on, diagnostic system can determine if cools down. See Engine Coolant but there is no reduction in the fuel cap has been left off or 0 Temperature Gauge 112ii . performance, proceed to your improperly installed. A loose or destination. The performance may missing fuel cap allows fuel to OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP be reduced the next time the vehicle evaporate into the atmosphere. ENGINE is driven. The vehicle may be driven A few driving trips with the cap This message displays if low oil at a reduced speed while this properly installed should turn this pressure levels occur. Stop the message is on, but acceleration and light and message off. vehicle as soon as safely possible speed may be reduced. Anytime and do not operate it until the cause this message stays on, the vehicle Key and Lock Messages of the low oil pressure has been should be taken to your dealer for corrected. Check the oil as soon as service as soon as possible. REPLACE BATTERY IN possible and have the vehicle REMOTE KEY serviced by your dealer. See Engine Fuel System Messages This message displays if a Remote 0 Oil 265ii . FUEL LEVEL LOW Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter battery is low. The battery needs to Engine Power Messages This message displays and a chime be replaced in the transmitter. See may sound if the fuel level is low. “Battery Replacement” under ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Refuel as soon as possible. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 0 ii ii 0 This message displays and a chime Fuel Gauge 111 and Fuel 245. System Operation 28ii . may sound when the cooling system TIGHTEN GAS CAP temperature gets too hot and the Lamp Messages engine further enters the engine This message may display along coolant protection mode. See with the malfunction indicator lamp TURN SIGNAL ON 0 Engine Overheating 274ii for more on the instrument cluster if the This message displays and a chime information. vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened sounds if a turn signal is left on for properly. See Malfunction Indicator 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn This message also displays when 0 Lamp (Check Engine Light) 115ii . the vehicle's engine power is signal lever to the off position. Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See reduced. Reduced engine power 0 Filling the Tank 247ii . The can affect the vehicle's ability to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 133

Object Detection System LANE DEPARTURE SYSTEM should see your dealer for service. UNAVAILABLE The vehicle is safe to drive; Messages however, you do not have the If your vehicle has the Lane FORWARD COLLISION benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce Departure Warning (LDW) system, your speed and drive accordingly. ALERT OFF this message may display if the If your vehicle has the Forward LDW system cannot activate due to SERVICE TRACTION Collision Alert (FCA) system, this a temporary condition. See Lane CONTROL 0 message may display if the FCA Departure Warning (LDW) 244ii for more information. This message displays when there system cannot activate due to a is a problem with the Traction temporary condition. See Forward 0 SERVICE FRONT CAMERA Control System (TCS). When this Collision Alert (FCA) System 242ii . message displays, the system will This message displays when the not limit wheel spin. Adjust your FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and driving accordingly. See your dealer CLEAN WINDSHIELD Forward Collision Alert (FCA) for service. See Traction Control/ This message displays when the systems are disabled and need 0 Electronic Stability Control 235ii . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and service. See your dealer. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) STABILITRAK INITIALIZING systems are disabled because the Ride Control System This message may come on if the camera view is blocked and cannot Messages StabiliTrak system has not fully operate properly. It may also initialized because of road activate during heavy rain or due to SERVICE STABILITRAK conditions or the incorrect tire size. road spray. To clean the system, If this message displays, it means When the StabiliTrak system is fully clean the outside of the windshield there may be a problem with the initialized, the message will turn off. area in front of the LDW/FCA StabiliTrak system. If you see this See Traction Control/Electronic camera sensor. 0 message, try to reset the system. Stability Control 235ii . If this Stop; turn off the engine for at least message continues to be displayed 15 seconds; then start the engine for multiple ignition cycles and on again. If this message still comes different road surfaces, see your on, it means there is a problem. You dealer for service. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

134 Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages If the driver or front outboard restart, so you may want to take the passenger unbuckles their safety vehicle to your dealer before turning SERVICE AIRBAG belt while driving, the safety belt off the engine. See Immobilizer 0 This message displays if there is a reminder chime and light(s) will Operation 35ii . come on. See Safety Belt problem with the airbag system. 0 Take the vehicle to your dealer for Reminders 113ii . Steering System service. SHIFTER UNLOCKED. BRAKE Messages TO SHIFT Safety Belt Messages STEERING ASSIST IS This message displays when the REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE SHIFTER LOCKED. BUCKLE Safety Belt Assurance System times This message may display if a out and allows the vehicle to be SEATBELT problem occurs with the electric shifted out of P (Park) after power steering system. If this This message displays if the vehicle 30 seconds following brake apply. message appears, steering effort is equipped with the Safety Belt See Safety Belts and Child “ ” “ may be slightly higher than normal. Assurance System and the driver Restraints in the Index for ” The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use and front outboard passenger, information about the importance of caution while in reduced assist if present, safety belts are not proper restraint use. buckled. The vehicle will not shift mode. If this message is persistent out of P (Park). Buckle the safety This system may not function or appears repeatedly, take the belt(s) to unlock the shift lever. properly if the airbag readiness light vehicle to your dealer for service. 0 is on. See Airbag Readiness Light See Steering 195ii . This system may not allow the 0 114ii . vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an SERVICE POWER STEERING object — such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, Security Messages This message displays when there is a problem with electric power or other electronic device — is on SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT steering. If this message displays the front outboard passenger seat. SYSTEM If this happens, remove the object and a reduction in steering from the seat or buckle the This message displays when there performance or loss of power is a problem with the theft-deterrent steering assistance is noticed, see safety belt. 0 system. The vehicle may or may not your dealer. See Steering 195ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 135

Tire Messages TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD Transmission Messages AIR TO TIRE SERVICE TIRE MONITOR 4WD OFF SYSTEM If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this If equipped with four-wheel drive, If equipped with the Tire Pressure message displays when the this message displays when the Monitor System (TPMS), this pressure in one or more of the four-wheel-drive system is message displays if a part on the vehicle's tires is low. This message temporarily disabled due to an system is not working properly. The also displays with a vehicle picture overheated condition. The vehicle tire pressure light also flashes and to indicate the location of the low will run in two-wheel drive when this then remains on during the same tire. The low tire pressure warning message is present. Once the ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure light will also come on. See Tire four-wheel-drive system cools down, 0 ii 0 the message turns off and the Light 120. Several conditions may Pressure Light 120ii . You can cause this message to appear. See receive more than one tire pressure four-wheel-drive system returns to Tire Pressure Monitor Operation message at a time. If a tire pressure normal operation. 0 304ii . If the warning comes on and message appears on the DIC, stop 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS stays on, there may be a problem as soon as you can. Have the tire with the TPMS. See your dealer. pressures checked and set to those This message will display while the shown on the Tire and Loading four-wheel-drive system is shifting. TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE 0 Information label. See Tires 295ii , 0 FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX If equipped with the Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 205ii , and Tire 0 Monitor System (TPMS), this Pressure 302ii . The DIC also If a four-wheel drive shift into message displays when the system shows the tire pressure values. See Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, is relearning the tire positions on Driver Information Center (DIC) but the vehicle speed is too high, 0 your vehicle. The tire positions must (Base Level) 123ii or Driver this message will display until the be relearned after rotating the tires Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) correct vehicle speed is reached. 0 or after replacing a tire or sensor. 126ii . 0 See Tire Inspection 307ii , Tire 0 Rotation 308ii , Tire Pressure 0 Monitor System 303ii , and Tire 0 Pressure 302ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

136 Instruments and Controls

FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode NEUTRAL TO XXX to prevent damage to the engine or transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode If a four-wheel drive shift into If a four-wheel drive shift out of 0 224ii . Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, and the vehicle speed is correct, but but the vehicle speed is too high, VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW the transmission is not in this message will display until the This message will display if the N (Neutral), this message will correct vehicle speed is reached. vehicle is driven in Four-Wheel display until the transmission is Drive Low for about 10 minutes shifted to N (Neutral). TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO NEUTRAL above 72 km/h (45 mph). SERVICE 4WD If a four-wheel drive shift out of Vehicle Reminder If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Four-Wheel Drive Low is requested, this message may display if a and the vehicle speed is correct, but Messages problem occurs with the the transmission is not in ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE four-wheel-drive system. If this N (Neutral), this message will message appears, stop as soon as display until the transmission is WITH CARE possible and turn off the vehicle. shifted to N (Neutral). This message is displayed when ice Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ conditions are possible. OFF position for at least TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE one minute, then restart the vehicle ENGINE Vehicle Speed Messages and check for the message on the This message displays and a chime DIC display. If the message is still may sound if the transmission fluid REDUCE SPEED FOR HILL displayed or appears again when in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with DESCENT CONTROL you begin driving, the the transmission fluid temperature This message displays when four-wheel-drive system needs high can cause damage to the attempting to enable Hill Descent service. See your dealer. vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it Control (HDC) when the vehicle idle to allow the transmission to speed is too high. See Hill Descent cool. This message clears and the 0 Control (HDC) 237ii . chime stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 137

Vehicle 3. Press o BACK on the . Return to Factory Settings Personalization faceplate or the 0 screen . Software Information button to return to the previous Detailed information for each menu Use the audio system controls to menu or exit. follows. access the personalization menus for customizing vehicle features. Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to Time and Date access the Settings menu, then The following are all possible select SETTINGS from the Home Manually set the time and date. See 0 personalization features. Depending page on the infotainment system Clock 104ii . on the vehicle, some may not be display. available. Language (Language) Personalization Menus Base Radio Audio System Select Language, then select from Controls The following list of menu items may the available language(s). be available: MENU : Press the center of the The selected language will display knob to enter menus and select . Time and Date on the system, and voice menu items. Turn the knob to scroll . Language (Language) recognition will reflect the selected language. through the menus. . Valet Mode Valet Mode (If Equipped) o BACK : Press to return to the . Radio previous menu or exit. This will lock the infotainment . Vehicle Uplevel Radio Audio System system and steering wheel controls. Controls . Bluetooth It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations (if equipped). 1. Press the desired feature to . Apple CarPlay display a list of available . Android Auto To enable valet mode: options. . Voice 1. Enter a four-digit code on the 2. Press to select the desired keypad. . Display feature setting. 2. Select Enter to go to the . Rear Camera confirmation screen. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

138 Instruments and Controls

3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Select the desired number or select . Climate and Air Quality Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or Auto and the infotainment system . Comfort and Convenience will automatically adjust the number unlock the system. Press Back to go . Lighting back to the previous menu. of favorites shown. . Power Door Locks Radio Audible Touch Feedback This allows Audible Touch . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Press to display the Radio menu Feedback to be turned on or off. and the following may display: Climate and Air Quality Select Off or On. . Manage Favorites Select and the following may display: . Number of Favorites Shown Auto Volume . Auto Fan Speed . Audible Touch Feedback This feature adjusts the volume based on vehicle speed and . Auto Defog . Auto Volume ambient noise. . Auto Rear Defog . Maximum Startup Volume Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Auto Fan Speed Manage Favorites Medium, Medium-High, or High. Maximum Startup Volume This feature will set the maximum This allows favorites to be edited. auto fan speed. See “Manage Favorites” in “Radio This feature sets the maximum 0 Select Low, Medium, or High. Setup” under Home Page 153ii or startup volume. If the vehicle is “Manage Favorites” in “Settings” started and the volume is greater Auto Defog under “Radio” in the infotainment than this level, the volume is manual. adjusted to this level. To set the This allows the feature to be turned on or off. Number of Favorites Shown maximum startup volume, press + or − to increase or decrease. Select Off or On. Press to set the number of favorites to display. Vehicle Auto Rear Defog Select and the following may This allows the feature to be turned display: on or off. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 139

Select Off or On. Exit Lighting with an automatic transmission or when the vehicle is turned off with a Comfort and Convenience This allows the selection of how long the exterior lamps stay on manual transmission. Select and the following may when leaving the vehicle when it is Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. display: dark outside. Delayed Door Lock . Chime Volume Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds. When on, this feature will delay the Chime Volume locking of the doors. To override the This allows the selection of the Power Door Locks delay, press the power door lock chime volume level. Select and the following may switch on the door. Select + or − to adjust the volume. display: Select Off or On. Lighting . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Select and the following may . Auto Door Unlock Select and the following may display: . Delayed Door Lock display: . Vehicle Locator Lights Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Unlock Light Feedback . Exit Lighting When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Lock Feedback Vehicle Locator Lights driver door from locking when the . Remote Door Unlock door is open. If Off is selected, the This feature will flash the exterior . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Delayed Door Lock menu will be lamps and allows the headlamps, available. Remote Unlock Light Feedback parking lamps, taillamps, and most of the interior lamps to turn on Select Off or On. When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle briefly when K on the Remote Auto Door Unlock Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is with the RKE transmitter. pressed to locate the vehicle. This allows selection of which of the Select Off or Flash Lights. doors will automatically unlock when Select Off or On. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

140 Instruments and Controls

Remote Lock Feedback . Text Message Alerts button. Type a new number, then select SAVE or press the SAVE This allows selection of what type of Pair New Device feedback is given when locking the button. Select to pair a new device. See vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Text Message Alerts “Pairing” under Bluetooth 0 Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights (Overview) 171ii or Bluetooth This allows the feature to be turned Only, or Horn Only. (Infotainment Controls - Base on or off. 0 Remote Door Unlock Radio) 172ii or Bluetooth Select Off or On. (Infotainment Controls - Base 0 This allows selection of which doors Connected Radio) 176ii or Apple CarPlay™ K Pairing in Infotainment Controls will unlock when pressing on the “ ” “ ” Select and the following may under Bluetooth in the infotainment RKE transmitter. “ ” display: manual. Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Apple CarPlay Device Management Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Select to connect to a different If equipped and turned on, this phone source, disconnect a phone, Apple CarPlay feature will turn the heated seats on or delete a phone. when using remote start on This feature allows Apple devices to cold days. Ringtones be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. See Select Off or On. Press to change the ring tone for “Apple CarPlay and Android Auto” the specific phone. The phone does Bluetooth under “Phone” in the infotainment not need to be connected to change manual. Select and the following may the ring tones. Select Off or On. display: Voice Mail Numbers . Pair New Device This feature displays the voice mail . Device Management number for all connected phones. . Ringtones To change the voice mail number, select EDIT or press the EDIT . Voice Mail Numbers Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Instruments and Controls 141

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices Voice Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Select to manage Apple devices. Select and the following may This feature gives voice Apple CarPlay must be on for this display: command tips. feature to be accessed. See Apple “ . Confidence Threshold Select Off or On. CarPlay and Android Auto” under “Phone” in the infotainment manual. . Prompt Length Display Android Auto™ . Audio Feedback Speed Select and the following may display: Select and the following may . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips display: Confidence Threshold . Mode . Android Auto This feature allows the adjustment . Calibrate Touchscreen . Manage Android Auto Devices of the sensitivity of the speech . Turn Display Off recognition system. Android Auto Mode Select Confirm More or This feature allows Android devices Confirm Less. Select to change the display to be connected to the infotainment screen mode. system through a USB port. See Prompt Length Select Auto, Day, or Night. “Apple CarPlay and Android Auto” This feature adjusts the voice under “Phone” in the infotainment prompt length. Calibrate Touchscreen manual. Select Short or Long. Select to calibrate the touchscreen, Select Off or On. then follow the prompts. Audio Feedback Speed Manage Android Auto Devices Turn Display Off This feature adjusts the audio Select to manage Android devices. feedback speed. Select to turn the display off. Press Android Auto must be on for this anywhere on the display area or any feature to be accessed. See “Apple Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. faceplate button to turn the CarPlay and Android Auto” under display on. “Phone” in the infotainment manual. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

142 Instruments and Controls

Rear Camera Restore Vehicle Settings Select and the following may This allows selection of restoring display: vehicle settings. . Guidance Lines Select Restore or Cancel. Guidance Lines Clear All Private Data Select to turn Off or On. See Rear Select to clear all private information 0 Vision Camera (RVC) 240ii . from the vehicle. Return to Factory Settings Select Delete or Cancel. Select and the following may Restore Radio Settings display: This allows selection to restore . Restore Vehicle Settings radio settings. . Clear All Private Data Select Restore or Cancel. . Restore Radio Settings Software Information Select to view the infotainment system current software information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 143 Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically Lighting turns on the headlamps at normal Exterior Lamp Controls brightness, together with the Exterior Lighting following: Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 143 . Parking Lamps Exterior Lamps Off . Instrument Panel Lights Reminder ...... 144 Headlamp High/Low-Beam . Taillamps Changer ...... 144 . License Plate Lamps Flash-to-Pass ...... 144 Daytime Running . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps Lamps (DRL) ...... 144 When the vehicle is turned off and Automatic Headlamp the headlamps are in AUTO, the System ...... 145 The exterior lamp control is on the headlamps turn off. When the key is Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 146 instrument panel to the left of the removed, they automatically turn on Turn and Lane-Change steering wheel. for a set time. The time of the delay Signals ...... 146 can be changed using the DIC. See Fog Lamps ...... 146 O (Off) : Turns off the automatic Driver Information Center (DIC) headlamps and Daytime Running 0 Interior Lighting (Base Level) 123ii or Driver Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Instrument Panel Illumination control to the off position again to 0 126ii . Control ...... 147 turn the automatic headlamps or ; Cargo Lamp ...... 147 DRL back on. (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the Dome Lamps ...... 148 parking lamps including all lamps, Reading Lamps ...... 148 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off except the headlamps. will only work when the vehicle is in Lighting Features P (Park). 2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the Entry Lighting ...... 148 headlamps together with the parking Exit Lighting ...... 148 lamps and instrument panel lights. Battery Load Management . . . 149 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 149 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

144 Lighting

When the headlamps are turned on Headlamp High/ To use it, pull the turn signal lever while the vehicle is on, the toward you, then release it. headlamps turn off automatically Low-Beam Changer $ If the headlamps are in the 10 minutes after the ignition is (Headlamp High/Low-Beam automatic position or on low beam, turned off. When the headlamps are Changer) : Push the turn signal the high-beam headlamps will turn turned on while the vehicle is off, lever toward the instrument panel to on. They will stay on as long as you the headlamps will stay on for change the headlamps from low to hold the lever toward you. The 10 minutes before turning off to high beam. high-beam indicator on the prevent the battery from being Pull the turn signal lever toward you instrument cluster will come on. drained. Turn the headlamp control and release it to return to low-beam Release the lever to return to off and then back to the headlamp headlamps. normal operation. on position to make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the lamps on for more than Daytime Running 10 minutes, the ignition must be in Lamps (DRL) the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN DRL can make it easier for others to position. see the front of the vehicle during # (Fog Lamps) (If Equipped) : the day. Fully functional DRL are Turns on the fog lamps. See Fog required on all vehicles first sold in 0 When the high-beam headlamps are Lamps 146ii . on, this indicator light on the Canada. instrument cluster will also be on. The DRL system comes on when Exterior Lamps Off the following conditions are met: Reminder Flash-to-Pass . The ignition is on. A reminder chime sounds when the This feature lets you use the . The exterior lamp control is headlamps or parking lamps are high-beam headlamps to signal a in AUTO. manually turned on, the ignition is driver in front of you that you want off, and a door is open. To disable to pass. It works even if the . The transmission is not in the chime, turn the lamps off. headlamps are in the automatic P (Park). position. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 145

. The light sensor determines it is is in the full bright position. See daytime. Instrument Panel Illumination 0 When the DRL system is on, only Control 147ii . the DRL are on. The taillamps, When it is bright enough outside, sidemarker lamps, instrument panel the headlamps will turn off or may lights, and other lamps will not change to Daytime Running be on. Lamps (DRL). When it begins to get dark, the The automatic headlamp system automatic headlamp system There is a light sensor on top of the turns off when the exterior lamp switches from DRL to the instrument panel. Do not cover the control is turned to O or the ignition headlamps. sensor, otherwise the headlamps is off. will come on when they are not To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior Lights On with Wipers lamp control to the off position and needed. then release. For vehicles first sold The system may also turn on the If the windshield wipers are in Canada, off will only work when headlamps when driving through a activated in daylight with the engine the vehicle is in P (Park). parking garage or tunnel. on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking Automatic Headlamp If the vehicle is started in a dark lamps, and other exterior lamps garage, the automatic headlamp come on. The transition time for the System system comes on immediately. If it lamps coming on varies based on When the exterior lamp control is is light outside when the vehicle wiper speed. When the wipers are set to AUTO and it is dark enough leaves the garage, there is a slight not operating, these lamps turn off. outside, the headlamps come on delay before the automatic Move the exterior lamp control to O automatically. headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the or ; to disable this feature. instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

146 Lighting

Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or Signals do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the 0 fuse. See Fuses 287ii . Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more An arrow on the instrument cluster than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime flashes in the direction of the turn or sounds at each flash of the turn lane change. signal. The message TURN Move the turn signal lever all the SIGNAL ON will also appear in the way up or down to signal a turn. Driver Information Center (DIC). To | (Hazard Warning Flashers) : turn the chime and message off, Raise or lower the lever for less Press this button to make the front move the turn signal lever to the off than one second until the arrow and rear turn signal lamps flash on position. starts to flash to signal a lane and off. Press again to turn the change. This causes the turn flashers off. Fog Lamps signals to automatically flash three When the hazard warning flashers times. Holding the turn signal lever are on, the vehicle's turn signals will for more than one second will cause not work. the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 147 If equipped, the control is on the Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp center of the exterior lamp control, to the left of the steering column. Instrument Panel The ignition must be in the ON/RUN position for the fog lamps to Illumination Control come on. # (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. A light will come on in the instrument cluster. When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on. When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps go off. This feature controls the brightness The cargo lamp provides more light When the high-beam headlamps are of the steering wheel and instrument in the cargo area of the vehicle, turned off, the fog lamps will come panel lights. The instrument panel if needed. The lights inside of the on again. illumination control is next to the pickup box also turn on, if equipped. Some localities have laws that exterior lamp control. Press the switch down to turn the require the headlamps to be on with D cargo lamp on or off. The shift lever the fog lamps. (Instrument Panel Illumination) : Move the must be in the P (Park) position to thumbwheel up or down to brighten operate the cargo lamp. or dim the lights. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

148 Lighting Dome Lamps Reading Lamps Lighting Features Entry Lighting Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a door is opened, the interior lamps come on if the dome lamp control is The interior lamps control in the The front reading lamps, in the DOOR position. After about overhead console controls both the if equipped, are in the overhead 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn front and rear interior lamps. console. off. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by changing the ignition To operate: out of the OFF position, or by ( (Off) : Turns the lamps off. pressing the RKE transmitter Q H (Door) : Turns the lamps on button. when any door is opened. This feature can be changed. See ' (On) : Keeps the lamps on all “Vehicle Locator Lights” under 0 the time. Vehicle Personalization 137ii . The interior lamps turn on automatically if the airbags are Exit Lighting deployed. The rear reading lamps, if equipped, Some exterior lamps and the interior are in the headliner. lamps come on at night, or in areas # or $ (Reading Lamps) : Press with limited lighting when the key is to turn each lamp on or off. removed from the ignition. The exterior and interior lamps remain on for a set amount of time and then Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Lighting 149

automatically turn off. The interior moving up or down. This is normal. Normally, these actions occur in lamps do not come on if the dome If there is a problem, an alert will be steps or levels, without being lamp control is in the Off position. displayed. noticeable. In rare cases at the The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at highest levels of corrective action, immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very this action may be noticeable to the lamps control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. driver. If so, a DIC message might This is because the generator be displayed and it is recommended This feature can be changed. See that the driver reduce the electrical 0 (alternator) may not be spinning fast Vehicle Personalization 137ii . enough at idle to produce all the loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging power that is needed for very high 0 Battery Load electrical loads. Messages 129ii . Management A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog This feature shuts off the dome and estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, reading lamps, if they are left on for and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, more than 10 minutes after the the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, ignition is turned off. The cargo and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This accessory power outlets. prevents the battery from When the battery's state of charge running down. is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some accessories. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

150 Infotainment System Phone Introduction Infotainment Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 171 System Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base Radio) ...... 172 Infotainment Bluetooth (Infotainment Base radio information is included in Introduction Controls - Base Connected this manual. See the infotainment Infotainment ...... 150 Radio) ...... 176 manual for information on other Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 151 Text Messaging ...... 180 available infotainment systems. Overview ...... 152 Trademarks and License Read the following pages to Home Page ...... 153 become familiar with these features. Software Updates ...... 155 Agreements Trademarks and License Radio Agreements ...... 181 { Warning AM-FM Radio ...... 156 Satellite Radio ...... 157 Taking your eyes off the road for Radio Reception ...... 157 too long or too often while using Multi-Band Antenna ...... 158 any infotainment feature can Pandora Internet Radio ...... 158 cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not Audio Players give extended attention to USB Port ...... 161 infotainment tasks while driving. Auxiliary Jack ...... 164 Limit your glances at the vehicle Bluetooth Audio ...... 164 displays and focus your attention Voice Recognition on driving. Use voice commands Voice Recognition ...... 165 whenever possible. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 151

The infotainment system has built-in Theft-Deterrent Feature features intended to help avoid ® distraction by disabling some TheftLock is designed to functions when driving. These discourage theft of the vehicle's functions may gray out when they radio by learning a portion of the are unavailable. Many infotainment Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). features are also available through The radio does not operate if it is the instrument cluster and steering stolen or moved to a different wheel controls. vehicle. Before driving: . Become familiar with the operation, faceplate buttons, and screen buttons. . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single button or by using a single voice command if equipped with Bluetooth phone capability. 0 See Defensive Driving 194ii . To play the infotainment system with the ignition off, see Retained 0 Accessory Power (RAP) 214ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

152 Infotainment System

Overview 1. q (Favorite Pages) Infotainment System Overview . Press to scroll down The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons on the faceplate. through the favorite pages for each source. 2. Favorites/Soft Keys . Press to select favorite stations. . Press and hold to save favorite stations. . Press to select a screen button when displayed. 3. r (Favorite Pages) . Press to scroll up through the favorite pages for each source. 4. MENU . Press to access the menu for the current audio source. . Press to select the highlighted menu option. . Turn to scroll through a list. . Turn to manually select a station. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 153

5. BACK 11. O (Power/Volume) Audio (if equipped). See AM-FM o 0 0 Radio 156ii , Satellite Radio 157ii , . Press to return to the . Press to turn the audio on. 0 Auxiliary Jack 164ii , and Bluetooth previous screen in a menu. 0 . Press and hold to turn it off. Audio 164ii . 6. { (Home Page) . When on, press to mute the PHONE : Select the PHONE screen icon to display the Phone main . Press to go to the Home system. Press again to unmute. page. See Bluetooth (Overview) Page from any point in the 0 171ii or Bluetooth (Infotainment system. See “Home Page” . Turn to increase or 0 Controls - Base Radio) 172ii or following. decrease the volume. Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - 0 7. TONE Base Connected Radio) 176ii . Home Page . Press TONE to open the NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) : Tone Settings menu. Home Page Features Select the NAV screen icon to display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn 8. g or l (Seek) The infotainment system displays a Navigation. See OnStar Overview Home Page that makes it easy to 0 375ii , if equipped. . AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If access all of the applications. Turn Equipped): Press g or l the MENU knob to highlight feature SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS to seek to the previous or icons. Press the MENU knob to screen icon to display the Settings next strong station. access the feature’s options. main page. See “Setting Radio Preferences following. 9. RADIO Various functions are disabled when ” . Press to change the audio the vehicle is moving. Pandora (If Equipped) source between AM, FM, AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen Select the PANDORA icon to begin or SiriusXM, if equipped. icon to display the active source Pandora. See Pandora Internet page. The sources available are 0 10. MEDIA Radio 158ii . AM, FM, SiriusXM® (if equipped), . Press to change the audio USB/iPod, AUX Input, and Bluetooth source between USB, AUX, and Bluetooth Audio, if equipped. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

154 Infotainment System

Setting Radio Preferences 4. Enter the four-digit code to Radio Setup Select the SETTINGS screen icon unlock the system. Select o Press the RADIO button and the to display the Settings menu and BACK to go back to the following may display: previous menu. the following may display: Manage Favorites: 0 Radio : See Radio Setup later in Time and Date : See Clock 104ii . “ ” this section. . Turn the MENU knob and press Language (Current Language) : to select a favorite. This will set the display language in Vehicle : See Vehicle 0 . To delete a favorite, press Personalization 137ii . the radio and instrument cluster. the button just below the Select to display a list of languages. Display : Press the MENU knob to DELETE screen button. Select BACK to go back to the turn the display on or off. o . To move a favorite, press the previous menu. Return to Factory Settings : See MOVE screen button. Turn Valet Mode: “Return to Factory Settings” later in the MENU knob to select a this section. Using the circular numeric keypad, new location, then press the enter a four-digit code: Software Information (If DROP screen button to Equipped) : Press the MENU knob select the new location. 1. Turn the MENU knob to to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. highlight a number. . Select o BACK to go back to Press the MENU knob again to start the previous menu. 2. Press the MENU knob to select downloading the vehicle information it. Do this for each one of the to the USB. Number of Favorites Shown : four digits. Select Enter to go to Select Auto and the system will the confirmation screen. automatically adjust the number of favorite pages when favorites are 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. added and removed, or select a Select LOCK to lock the number from 5 25 to manually system. – adjust the number of favorites shown. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 155

Audible Touch Feedback (If Return to Factory Settings English and Metric Unit Equipped) : Select Audible Touch Select Return to Factory Settings Conversion Feedback to turn feedback off or on. and the following may display: To change the display units between Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This Restore Vehicle Settings : This English and metric units, see Driver feature adjusts the volume based on option will restore factory vehicle Information Center (DIC) (Base vehicle speed. The options are Off, 0 personalization settings. Select Level) 123ii or Driver Information Low, Medium-Low, Medium, 0 Restore Vehicle Settings. A screen Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 126ii . Medium-High, or High. Select the displays stating all vehicle desired volume. customization settings will be Software Updates Maximum Startup Volume : This restored to the factory settings. See the website for more feature sets the maximum startup Select Cancel or Confirm. information. volume. If the vehicle is started and Clear All Private Data (If the volume is greater than this level, Equipped) : This option clears all Website Information the volume is adjusted to this level. private information from the vehicle. In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com To set the maximum startup volume, Select Clear All Private Data. Select In Canada, see Turn the MENU knob to increase or Cancel or Confirm. decrease startup volume. www.chevrolet.gm.ca Restore Radio Settings : This In Mexico, see Rear Camera (If Equipped) option will restore factory radio www.chevrolet.com.mx From the Rear Camera screen settings. Select Restore Radio button, the following may display: Settings. A screen displays stating all personalized radio settings will Guidance Lines : This feature may be restored back to the factory assist the driver when backing into a settings. Select Cancel or Confirm. parking spot. Select Guidance Lines, then select Off or On. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 240ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

156 Infotainment System Radio . Balance: Turn the MENU knob Auto Volume : If equipped, this to highlight. Press the MENU feature adjusts the volume based on knob to select. Turn the MENU the vehicle speed. Select the level AM-FM Radio knob left for more sound from between Off, Low, Medium-Low, Playing the Radio the left speakers or right for Medium, Medium-High, and High. more sound from the right Press o BACK to go to the While on the audio main page, speakers. The middle position previous menu. press the RADIO button repeatedly balances the sound between the to cycle through the available left and right speakers. EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain sources AM, FM, and SiriusXM® (if configurations, the available choices equipped) or press the MEDIA . Fade: Turn the MENU knob to are Custom and Talk. button repeatedly to cycle through highlight. Press the MENU knob Options for SiriusXM Only the available sources Bluetooth® to select. Turn the MENU knob Audio (if equipped), USB, and AUX. to the left for more sound from XM View : XM view allows the the front speakers and to the channel list to be viewed by channel AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped) right for more sound from the name, artist playing on channel, To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if rear speakers. The middle or song playing on channel. Turn equipped), press the RADIO button position balances the sound the MENU knob to highlight and to toggle to the desired broadcast between the front and rear press the MENU knob to select. speakers. source. Press o BACK to go to the Press the MENU knob and the . EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU previous menu. following radio settings may display: knob to highlight. Turn the MENU knob to scroll through the Channel List : Select to display a Tone Settings: options. Press the MENU knob list of SiriusXM channels. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press . Bass, Midrange, and Treble: to select. Press the BACK o the MENU knob to select. Press Turn the MENU knob to button to go to the o highlight. Press the MENU knob previous menu. BACK to go to the previous menu. to select. Turn the MENU knob Station List : Select to display a list Also see the radio settings common to adjust. for all sources earlier in this section. of AM or FM stations. Press o BACK to go to the previous menu. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 157

Finding a Station To manage favorites, see “Manage Browsing SiriusXM Channels 0 Favorites” under Home Page 153ii . Seeking a Station To browse the SiriusXM channels: Press g or l to search for the Satellite Radio 1. Press the MENU knob. previous or next strongest station. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio 2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight XM Channel List. Tuning a Station Service 3. Turn the MENU knob to Turn the MENU knob to manually Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite highlight the desired XM find a station. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM Channels. satellite radio subscription can Storing Radio Station Presets receive SiriusXM programming. Radio Reception Up to 25 preset stations from all SiriusXM is a satellite radio service bands can be stored in the favorite based in the 48 contiguous United Frequency interference and static lists in any order. Up to five stations States and 10 Canadian provinces. can occur during normal radio can be stored in each favorite page SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide reception if items such as cell phone and the number of favorites can variety of programming and chargers, vehicle convenience be set. commercial-free music, coast to accessories, and external electronic AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If coast, and in digital-quality sound. devices are plugged into the Equipped) : While on the active A service fee is required to receive accessory power outlet. If there is source main page, such as AM, FM, the SiriusXM service. See interference or static, unplug the or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and www.siriusxmradio.com or call item from the accessory power hold a favorites/soft key button on 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see outlet. the faceplate. www.xmradio.ca or call FM 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). Mixed-Audio Favorites FM signals only reach about 16 to When SiriusXM is active, the 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the Media (if equipped) and Broadcast channel name and number, favorites can be stored. radio has a built-in electronic circuit category name, song title, and artist that automatically works to reduce To display the favorites page, press display on the screen. interference, some static can occur, q or r on the radio faceplate. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

158 Infotainment System

especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage account, or for more information, go hills, causing the sound to fade in to www.pandora.com. Pandora may Cell phone usage, such as making and out. not be available in Canada or or receiving phone calls, charging, Mexico. AM or just having the phone on may cause static interference with the A phone or tablet with Internet The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off connection and the Pandora greater than for FM, especially at if this happens. application installed is required. night. The longer range can cause Personal cell phone data plans are station frequencies to interfere with Multi-Band Antenna used. Make sure the latest version each other. Static can occur when is installed on the device. things like storms and power lines The multi-band antenna is on the interfere with radio reception. When roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Launching Pandora this happens, try reducing the treble used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, Connect the iPhone to the USB on the radio. the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service port, or connect Android® or System, and GPS (Global ® SiriusXM Satellite Radio BlackBerry through Bluetooth. See Positioning System), if the vehicle 0 Service Bluetooth (Overview) 171ii or has these features. Keep the Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite antenna clear of obstructions for 0 Base Radio) 172ii or Bluetooth Radio Service provides digital radio clear reception. (Infotainment Controls - Base reception. Tall buildings or hills can 0 Connected Radio) 176ii . For first interfere with satellite radio signals, Pandora Internet Radio time use, set up the stations before causing the sound to fade in and If equipped, Pandora® is a free connecting to the vehicle. The out. In addition, traveling or standing Internet radio service that streams Pandora icon will be available on under heavy foliage, bridges, personalized radio stations based the Home Page. garages, or tunnels may cause loss on artists, tracks, genres, and of the SiriusXM signal for a period When Pandora is chosen, the comedians. Create stations using of time. Pandora logo will populate on the the Pandora website or Smartphone screen and the system will display application, then use - or , to “Acquiring Pandora Radio Station.” personalize stations. To set up an Launch times can be significant. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 159

Using the iPhone Pandora Menus , : When selected, Pandora stores 1. Plug the device into the USB Press MENU. this information, changes to the next track, and does not play this track port. The phone screen must Pandora has a menu with the be unlocked. on this station again. This helps following: Pandora choose which tracks 2. Launch Pandora from the Tone Settings : Select to adjust the should not play on this station. This Home Page by selecting the tone settings. See AM-FM Radio feature is only available on user Pandora icon. 0 156ii . created stations. If nothing happens when the Bookmark Artist : Select to - : When selected, Pandora stores available Pandora screen button is bookmark the artist. - pressed, download the latest this information and is Pandora application and retry. Bookmark Song : Select to highlighted for the remainder of the bookmark the song. track. This helps Pandora choose The login screen may display on the which tracks should play on this device. Auto Volume : This feature sets the station. auto volume based on the speed of Using an Android or BlackBerry the vehicle and noise in the vehicle. d : When selected, Pandora Phone 0 changes to the next track. See AM-FM Radio 156ii . The BlackBerry phone must be Pandora Features r or j : Select to play or pause unlocked to launch Pandora service. playback. Pandora service has features to rate 1. Pair the phone using Bluetooth. tracks, skip tracks, or change Pandora Skip Limit 2. Launch Pandora by selecting stations. Pandora limits the number of skips Pandora on the Home Page. } : When selected during a track, a allowed on their service. When the If nothing happens when the choice displays to bookmark the skip limit is reached, , or next available Pandora screen button is artist or track. This sends the arrow will not skip the currently selected, download the latest bookmark to the Pandora account. playing track, but the , feedback Pandora application and retry. will be recorded. The login screen may display on the device. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

160 Infotainment System

Advertisement on Pandora Unable to Start Pandora Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down Pandora may display If the device is unable to launch Error advertisements. The artist name Pandora: If there is an error trying to rate a and track title will not be displayed . Check that the latest version of track with the , or -, the message and the skip track button will not be Pandora is installed. “Thumbs Down Error” or “Thumbs available. Up Error” will display. Press OK to . Check that there is an active dismiss. Pandora Troubleshooting account logged into Pandora. Unable to Connect Device to . Have at least one station Loss of Audio Vehicle created. Loss of Pandora audio can happen If the device is unable to connect to . For Android and BlackBerry in different ways: the USB or Bluetooth: devices, check that the device is . Weak or lost data connection. 1. Turn the vehicle off. paired with the vehicle, and . Device needs to be charged. whether the device displays in 2. Take the Remote Keyless Entry the Connected phone sources . Application needs to be (RKE) transmitter at least 6 m list under the Phone icon from relaunched. (20 ft) away from the vehicle. the Home Page. . Connection between phone and 3. Wait about 30 seconds, and try . For an iPhone, check that the radio lost. to connect the device again. USB cable is connected to the . An iPhone is connected to both See Bluetooth (Overview) USB port and the screen is 0 Bluetooth and the USB port. 171ii or Bluetooth unlocked. (Infotainment Controls - Base Playback can be resumed from 0 . Close Pandora on the device Radio) 172ii or Bluetooth a loss of audio by double (Infotainment Controls - Base and launch again. Devices that tapping on the iPhone home 0 allow multitasking may require Connected Radio) 176ii . button then scrolling through the an extra step to quit the Pandora icons to find an icon that allows application. See the cell phone a change of flow between manufacturer's user guide. Bluetooth and USB cable. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 161 Volume and song selection may No Skips Remaining For This Audio Players be controlled using the Station or Permitted During Infotainment controls or on the Advertisements : USB Port phone/device. If Pandora is . The maximum Pandora skip limit selected and nothing is heard, has been reached according to Playing from a USB check the volume setting on the plan that was obtained. both phone/device and the A USB mass storage device can be Infotainment system. . Skipping an advertisement was connected to the USB port. tried. Common Pandora Messages There is a USB port on the front or See www.pandora.com/help. If the under the armrest of the center Pandora Error/Please Check service will not work, see a dealer console. See Center Console Device : Not signed in or Pandora 0 for assistance. Storage 100ii . is down for maintenance. USB MP3 Player and USB Drives No Stations Available : No stations are available on the Pandora server . The USB MP3 players and USB through the connected device. drives connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Action Unavailable. Please Check Class specification (USB MSC). Device Connection : A few conditions for loss of Internet . Hard disk drives are not connection are: supported. . The connected device loses its To play a USB device: cellular connection. . Connect the USB. . The device does not support . Press the MEDIA button on the Internet connectivity. faceplate until the connected . The device is not in the vehicle. device is shown. . The Bluetooth signal is lost. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

162 Infotainment System

While the USB source is active, Playing from an iPod®/iPad®/ To connect and control a device: ® press the corresponding faceplate iPhone 1. Connect one end of the button for the icons on the screen to standard USB cable to the operate USB function: This feature supports the following devices: device's dock connector. t . (Seek Previous/Fast . iPod nano® (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 2. Connect the other end to a Reverse) 4th generation) USB port in the center console. See Center Console Storage . u (Seek Next/Fast Forward) . iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5 0 100ii . generation) . j / (Play/Pause) r ® 3. Press the MEDIA button to . iPod classic (6th generation) select the source. . Z (Shuffle) ® . iPod touch (1st and 2nd The music information displays on generation) USB Menu the radio’s display and begins Press the MENU knob to display the . iPad playing through the vehicle’s audio system. USB menu and the following may . iPhone 3G and newer display: The device battery recharges There may be problems with automatically while the vehicle is on. Browse : Select to display the files operation and function in the When the vehicle is off while a and folders on the USB device. following situations: device is connected using the USB Tone Settings : Select to adjust . When connecting a device with cable, the device battery stops Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, a more recent version of the charging and the device will Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). firmware installed than is automatically turn off. supported by the infotainment Auto Volume : If equipped, this If the device is an unsupported system. feature adjusts the volume based on model, it can still be listened to in vehicle speed and ambient noise. . When connecting a device on the vehicle by connecting to the EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this which firmware from other auxiliary input jack using a standard feature adjusts the equalizer providers is installed. 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. settings. See “EQ (Equalizer) 0 Settings” in AM-FM Radio 156ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 163

Menu 2. Turn the MENU knob to Albums: Press the MENU knob to display the highlight and press to select a 1. Turn the MENU knob to device Menu and the following may playlist name to view a list of highlight and press to view the display: all songs in the playlist. albums stored on the device. Browse : Select to display the files 3. Turn the MENU knob to 2. Turn the MENU knob to or songs on the device. See highlight and press to select highlight and press to select an the song from the list to begin “Browse Device Media” later in this album name to view a list of all section. playback. songs on the album. Tone Settings : Select to adjust Artists: 3. Turn the MENU knob to Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, 1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). highlight and press to view the the song from the list to begin Auto Volume : If equipped, this artists stored on the device. playback. feature adjusts the volume based on 2. Turn the MENU knob to Genres: vehicle speed and ambient noise. highlight and press to select an 1. Turn the MENU knob to EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this artist name to view a list of all highlight and press to view the feature adjusts the Equalizer albums by the artist. genres stored on the device. settings. See “EQ (Equalizer)” in 3. Turn the MENU knob to 0 2. Turn the MENU knob to AM-FM Radio 156ii . highlight and press to select an highlight and press to select a album name to view a list of all Browse Device Media genre name to view a list of songs on the album. artists of that genre. Use the following to browse: 4. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Turn the MENU knob to Playlists: highlight and press to select highlight and press to select to 1. Turn the MENU knob to the song from the list to begin view albums by that artist. playback. highlight and press to view the 4. Turn the MENU knob to playlists stored on the device. highlight and press to select an album to view songs. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

164 Infotainment System

5. Turn the MENU knob to This jack is not an audio output. Do AUX Menu highlight and press to select not plug headphones into the Press the MENU knob to display the the song from the list to begin auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary AUX menu and the following may playback. devices should be set up while the display: vehicle is in P (Park). Songs: Tone Settings : Select to adjust 1. Turn the MENU knob to Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, highlight and press to view a from the auxiliary device to the Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See auxiliary input jack. list of all songs stored on the “Tone Settings” under AM-FM Radio 0 device. If an auxiliary device has already 156ii . 2. Turn the MENU knob to been connected, but a different Auto Volume : If equipped, this highlight and press to select source is currently active, press the feature adjusts the volume based on the song from the list to begin MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly vehicle speed and ambient noise. playback. to scroll through all of the available audio source screens, until the AUX EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this source screen is shown. feature adjusts the pre-defined Auxiliary Jack equalizer settings. See “EQ Playing from the AUX Jack 0 There is an AUX jack on the front or (Equalizer)” in AM-FM Radio 156ii . under the armrest of the center An auxiliary device is played console. See Center Console through the audio system and Bluetooth Audio 0 ii controlled through the device itself. Storage 100. If equipped, music may be played Possible auxiliary audio sources from a paired Bluetooth device. See include: “Pairing” in “Information Controls” 0 . Laptop computer under Bluetooth (Overview) 171ii or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - 0 . Audio music player Base Radio) 172ii or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls - Base 0 Connected Radio) 176ii for help pairing a device. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 165 Volume and song selection may be Manage Bluetooth Devices: Select Voice Recognition controlled using the Infotainment to go to the Bluetooth page to add controls or on the phone/device. or delete devices. If equipped, voice recognition allows for hands-free operation within the If Bluetooth Audio is selected and When selecting Bluetooth Audio, the audio and phone applications. This nothing is heard, check the volume radio may not be able to launch the feature can be started by pressing setting on both the phone/device audio player on the connected and the infotainment system. device to start playing. When the the button below g on the Music can be launched by pressing vehicle is not moving, use the infotainment screen. the MEDIA screen button on the phone to begin playback. However, not all features within Home Page. All devices launch audio differently. these areas are supported by voice To play music via Bluetooth: When selecting Bluetooth Audio as commands. Generally, only complex a source, the radio may show as tasks that require multiple manual 1. Power on the device, and pair interactions to complete are to connect the device. paused on the screen. Press play on the device or press r to begin supported by voice commands. 2. Once paired, go into the audio playback. For example, tasks that take more application from the Home than one or two button presses such Some phones support sending Page or via the application tray. as selecting a song or artist to play Bluetooth music information to Select MEDIA until Bluetooth from a media device would be display on the radio. When the radio displays. supported by voice commands. receives this information, it will Other tasks, like adjusting the Bluetooth Audio Menu check to see if any is available and volume or seeking up or down are display it. For more information Press the MENU screen button to audio features that are easily about supported Bluetooth features, display the Bluetooth Audio menu. performed by pressing one or two see www.gm.com/bluetooth. The following may be available: buttons, and are not supported by Tone: Select + or − to adjust the voice commands. tone settings. See AM-FM Radio 0 In general there are flexible ways to 156ii . speak commands for completing the Press o BACK to go back to the tasks. Most of them, except previous menu. destination entry and voice keypad, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

166 Infotainment System

can be completed in a single 2. The audio system mutes and If a command is not spoken, the command. If the task takes more the system plays a prompt voice recognition system says a than one command to complete, the followed by a beep. help prompt. first command would be to indicate 3. Wait until the beep stops, then Prompts and Screen Displays the kind of task that is to be clearly speak one of the performed. The system replies with commands described in this While a voice recognition session is prompts that lead through a dialog section. active, there will be corresponding to enter the necessary information. buttons on screens displayed. Voice recognition can be used when Press the button below the g Manual interaction in the voice the ignition is on or when Retained screen button to interrupt any recognition session is permitted. Accessory Power (RAP) is active. voice recognition system Interaction during a voice session See Retained Accessory Power prompt. For example, if the may be completed entirely using 0 prompt seems to be taking too voice commands, or some (RAP) 214ii . long to finish, press the button selections may expedite a session. Using Voice Recognition below the g screen button If a selection is made using a manual control, the dialog will Voice recognition becomes available again and the beep should progress in the same way as if the once the system has been happen right away. selection was made through a voice initialized. This begins when the There are two voice prompt modes command. Once the system is able ignition is turned on. Initialization supported: to complete the task, or the session may take a few moments. . Long verbal prompts: The longer is terminated, the voice recognition 1. Press the button below the g prompts provide more dialog stops. screen button. information regarding the An example of this type of manual When voice recognition is supported actions. intervention is pressing on an entry started from the infotainment . Short prompts: The short of a displayed number list instead of screen, the selections and prompts provide simple speaking the number associated visual dialog content are instructions about what can be with the entry desired. displayed on both the center stated. stack display and the instrument cluster display. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 167

Canceling Voice Recognition . Say “Help” or look at the screen understood by the system. An display for commands. example of a direct command would . Select the Home screen button be Call 555-1212. Examples of to terminate the voice . Voice recognition system “ ” these direct commands are recognition session which was prompts can be interrupted displayed on most of the screens initiated by selecting g on the during a prompt by selecting g while a voice session is active. infotainment screen. again. If “Phone” or “Phone Commands” is . Select or say “Cancel” or “Exit” For example, if the prompt stated, the system understands that to terminate the voice seems to be taking too long to a phone call is requested and will recognition session and display finish, or if what is being respond with questions until enough the screen from which voice prompted causes a need for an details are gathered. recognition was initiated. immediate reply, select g again If the phone number has been Helpful Hints for Speaking and wait for the beep. saved with a name and a place, the direct command should include . Speak the command naturally, Commands both, for example Call Dave Smith not too fast, not too slow. Use “ at work. Voice recognition can understand direct commands without a lot of ” commands that are either naturally extra words. stated in sentence form (English Using Voice Recognition for only), or direct commands that state . Usually Phone and Audio List Options the application and the task. commands can be spoken in a When a list is displayed, a voice single command. For languages that do not support prompt will ask to confirm or select natural language commands in For example, “Call Dave Smith an option from that list. A selection sentence form, use the direct at work,”“Play” followed by the can be made by manually selecting commands shown as examples on artist or song name, or “Tune” the item, or by speaking the line the display screen. followed by the radio station number for the item. number. For best results: When a screen contains a list, There is no need to memorize options may be available but not . Listen for the prompt and wait specific command words. Direct displayed. The list on a voice for the beep before saying a commands might be more clearly recognition screen functions the command or reply. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

168 Infotainment System

same as a list on other screens. Help “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to Scrolling can be used to help AM and tune to the last AM radio Say “Help” on any voice recognition display other entries from the list. screen and the help prompt for the station. Manually scrolling or paging the list screen is played. Additionally, a “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to on a screen during a voice pop-up displays a text version of the FM and tune to the last FM radio recognition session suspends the help prompt. Depending on how station. current voice recognition event and voice recognition was initiated, the “Switch to XM” : Switch bands to plays the prompt “Make your Help pop-up will either display on SiriusXM and tune to the last selection from the list using the the instrument cluster or the SiriusXM channel. manual controls or press the o infotainment screen. Press the Tune to AM : BACK button to try again.” faceplate button below the Dismiss “ ” screen button to make the pop-up Tune to the radio station whose If manual selection takes more than go away. frequency is identified in the 15 seconds, the session terminates command (like “nine fifty”). and prompts that it has timed out. Selecting g while the help prompt is Tune to FM : The screen returns to the screen playing will terminate the prompt “ ” where voice recognition was and a beep will be heard. Doing this Tune to the radio station whose initiated. will stop the help prompt so that a frequency is identified in the voice command can be used. command (like “one o one The Back Command point one”). Voice Recognition for the Say Back or press the BACK “Tune to XM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM Select from the infotainment radio station whose channel number If in voice recognition, and “Back” is g is identified in the command. stated all the way through to the screen to launch audio voice initial screen, then “Back” is stated recognition. When selected, the “Tune to XM ” : Tune to the SiriusXM session will cancel. media features are available. radio station whose channel name is identified in the command. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 169

Voice Recognition for Audio “Play Genre ” : “Play Episode ” : Begin playback of the selection identified in the command. media selection identified in the If browsing My Media when is g Play Playlist : Begin a dialog to command. selected from the infotainment “ ” enter a specific playlist name. Play Podcast : Begin a dialog to screen, the voice recognition “ ” enter a specific name. commands for My Media features “Play Playlist ” : are available. Begin playback of the identified “Play Podcast : Begin playback of the Play Artist : Begin a dialog to ” “ ” media selection identified in the enter a specific artist name. “Play ” : Play music from a specific device command. Play Artist : “ ” identified by name. The device Play Video : Begin a dialog to Begin playback of the media from “ ” name is the name displayed on the enter a specific name. the artist identified in the command. screen when the device is first Play Video

170 Infotainment System

titles by voice at the highest level if the content cannot be accessed Voice Recognition for the the number of songs exceeds the directly with one command like, Phone maximum limit. “Play .” The Call : Initiate a command “Play Album” must first be “ ” Voice command option changes call to an entered contact. The through media content limits are: spoken; the system will then ask for the album name. The reply would command may include location if . Song files including other be to say the name of the album the contact has location numbers individual files of all media types to play. stored. such as audiobook chapters, “Call At Home,” podcast episodes, and videos. Once the number of songs has exceeded approximately 8,000, “At Work,”“On Mobile,” or “On . Album type folders including there is no support for accessing the Other” : Initiate a call to an entered types such as albums and songs directly through voice contact and location at home, at audiobooks. commands. There will still be work, on mobile device, or on another phone. There are no restrictions if the access to the media content by number of song files and albums is using commands for playlists, “Call ” : Initiate a less than 4,000. When the number artists, and genres. call to a standard phone number of song files connected to the The access commands for playlists, seven or 10 digits in length, and system is between 4,000 and 8,000, artists, and genres are prohibited also 911, 411, or 611. the content cannot be accessed after the number of this type of “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth directly with one command like media exceeds 4,000. pairing process. Follow instructions “Play .” The system will provide feedback on the radio display. The restriction is that the command the first time voice recognition is “Switch Phone” : Select a different “Play Song” must be spoken first; initiated if it has become apparent phone for outgoing calls. the system will then ask for the song that any of these limits are reached name. The reply command would be during a device initializing process. to say the name of the song to play. Similar limits exist for album content. If there are more than 4,000 albums, but less than 8,000, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 171

“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to Phone duplicate or rarely used entries. enter special numbers like If possible, program speed dial international numbers. The numbers Bluetooth (Overview) or other shortcuts. can be entered in groups of digits . Review the controls and with each group of digits being Instructions for using the cell phone operation of the infotainment repeated back by the system. If the may differ between infotainment system. group of digits is not correct, the systems. The base radio and base command “Delete” will remove the radio with connectivity instructions . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. last group of digits and allow them are included in this manual. See the The system may not work with to be re-entered. Once the entire infotainment manual for instructions all cell phones. See “Pairing” in number has been entered, the on the uplevel radios. this section. command “Call” will start dialing the . If the cell phone has voice number. Bluetooth-capable systems can interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use “Voice Mail” : Initiate a call to voice allowing: that feature to access the mail numbers. address book or contact list. See . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this Voice Recognition for OnStar a hands-free mode. section. (If Equipped) . Sharing of the cell phone’s . See “Storing and Deleting Phone “OnStar” : Begin OnStar Voice address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section. Recognition. the vehicle. To minimize driver distraction, { Warning before driving, and with the vehicle parked: When using a cell phone, it can . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment system. contact lists clearly and delete Taking your eyes off the road too (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

172 Infotainment System

MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. How to Speak : Speak clearly in a Warning (Continued) Press to select the highlighted list calm and natural voice. option. long or too often could cause a Audio System { (Home Page) : Press to go to the crash resulting in injury or death. When using the Bluetooth system, Focus your attention on driving. Home Page. See Home Page 0 sound comes through the vehicle's 153ii . front audio system speakers and Vehicles with a Bluetooth system PHONE : Select to enter the phone overrides the audio system. Use the can use a Bluetooth-capable cell main menu. See Bluetooth O knob during a call to change the 0 phone with a Hands-Free Profile to (Overview) 171ii or Bluetooth volume level. The system maintains make and receive phone calls. The (Infotainment Controls - Base a minimum volume level. 0 infotainment system and voice Radio) 172ii or Bluetooth recognition are used to control the (Infotainment Controls - Base Bluetooth Audio Quality 0 system. The system can be used Connected Radio) 176ii . Turn off the Echo and Noise while in ON/RUN or ACC/ Voice Recognition cancellation feature on your phone, ACCESSORY. The range of the if supported, for the best hands-free Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m The voice recognition system uses performance. commands to control the system (30 ft). Not all phones support all See www.gm.com/bluetooth. functions and not all phones work and dial phone numbers. with the Bluetooth system. See Noise : The system may not Bluetooth (Infotainment www.gm.com/bluetooth for more recognize voice commands if there information about compatible is too much background noise, such Controls - Base Radio) phones. as noise from open windows or loud For information about how to Bluetooth Controls talking inside the vehicle. navigate the menu system using the When to Speak : A tone sounds to infotainment controls, see Overview 0 Infotainment System Controls indicate that the system is ready for 152ii . For information about how to a voice command. Wait for the tone navigate the menu system using the and then speak. infotainment controls, see Overview 0 152ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 173

Switching to Handset or the cell phone changes or the 2. Turn the MENU knob and Hands-Free Mode cell phone is deleted from the press to select Manage system. Phones. To switch between handset mode and hands-free mode, use the . Only one paired cell phone can 3. Press the button just below the OnStar command, “transfer call.” be connected to the Bluetooth PAIR screen button. A four-digit system at a time. Personal Identification Number Pairing . If multiple paired cell phones are (PIN) appears on the display. A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone within range of the system, the The PIN is used in Step 5. must be paired to the Bluetooth system connects to the first 4. Start the pairing process on the system and then connected to the available paired cell phone in the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle before it can be used. See order that they were newly vehicle. See the cell phone your cell phone manufacturer's user paired to the system. To connect manufacturer's user guide for guide for Bluetooth functions before to a different paired phone, see information on this process. pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth Connecting to a Different “ 5. Locate the device named “Your phone is not connected, calls can Phone” later in this section. be made using OnStar Hands-Free Vehicle” in the list on the cell Calling, if available. See OnStar Pairing a Phone or Device phone. Follow the instructions 0 on the cell phone to enter the Overview 375ii , if equipped. 1. From the Home Page, turn the PIN provided in Step 3. If a six Pairing Information MENU knob to access the digit code is shown on the PHONE screen button, then phone and the vehicle screen, . Up to five cell phones can be press the MENU knob to select paired to the Bluetooth system. confirm the codes are the the PHONE screen button. If a same. The system recognizes . The pairing process is disabled device has been previously the new connected phone after when the vehicle is moving. paired, the main Phone menu the pairing process is will be shown. If no devices complete. . Pairing only needs to be have been paired, Step 2 can completed once per phone, be skipped. 6. If the phone prompts to accept unless the pairing information on connection or allow phone book download, select Always Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

174 Infotainment System

Accept and Allow. The phone 4. Press the button below the Recent Calls : Turn the MENU book may not be available if DELETE screen button to knob to highlight Recent Calls and not accepted. delete the highlighted device. press to select. 7. Repeat Steps 1–6 to pair 5. A confirmation screen is Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to additional phones or devices. displayed. Press the button just highlight Contacts and press to below the DELETE screen select. Listing All Paired and Connected button to confirm deletion. Phones Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to Connecting to a Different Phone highlight Keypad and press to 1. To list all paired devices, from select. the Home Page turn the MENU 1. From the Home Page, turn the knob, then press to select the MENU knob, then press to Active Call : Turn the MENU knob PHONE screen button. select the PHONE screen to highlight Active Call and press to button. select and display the active call 2. Turn the MENU knob and screen. press to select Manage 2. Turn the MENU knob and Phones. press to select Manage Manage Phones : Turn the MENU Phones. knob to highlight Manage Phones Deleting a Paired Phone and press to select. 3. Turn the MENU knob to 1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight the phone to be Making a Call Using Contacts MENU knob, then press to connected. select the PHONE screen and Recent Calls button. 4. Press the button just below the For cell phones that support the CONNECT screen button to 2. Turn the MENU knob and Contacts and Recent Calls feature, connect to the highlighted the Bluetooth system can use the press to select Manage device. Phones. contacts stored on your cell phone Phone Menu to make calls. See your cell phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to manufacturer’s user guide or highlight the phone to be Once a phone is connected and contact your wireless provider to deleted. selected, the following may display: find out if this feature is supported by your phone. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 175

If the phone prompts to allow phone 3. Turn the MENU knob to 4. Press the MENU knob to call book download during the pairing highlight the letter group and the contact. process, select Always Accept and press to select. Allow. The phone book may not be Making a Call Using the 4. Turn the MENU knob to Keypad available if not accepted. highlight the contact and press When a cell phone supports the to select. To make a call: phone book feature, the Contacts 5. Turn the MENU knob to 1. From the Home Page, turn the and Recent Calls menus are highlight the desired number, MENU knob, then press to automatically available. then press the MENU knob to select the PHONE screen The Contacts menu allows you to call the contact. button. access the phone book stored in the To make a call using the Recent 2. Turn the MENU knob and cell phone to make a call. Calls menu: press to select Keypad. The Recent Calls menu allows you 1. From the Home Page, turn the 3. Turn the MENU knob to to access the phone numbers from MENU knob, then press to highlight the first digit and the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, select the PHONE screen press to select. Continue this and Missed Calls menus on the cell button. process through the number. phone to make a call. To call, press the button just 2. Turn the MENU knob to below the CALL screen button. To make a call using the highlight Recent Calls and Contacts menu: press to select. Accepting or Declining a Call 1. From the Home Page, turn the If necessary, select between When an incoming call is received, MENU knob, then press to Missed, Recent, and Sent calls the infotainment system mutes and select the PHONE screen by pressing the button below a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. button. the appropriate screen button. Accepting a Call 2. Turn the MENU knob to 3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Contacts and press to highlight the contact or the To accept a call, press the button select. phone number. just below the ANSWER screen button. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

176 Infotainment System

Declining a Call Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Switching to Handset or To decline a call, do one of the (DTMF) Tones Hands-Free Mode following: The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can To switch between handset or . Press the button just below the send numbers during a call. This is hands-free mode, from the Home IGNORE screen button. used when calling a menu-driven Page select the PHONE to display phone system. Call View. . Do nothing. 1. When a call is active, press the . While the active call is Call Waiting button just below the KEYPAD hands-free, press the Handset Call waiting must be supported on screen button. screen button to switch to the the Bluetooth phone and enabled by 2. Turn the MENU knob to handset mode. The screen the wireless service carrier to work. highlight the first digit and button changes to Hands-Free press to select. once the Bluetooth device Accepting a Call Waiting Call confirms it is operating as To accept a call waiting call, press If not initially in the phone handset. application, from the Home Page, the button just below the SWITCH . While the active call is handset, screen button. turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button. select the Hands-Free screen Declining a Call Waiting Call From the PHONE main menu, turn button to switch to the hands-free mode. The screen To decline a call waiting call, do one the MENU knob to highlight Active Call and press to select. button changes to Handset once of the following: the Bluetooth device confirms it . Press the button just below the Bluetooth (Infotainment is operating as hands-free. IGNORE screen button. Controls - Base Pairing . Do nothing. Connected Radio) A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone Ending a Call must be paired to the Bluetooth For information about how to system and then connected to the To end a call, press the button just navigate the menu system using the vehicle before it can be used. See below the END screen button. infotainment controls, see Overview 0 your cell phone manufacturer's user 152ii . guide for Bluetooth functions before Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 177

pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth Pairing a Phone or Device to enter the PIN provided in phone is not connected, calls can 1. From the Home Page, turn the Step 3 or confirm the six-digit be made using OnStar Hands-Free MENU knob to access the code shown on the display. Calling, if available. See OnStar After the PIN is successfully 0 PHONE screen button, then Overview 375ii . press the MENU knob to select entered or the code is confirmed, the system Pairing Information the PHONE screen button. If a device has been previously responds with “ . Up to 10 cell phones can be paired, the main Phone menu has been successfully paired” paired to the Bluetooth system. will be shown. If no devices when the pairing process is . The pairing process is disabled have been paired, Step 2 can complete. when the vehicle is moving. be skipped. 6. If “Chevrolet MyLink” does not . Pairing only needs to be 2. Turn the MENU knob and appear, turn the phone off or completed once per phone, press to select Manage remove the phone battery and unless the pairing information on Phones. retry. the cell phone changes or the 3. Press the button just below the 7. If the phone prompts to accept cell phone is deleted from the PAIR/screen button. A four-digit connection or allow phone system. Personal Identification Number book download, select always . Only one paired cell phone can (PIN) appears on the display. accept and allow. The phone be connected to the Bluetooth The PIN may be used in book may not be available if system at a time. Step 5. not accepted. . If multiple paired cell phones are 4. Start the pairing process on the 8. Repeat Steps 1−7 to pair within range of the system, the cell phone to be paired to the additional phones. system connects to the most vehicle. See the cell phone Listing All Paired and Connected recently connected device. To manufacturer's user guide for Phones connect to a different paired information on this process. 1. To list all paired devices, from phone, see “Connecting to a 5. Locate “Chevrolet MyLink” on the Home Page turn the MENU Different Phone” later in this the display. Follow the section. knob, then press to select the instructions on the cell phone PHONE screen button. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

178 Infotainment System

2. Turn the MENU knob and Connecting to a Different Phone Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to press to select Manage 1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight Keypad and press to Phones. MENU knob, then press to select. Deleting a Paired Phone select the PHONE screen Active Call : Turn the MENU knob button. to highlight Active Call and press to 1. From the Home Page, turn the 2. Turn the MENU knob and select and display the active call MENU knob, then press to screen. select the PHONE screen press to select Manage button. Phones. Manage Phones : Turn the MENU 3. Turn the MENU knob to knob to highlight Manage Phones 2. Turn the MENU knob and and press to select. press to select Manage highlight the phone to be Phones. connected. Making a Call Using Contacts 3. Turn the MENU knob to 4. Press the button just below the and Recent Calls highlight the phone to be CONNECT screen button to For cell phones that support the deleted. connect to the highlighted Contacts and Recent Calls feature, device. 4. Press the button below the the Bluetooth system can use the DROP screen button to Phone Menu contacts stored on your cell phone disconnect the highlighted to make calls. See your cell phone Once a phone is connected and device. manufacturer’s user guide or selected, the following may display: contact your wireless provider to 5. Press the button below the Recent Calls : Turn the MENU find out if this feature is supported DELETE screen button to knob to highlight Recent Calls and by your phone. delete the highlighted device. press to select. If the phone prompts to allow phone 6. A confirmation screen is Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to book download during the pairing displayed. Press the button just highlight Contacts and press to process, select Always Accept and below the DELETE screen select. Allow. The phone book may not be button to confirm deletion. available if not accepted. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 179

When a cell phone supports the To make a call using the Recent 2. Turn the MENU knob and phone book feature, the Contacts Calls menu: press to select Keypad. and Recent Calls menus are 1. From the Home Page, turn the 3. Turn the MENU knob to automatically available. MENU knob, then press to highlight the first digit and The Contacts menu allows you to select the PHONE screen press to select. Continue this access the phone book stored in the button. process through the number. cell phone to make a call. 2. Turn the MENU knob to To call, press the button just The Recent Calls menu allows you highlight Recent Calls and below the CALL screen button. to access the phone numbers from press to select. Accepting or Declining a Call the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, If necessary, select between When an incoming call is received, and Missed Calls menus on the cell Missed, Recent, and Sent calls phone to make a call. the infotainment system mutes and by pressing the button below a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. To make a call using the the appropriate screen button. Accepting a Call Contacts menu: 3. Turn the MENU knob to 1. From the Home Page, turn the highlight the contact or the To accept a call, press the button MENU knob, then press to phone number. just below the ANSWER screen button. select the PHONE screen 4. Press the MENU knob to call button. the contact. Declining a Call 2. Turn the MENU knob to Making a Call Using the To decline a call, do one of the highlight Contacts and press to following: select. Keypad To make a call: . Press the button just below the 3. Turn the MENU knob to IGNORE screen button. highlight the contact and press 1. From the Home Page, turn the to select. MENU knob, then press to . Do nothing. 4. Turn the MENU knob to select the PHONE screen highlight the desired number, button. then press the MENU knob to call the contact. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

180 Infotainment System

Call Waiting 1. When a call is active, press the Settings : See “Text Settings” later button just below the KEYPAD in this section. Call waiting must be supported on screen button. the Bluetooth phone and enabled by Reply : Select to reply using a the wireless service carrier to work. 2. Turn the MENU knob to predefined text message. See “Text highlight the first digit and Settings.” Accepting a Call Waiting Call press to select. Call : Select to place a call to the To accept a call waiting call, press If not initially in the phone sender of the text message. the button just below the SWITCH application, from the Home Page, screen button. turn the MENU knob, then press to Viewing a Text Message Declining a Call Waiting Call select the PHONE screen button. While viewing a text message: From the PHONE main menu, turn . Select Reply to reply using a To decline a call waiting call, do one the MENU knob to highlight Active predefined text message. of the following: Call and press to select. . Press the button just below the . Select Call to place a call to the IGNORE screen button. Text Messaging sender of the text message. . Do nothing. If equipped, the infotainment system Viewing Sender Information Ending a Call may allow text messages to be If equipped, select the name of the received and replied to. Received sender to view sender information if To end a call, press the button just messages can also be read aloud. this information matches contact below the END screen button. Text Menu information already stored. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Inbox : Select to display incoming Select a Predefined Message : (DTMF) Tones messages. To view a message, Select from a set of quick The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can select the name of the sender. messages. Select the message send numbers during a call. This is Select LISTEN to listen to the text to send. used when calling a menu-driven message. Press the o BACK button phone system. on the faceplate to the previous menu. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 181 Predefined Messages Text Settings Trademarks and These are short text messages that Text Alerts : When on, this feature License Agreements can be used to send so responses will display an alert when a new text will not have to be typed. message has been received. Select FCC Information on or off. The messages can be deleted or a See Radio Frequency Statement new message can be added. 0 Manage Predefined Messages : 371ii . To add a new message: Select to add, change, or delete predefined messages. 1. Select Text Settings, then select Manage Predefined Messages. 2. While in the predefined messages list view, select Add New Predefined Message and "Made for iPod" and "Made for a keyboard displays. iPhone" mean that an electronic 3. Type a new message and accessory has been designed to select NEW MSG when done connect specifically to iPod or to add the message. Press the iPhone and has been certified by o BACK button on faceplate to the developer to meet Apple go back to the predefined performance standards. Apple is not messages list. Select z to responsible for the operation of this delete one character at a time. device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please Memory Full note that the use of this accessory This message may display if there is with iPod or iPhone may affect ® no more room on the phone to store wireless performance. iPhone , ® ® ® messages. iPod , iPod classic , iPod nano , Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

182 Infotainment System

iPod shuffle®, and iPod touch® are Explicit Language Notice: Channels General Requirements: trademarks of Apple Inc., registered with frequent explicit language are 1. A License Agreement from in the U.S. and other countries. indicated with an “XL” preceding the SiriusXM® is required for any channel name. Channel blocking is product that incorporates available for SiriusXM Satellite SiriusXM Technology and/or for Radio receivers by notifying use of any of the SiriusXM SiriusXM: marks to be manufactured, . USA Customers — See distributed, or marketed in the www.siriusxm.com or call SiriusXM Service Area. 1-866-635–2349. 2. For products to be distributed, Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, . Canadian Customers — See marketed, and/or sold in taxes, one time activation fee, and www.xmradio.ca or call Canada, a separate agreement other fees may apply. Subscription 1-877-209-0079. is required with Canadian fee is consumer only. All fees and It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Satellite Radio Inc. (operating programming subject to change. as SiriusXM Canada). Subscriptions subject to Customer disassemble, reverse engineer, Agreement available at hack, manipulate, or otherwise Other Information ® make available any technology or www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM The Bluetooth® word mark and service only available in the software incorporated in receivers ® compatible with the SiriusXM® logos are owned by the Bluetooth 48 contiguous United States and SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Canada. Satellite Radio System or that support the SiriusXM website, the by General Motors is under license. In Canada: Some deterioration of Online Service or any of its content. Other trademarks and trade names service may occur in extreme Furthermore, the AMBER voice are those of their respective owners. northern latitudes. This is beyond compression software included in ® the control of SiriusXM Satellite this product is protected by Radio. intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 183

Schedule I: Gracenote EULA are either registered trademarks or all of the benefits and protections trademarks of Gracenote in the set forth herein that are available to United States and/or other Gracenote. countries. You agree that you will use Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers This application or device contains for your own personal software from Gracenote, Inc. of non-commercial use only. You agree Emeryville, California ("Gracenote"). Music recognition technology and not to assign, copy, transfer or The software from Gracenote (the transmit the Gracenote Software or related data are provided by "Gracenote Software") enables this ® any Gracenote Data to any third Gracenote . Gracenote is the application to do disc or file industry standard in music party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE identification and obtain OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, recognition technology and related music-related information, including content delivery. For more THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, name, artist, track, and title OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, information visit information ("Gracenote Data") from www.gracenote.com. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY online servers or embedded PERMITTED HEREIN. Music-related data from Gracenote, databases (collectively, "Gracenote Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Servers") and to perform other You agree that your non-exclusive Gracenote. Gracenote Software, functions. You may use Gracenote license to use the Gracenote Data, copyright © 2000 to present Data only by means of the intended the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote. One or more patents End-User functions of this Gracenote Servers will terminate if owned by Gracenote may apply to application or device. you violate these restrictions. If your this product and service. See the license terminates, you agree to This application or device may cease any and all use of the Gracenote website for a contain content belonging to non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote patents. Gracenote, the restrictions set forth herein with CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote reserves all rights in respect to Gracenote Data shall Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Gracenote logo and logotype, and also apply to such content and such the "Powered by Gracenote" logo Software, and the Gracenote content providers shall be entitled to Servers, including all ownership Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

184 Infotainment System

rights. Under no circumstances will error-free or that functioning of © 2013. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote Software or Gracenote Reserved. payment to you for any information Servers will be uninterrupted. that you provide. You agree that Gracenote is not obligated to PANDORA Gracenote may enforce its rights provide you with new enhanced or PANDORA, the PANDORA logo, under this Agreement against you additional data types or categories and the Pandora trade dress are directly in its own name. that Gracenote may provide in the trademarks or registered trademarks The Gracenote service uses a future and is free to discontinue its of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with unique identifier to track queries for services at any time. permission. statistical purposes. The purpose of GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL Unicode a randomly assigned numeric WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR Copyright © 1991-2013 Unicode, identifier is to allow the Gracenote IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT Inc. All rights reserved. Distributed service to count queries without LIMITED TO, IMPLIED under the Terms of Use in http:// knowing anything about who you WARRANTIES OF www.unicode.org/copyright.html. are. For more information, see the MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS web page for the Gracenote Privacy FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, Free Type Project Policy for the Gracenote service. TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. Portions of this software are GRACENOTE DOES NOT The Gracenote Software and each copyright © 2013 The FreeType WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT item of Gracenote Data are licensed Project (http://www.freetype.org). All WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR to you "AS IS." Gracenote makes no rights reserved. representations or warranties, USE OF THE GRACENOTE express or implied, regarding the SOFTWARE OR ANY iType GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO accuracy of any Gracenote Data. iType is a trademark of Monotype CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE Gracenote reserves the right to Imaging Inc. registered in the U.S. LIABLE FOR ANY delete data from the Gracenote Patent & Trademark Office and may CONSEQUENTIAL OR Servers or to change data be registered in certain other INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR categories for any cause that jurisdictions. Gracenote deems sufficient. No ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST warranty is made that the Gracenote REVENUES. Software or Gracenote Servers are Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Infotainment System 185

Open Source SW Subject to the terms and conditions Product or the Software in The open source code used in this of this License, QSSC hereby contravention of applicable export device can be downloaded at the grants you a limited, non-exclusive, control laws. webpage shown in the information non-transferable license to use the EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT at the center stack display. Further Software in the Product for the OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY information concerning the OSS purpose intended by the APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND ITS licenses is shown in the center Manufacturer. If permitted by the LICENSORS PROVIDE THE stack display. Manufacturer, or by applicable law, SOFTWARE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, you may make one backup copy of WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR QNX the Software as part of the Product CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, Portions of this software are software. QSSC and its licensors EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED copyright © 2008-2013, QNX reserve all license+C31 rights not INCLUDING, WITHOUT Software Systems. All rights expressly granted herein, and retain LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES reserved. all right, title and interest in and to OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, all copies of the Software, including NON-INFRINGEMENT, Part C EULA – all intellectual property rights MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS Copyright 2013, Software Systems therein. Unless required by FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. GmbH & Co. KG. All Rights applicable law you may not ANY WARRANTIES OR OTHER Reserved. reproduce, distribute or transfer, PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE or de-compile, disassemble or MANUFACTURER OR ITS The product you have purchased otherwise attempt to unbundle, ("Product") contains Software DISTRIBUTOR(S) THAT DIFFER reverse engineer, modify or create FROM THIS LICENSE ARE (Runtime Configuration No. 505962; derivative works of, the Software. "Software") which is distributed by OFFERED BY THE You agree: (1) not to remove, cover MANUFACTURER OR ITS or on behalf of the Product or alter any proprietary notices, manufacturer "Manufacturer") under DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND labels or marks in or on the NOT BY QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES license from Software Systems Co. Software, and to ensure that all ("QSSC"). You may only use the OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU copies bear any notice contained on ASSUME ANY RISKS Software in the Product and in the original; and (2) not to export the compliance with the license terms below. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

186 Infotainment System

ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN END USER NOTICE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY The marks of companies displayed LICENSE. OF SUCH DAMAGES. by this product to indicate business EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT WMA locations are the marks of their OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY respective owners. The use of such APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN This product is protected by certain marks in this product does not imply THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR intellectual property rights of any sponsorship, approval, GROSSLY NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN Microsoft. Use or distribution of or endorsement by such companies NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, ITS such technology outside of this of this product. AFFILIATES OR THEIR product is prohibited without a LICENSORS BE LIABLE TO YOU license from Microsoft. UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, For more information on the WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING Software, including any open source NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR software license terms (and OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, available source code) as well as INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, copyright attributions applicable to INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, the Runtime Configuration indicated OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES above, please contact the OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS Manufacturer or contact QSSC at A RESULT OF THIS LICENSE OR 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 TO USE THE PRODUCT ([email protected]). (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Climate Controls 187 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems . . . . . 187 Automatic Climate Control System ...... 189 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 191 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 192

1. Fan Control TEMP (Temperature Control) : 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls temperature inside the vehicle. 4. Defrost 9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. There is 6. Rear Window Defogger (If about a five second delay when the Equipped) fan is turned on. Turn the knob all 7. Air Recirculation the way counterclockwise to turn the fan off. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

188 Climate Controls

Air Delivery Mode Control : air into the vehicle and the air Rear Window Defogger conditioning compressor will run, Press Y, \, [ , or - to change (Rear Window Defogger, (If unless the outside temperature is K the direction of the airflow. An Equipped)) : Press to turn the rear close to freezing. indicator light comes on in the window defogger on or off. An selected mode button. Do not drive the vehicle until all the indicator light on the button comes Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the windows are clear. on to show that the rear window 0 defogger is on. instrument panel outlets. See Air Vents 191ii . \ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn The rear window defogger only between the instrument panel and on recirculation. An indicator light works when the ignition is in ON/ floor outlets. comes on. Air is recirculated to RUN. The defogger also turns off if [ quickly cool the inside of the the ignition is turned to ACC/ (Floor) : Air is directed to the ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. floor outlets, with some air directed vehicle. It can also be used to help to the windshield, outboard reduce outside air and odors that instrument panel, and side window enter the vehicle. Caution outlets. 8 (Outside Air, If Equipped) : Using a razor blade or sharp - (Defog) : This mode clears the Press to turn on outside air. An object to clear the inside rear windows of fog or moisture. Air is indicator light comes on. Outside air window can damage the rear is circulated throughout the vehicle. directed to the windshield, with window defogger. Repairs would some air directed to the floor, A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to not be covered by the vehicle outboard instrument panel outlets, turn the air conditioning system on warranty. Do not clear the inside and side window outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to rear window with sharp objects. 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the show that the air conditioning is windshield of fog or frost more enabled. If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not run. The A/C Heated Mirror : If equipped with quickly. Air is directed to the heated outside rearview mirrors, the windshield and side window vents, light will stay on even if the outside temperatures are below freezing. mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost with some air directed to the from the surface of the mirror when outboard instrument panel. The the rear window defog button is system automatically forces outside 0 pressed. See Heated Mirrors 37ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Climate Controls 189

Automatic Climate Control System When the indicator light is on, the system is in full automatic operation. With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be If the air delivery mode or fan controlled. setting is manually adjusted, the auto indicator turns off and displays will show the selected settings. To place the system in automatic mode: 1. Press AUTO. 2. Set the temperature. To find your comfort setting, start with 22 °C (72 °F) and allow the system time to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature as needed for best comfort. 1. Fan Control 7. Rear Window Defogger (If To improve fuel efficiency and to 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Equipped) cool the vehicle faster, recirculation 8. Air Recirculation may be automatically selected in 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls warm weather. 9. Power Button 4. Defrost The recirculation light will not come 5. Temperature Control Automatic Operation on when automatically controlled. 6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) The system automatically controls Press @ to manually select the fan speed, air delivery, air recirculation; press it again to select conditioning, and recirculation in outside air. order to heat or cool the vehicle to the desired temperature. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

190 Climate Controls

Do not cover the solar sensor on the Air Delivery Mode Controls : air conditioning compressor will run, top of the instrument panel near the Press Y, \, [ , or - to change unless the outside temperature is windshield. This sensor regulates the direction of the airflow. An close to freezing. air temperature based on sun load. indicator light comes on in the 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the See “Sensors” later in this section. selected mode button. windshield of fog or frost more Manual Operation Changing the mode cancels the quickly. Air is directed to the windshield and the side window O (On/Off) : Press O to turn the automatic operation and the system goes into manual mode. Press vents, with some air directed to the climate control system on or off. outboard instrument panel outlets. Outside air still enters the vehicle, AUTO to return to automatic operation. The system automatically forces and is directed to the floor. This outside air into the vehicle and the direction can be changed by Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the air conditioning compressor will run, pressing the air delivery mode. instrument panel outlets. unless the outside temperature is A (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise \ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided below freezing. or counterclockwise to increase or between the instrument panel and Do not drive the vehicle until all decrease the fan speed. There is floor outlets. windows are clear. about a five second delay when the [ (Floor) : Air is directed to the 0 fan is turned on. Press the knob to See Air Vents 191ii . floor outlets, with some to the turn the fan off. windshield, outboard instrument A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to Press AUTO to return to automatic panel outlets, side window outlets, turn the air conditioning system on operation. and second row floor outlets. or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is Temperature Control : Turn the - (Defog) : This mode clears the enabled. The A/C light will stay on knob clockwise or counterclockwise windows of fog or moisture. Air is even if the outside temperatures are to increase or decrease temperature directed to the windshield, floor below freezing. If the fan is turned setting. outlets, outboard instrument panel off, the air conditioner will not run. outlets, and side window outlets. The system automatically forces @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn outside air into the vehicle and the on recirculation. An indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Climate Controls 191 quickly cool the inside of the The rear window defogger only Air Vents vehicle. It can also be used to help works when the ignition is in ON/ reduce outside air and odors that RUN. The defogger also turns off if Adjustable air vents are in the enter the vehicle. The air the ignition is turned to ACC/ center and on the side of the conditioning compressor also comes ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. instrument panel. Use the sliding on when this mode is activated. knobs on the air vents to change the direction of the airflow. Slide the Auto Defog : The climate control Caution knob up or down to open or close system may have a sensor to off the airflow. automatically detect high humidity Using a razor blade or sharp inside the vehicle. When high object to clear the inside rear Air vents blow warm air on the side humidity is detected, the climate window can damage the rear windows in cold weather. If Floor, control system may adjust to window defogger. Repairs would Defog, or Defrost modes are outside air supply and turn on the not be covered by the vehicle selected, a small amount of air will air conditioner. If the climate control warranty. Do not clear the inside come from the vents close to the system does not detect possible rear window with sharp objects. window. If the airflow is shut off window fogging, it returns to normal using the sliding knobs, warm air operation. To turn Auto Defog off or will be directed to the other Heated Mirror : If equipped with on, see Climate and Air Quality instrument panel vents. This is “ ” heated outside rearview mirrors, the under Vehicle Personalization normal operation. 0 mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost 137ii . from the surface of the mirror when Rear Window Defogger the rear window defog button is 0 pressed. See Heated Mirrors 37ii . The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window. K (Rear Window Defogger) : Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

192 Climate Controls Use the sliding knobs to turn vent Maintenance airflow on or off based on the mode selected. Passenger Compartment Operation Tips Air Filter . Clear away any ice, snow, The passenger compartment air or leaves from air inlets at the filter reduces dust, pollen, and other base of the windshield that could airborne irritants from outside air block the flow of air into the that is pulled into the vehicle. The vehicle. filter will need to be replaced . Keep the path under the front periodically. See Maintenance 0 seats clear of objects to help Schedule 344ii . circulate the air inside of the Using the climate control system vehicle more effectively. without an air filter installed is not . Use of non-GM approved hood recommended. Water or other deflectors can adversely affect debris could enter the system and the performance of the system. result in leaks or noises. Always Check with your dealer before install a new filter when removing adding equipment to the outside the old filter. of the vehicle. For more information on filter replacement, see your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 193

Shifting out of Park ...... 218 Cruise Control Driving and Parking ...... 218 Cruise Control ...... 238 Operating Parking over Things That Burn ...... 219 Driver Assistance Systems Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 240 Engine Exhaust Driving Information Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Engine Exhaust ...... 219 System ...... 242 Distracted Driving ...... 194 Running the Vehicle While Lane Departure Defensive Driving ...... 194 Parked ...... 220 Warning (LDW) ...... 244 Drunk Driving ...... 194 Control of a Vehicle ...... 195 Automatic Transmission Fuel Braking ...... 195 Automatic Transmission ...... 220 Fuel ...... 245 Steering ...... 195 Manual Mode ...... 223 California Fuel Off-Road Recovery ...... 196 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 224 Requirements ...... 246 Loss of Control ...... 196 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 246 Off-Road Driving ...... 197 Manual Transmission Fuel Additives ...... 246 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 201 Manual Transmission ...... 225 Filling the Tank ...... 247 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 202 Drive Systems Filling a Portable Fuel Winter Driving ...... 203 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 226 Container ...... 248 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 204 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 205 Brakes Trailer Towing Truck-Camper Loading Antilock Brake General Towing Information ...... 211 System (ABS) ...... 233 Information ...... 249 Parking Brake ...... 233 Driving Characteristics and Starting and Operating Brake Assist ...... 234 Towing Tips ...... 249 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 211 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 234 Trailer Towing ...... 251 Ignition Positions ...... 212 Towing Equipment ...... 254 Starting the Engine ...... 213 Ride Control Systems Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 256 Retained Accessory Traction Control/Electronic Power (RAP) ...... 214 Stability Control ...... 235 Conversions and Add-Ons Engine Coolant Heater ...... 215 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 237 Add-On Electrical Shifting Into Park ...... 217 Equipment ...... 257 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

194 Driving and Operating Driving Information . Become familiar with vehicle Refer to the infotainment section for features before driving, such as more information on using that programming favorite radio system and the navigation system, Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate if equipped, including pairing and Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. using a cell phone. and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving judgment and do not let other driving. Defensive driving means always activities divert your attention away “ . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected. The first from the road. Many local ” to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety Belts regarding driver distraction. Become 0 50ii . familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend your area. to children. . Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate other drivers) are going to be keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint. careless and make mistakes. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do . Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready. demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone. . Allow enough following distance Use a hands-free method to between you and the driver in place or receive necessary { Warning front of you. phone calls. Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving. . Watch the road. Do not read, long or too often could cause a take notes, or look up crash resulting in injury or death. information on phones or other Drunk Driving Focus your attention on driving. electronic devices. Death and injury associated with . Designate a front seat drinking and driving is a global passenger to handle potential tragedy. distractions. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 195

Average driver reaction time is Steering { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power (66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency. judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required. include: can have a serious — or even If power steering assist is lost due fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require of you. increased effort. Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a problem. Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic. with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it If the engine ever stops while the who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is vehicle is being driven, brake held against that position for an normally but do not pump the extended period of time, power brakes. Doing so could make the Control of a Vehicle steering assist may be reduced. pedal harder to push down. If the Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced. Once the power assist is used up, it Braking Normal use of the power steering can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down. time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering push the brake pedal is perception messages under Steering System time. Actually doing it is 0 Messages 134ii . See your dealer if reaction time. there is a problem. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

196 Driving and Operating

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not gently into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a . There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Acceleration Skid — too much . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: throttle causes the driving steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin. 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to . The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not (ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the pavement. overdriving those conditions. But braking. skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow right front tire contacts the these suggestions: pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 197

The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All . Read all the information about Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) four-wheel-drive vehicles in this occurs. tires must not be driven off-road manual. . Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For . Remove any underbody air driving according to weather contact information about the deflector, if equipped. Re-attach conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the the air deflector after off-road can be longer and vehicle warranty manual. driving. control can be affected when One of the best ways for successful . See Hill Descent Control (HDC) traction is reduced by water, off-road driving is to control the 0 237ii . snow, ice, gravel, or other speed. material on the road. Learn to . Know the local laws that apply to recognize warning clues — such { Warning off-road driving. as enough water, ice, or packed To gain more ground clearance if snow on the road to make a When driving off-road, bouncing needed, it may be necessary to mirrored surface — and slow and quick changes in direction remove the front fascia lower air down when you have any doubt. can easily throw you out of dam. However, driving without the . Try to avoid sudden steering, position. This could cause you to air dam reduces fuel economy. acceleration, or braking, lose control and crash. You and including reducing vehicle speed your passengers should always Caution by shifting to a lower gear. Any wear safety belts. sudden changes could cause Operating the vehicle for the tires to slide. extended periods without the front Before Driving Off-Road Remember: Antilock brakes help fascia lower air dam installed can avoid only the braking skid. . Have all necessary maintenance cause improper air flow to the and service work completed. engine. Re-attach the front fascia Off-Road Driving . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, air dam after off-road driving. and check inflation pressure in Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be all tires, including the spare, used for off-road driving. Vehicles if equipped. without four-wheel drive and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

198 Driving and Operating

Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits Warning (Continued) 0 0 205ii and Tires 295ii . of control. Driving across hills can { Warning Environmental Concerns cause a rollover. You could be injured or killed. Do not drive on . Unsecured cargo on the . Always use established trails, steep hills. load floor can be tossed roads, and areas that have been about when driving over set aside for public off-road rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all Before driving on a hill, assess the passengers can be struck posted regulations. steepness, traction, and by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, obstructions. If the terrain ahead cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb cannot be seen, get out of the . Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. vehicle and walk the hill before driving further. area as far forward and as . Do not park over things that low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things When driving on hills: heaviest things should be 0 That Burn 219ii . . Use a low gear and keep a firm on the floor, forward of the grip on the steering wheel. rear axle. Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed. . Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of . When possible, drive straight up gravity, making it more likely what the vehicle can and cannot do. or down the hill. to roll over. You can be . Slow down when approaching seriously or fatally injured if { Warning the top of the hill. the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep . Use headlamps even during the cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills day to make the vehicle more can cause the vehicle to stall. visible. Driving down hills can cause loss (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 199

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Driving to the top of a hill at high on the transfer case overrides the descending a hill and use a low speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone gear to keep vehicle speed under There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving control. embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to If the vehicle stalls on a hill: seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). 1. Apply the brakes to stop the and stay alert. vehicle, and then apply the parking brake. . When driving down a hill, keep . Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight 2. Shift into P (Park) and then backward with either the down. Use a low gear because restart the engine. transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the . If driving uphill when the N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and vehicle stalls, shift to overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under R (Reverse), release the control. control. parking brake, and back straight down. { Warning { Warning . Never try to turn the vehicle around. If the hill is steep If the vehicle has the two-speed Heavy braking when going down enough to stall the vehicle, automatic or electronic transfer a hill can cause your brakes to it is steep enough to cause case, shifting the transfer case to overheat and fade. This could it to roll over. N (Neutral) can cause your cause loss of control and you or vehicle to roll even if the others could be injured or killed. . If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down transmission is in P (Park). This is Apply the brakes lightly when the hill. because the N (Neutral) position (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

200 Driving and Operating

. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a { Warning brake. The vehicle can roll rollover. Getting out of the vehicle on the backward quickly and you . Surface conditions can be a could lose control. downhill side when stopped problem. Loose gravel, muddy across an incline is dangerous. . If driving downhill when the spots, or even wet grass can If the vehicle rolls over, you could vehicle stalls, shift to a cause the tires to slip sideways, be crushed or killed. Always get lower gear, release the downhill. If the vehicle slips out on the uphill side of the parking brake, and drive sideways, it can hit something vehicle and stay well clear of the straight down the hill. that will trip it a rock, a rut, — rollover path. 3. If the vehicle cannot be etc. — and roll over. restarted after stalling, set the . Hidden obstacles can make the parking brake, shift into steepness of the incline more Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, P (Park), and turn the severe. If a rock is driven across or Ice vehicle off. with the uphill wheels, or if the Use a low gear when driving in mud 3.1. Leave the vehicle and downhill wheels drop into a rut — the deeper the mud, the lower seek help. or depression, the vehicle can tilt the gear. Keep the vehicle moving even more. to avoid getting stuck. 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it . If an incline must be driven Traction changes when driving on rolled downhill. across, and the vehicle starts to sand. On loose sand, such as on slide, turn downhill. This should beaches or sand dunes, the tires . Avoid turns that take the vehicle help straighten out the vehicle tend to sink into the sand. This across the incline of the hill. and prevent the side slipping. affects steering, accelerating, and A hill that can be driven straight braking. Drive at a reduced speed up or down might be too steep to and avoid sharp turns or abrupt drive across. Driving across an maneuvers. incline puts more weight on the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 201

Traction is reduced on hard packed After Off-Road Driving snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued) Remove any brush or debris that control. Reduce vehicle speed when has collected on the underbody or driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the chassis, or under the hood. These and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard. { Warning After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution checked. These substances can or rivers can be dangerous. Ice cause glazing and uneven braking. Do not drive through standing conditions vary greatly and the Check the body structure, steering, water if it is deep enough to cover vehicle could fall through the ice; suspension, wheels, tires, and the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust you and your passengers could exhaust system for damage and pipe. Deep water can damage the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe check the fuel lines and cooling axle and other vehicle parts. surfaces only. system for any leakage. More frequent maintenance service If the standing water is not too deep, is required. See the Maintenance Driving in Water 0 drive slowly through it. At faster Schedule 344ii . speeds, water splashes and the { Warning vehicle can stall. When going Driving on Wet Roads through water, the brakes get wet Driving through rushing water can and it may take longer to stop. See Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your be dangerous. Deep water can “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this sweep your vehicle downstream section. ability to stop and accelerate. and you and your passengers Always drive slower in these types could drown. If it is only shallow of driving conditions and avoid water, it can still wash away the driving through large puddles and ground from under your tires. deep-standing or flowing water. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

202 Driving and Operating

wet enough and you are going fast . Keep the vehicle serviced and in { Warning enough. When the vehicle is good shape. hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road. They might not work as well in a tires, cooling system, and quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about transmission. pulling to one side. You could hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills. After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet { Warning wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope normally. . Pass with caution. can cause brake overheating, can Flowing or rushing water creates reduce brake performance, and strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking. flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope. occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper ignore police warnings and be 0 tread depth. See Tires 295ii . very cautious about trying to drive { Warning through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) Hill and Mountain Roads or with the ignition off is Hydroplaning Driving on steep hills or through dangerous. This can cause Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water mountains is different than driving overheating of the brakes and can build up under the vehicle's on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: (Continued) tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 203

freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Turn off cruise control. Warning (Continued) driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated. Blizzard Conditions loss of steering. Always have the Stop the vehicle in a safe place and For Slippery Road Driving: engine running and the vehicle signal for help. Stay with the vehicle in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating unless there is help nearby. too quickly causes the wheels to If possible, use Roadside . Drive at speeds that keep the spin and makes the surface Assistance. See Roadside 0 vehicle in its own lane. Do not under the tires slick. Assistance Program 365ii . To get swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See help and keep everyone in the center line. Traction Control/Electronic vehicle safe: 0 . Be alert on top of hills; Stability Control 235ii . . Turn on the hazard warning something could be in your lane . The Antilock Brake System flashers. (e.g., stalled car, accident). (ABS) improves vehicle stability . Tie a red cloth to an outside . Pay attention to special road during hard stops, but the mirror. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, brakes should be applied sooner winding roads, long grades, than when on dry pavement. { Warning passing or no-passing zones) See Antilock Brake System 0 and take appropriate action. (ABS) 233ii . Snow can trap engine exhaust . Allow greater following distance under the vehicle. This may Winter Driving and watch for slippery spots. Icy cause exhaust gases to get patches can occur on otherwise inside. Engine exhaust contains Driving on Snow or Ice clear roads in shaded areas. carbon monoxide (CO), which Snow or ice between the tires and The surface of a curve or an cannot be seen or smelled. It can the road creates less traction or overpass can remain icy when cause unconsciousness and even grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can the surrounding roads are clear. death. occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow: on ice. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

204 Driving and Operating

If it takes time for help to arrive, Warning (Continued) when running the engine, push the { Warning accelerator pedal slightly so the . Clear snow from the base of engine runs faster than the idle If the vehicle's tires spin at high the vehicle, especially any speed. This keeps the battery speed, they can explode, and you blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to or others could be injured. The . Open a window about 5 cm signal for help with the headlamps. vehicle can overheat, causing an (2 in) on the vehicle side Do this as little as possible, to engine compartment fire or other that is away from the wind, save fuel. damage. Spin the wheels as little to bring in fresh air. as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph). . Fully open the air outlets on If the Vehicle Is Stuck or under the instrument Slowly and cautiously spin the panel. wheels to free the vehicle when For information about using tire stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. chains on the vehicle, see Tire . Adjust the climate control 0 system to circulate the air See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Chains 314ii . inside the vehicle and set Out” later in this section. Rocking the Vehicle to Get the fan speed to the highest The Traction Control System (TCS) It Out setting. See “Climate can often help to free a stuck Control Systems.” vehicle. See Traction Control/ Turn the steering wheel left and 0 right to clear the area around the Electronic Stability Control 235ii . For more information about CO, front wheels. For four-wheel-drive 0 If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see see Engine Exhaust 219ii . vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out” following. High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back To save fuel, run the engine for and forth between R (Reverse) and short periods to warm the vehicle a forward gear, spinning the wheels and then shut the engine off and as little as possible. To prevent partially close the window. Moving transmission wear, wait until the about to keep warm also helps. wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 205

causes a rocking motion that could Vehicle Load Limits free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it It is very important to know how might need to be towed out. See much weight the vehicle can 0 Towing the Vehicle 329ii . Recovery carry. This weight is called the hooks can be used, if the vehicle vehicle capacity weight and has them. includes the weight of all Recovery Hooks occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. { Warning Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it was Never pull on recovery hooks designed to carry: the Tire and from the side. The hooks could Caution Loading Information label and break and you and others could the Certification/Tire label. be injured. When using recovery Do not drive through standing hooks, always pull the vehicle water if it is deep enough to cover { Warning from the front. the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the Do not load the vehicle any axle and other vehicle parts. heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating There are recovery hooks at the (GVWR), or either the front of the vehicle. Use them if the maximum front or rear Gross vehicle is stuck off-road and needs Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). to be pulled some place to continue This can cause systems to driving. break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

206 Driving and Operating

Information label shows the “Steps for Determining Correct Warning (Continued) number of occupant seating Load Limit– crash. Overloading can also positions (1), and the maximum 1. Locate the statement "The reduce stopping distance, vehicle capacity weight (2) in combined weight of damage the tires, and shorten kilograms and pounds. occupants and cargo should the life of the vehicle. The Tire and Loading never exceed XXX kg or Information label also shows the XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information size of the original equipment placard. Label tires (3) and the recommended 2. Determine the combined cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and For more information on tires passengers that will be 0 and inflation see Tires 295ii riding in your vehicle. 0 and Tire Pressure 302ii . 3. Subtract the combined There is also important loading weight of the driver and information on the vehicle passengers from XXX kg or Certification/Tire label. It may XXX lbs. show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 4. The resulting figure equals Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the available amount of the front and rear axles. See cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the Label Example “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section. "XXX" amount equals A vehicle-specific Tire and 1400 lbs. and there will be Loading Information label is five 150 lb passengers in attached to the B-pillar or on the your vehicle, the amount of forward edge of the rear door. available cargo and luggage The Tire and Loading Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 207

load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 Example 2 a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for your vehicle. Consult this Example 1 = (453 kg) Example 2 = 453 kg manual to determine how (1,000 lb) (1,000 lb) this reduces the available 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight cargo and luggage load @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 = capacity of your vehicle.” 136 kg (300 lb) 340 kg (750 lb) 3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 See Trailer Towing 251ii for Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lb) important information on towing (700 lb) a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

208 Driving and Operating

of the driver, passengers, and The GVWR includes the weight cargo should never exceed the of the vehicle, all occupants, vehicle's capacity weight. fuel, and cargo. Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label may also show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can Example 3 help with this. Be sure to spread the load equally on both sides of 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline. (1,000 lb) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight Label Example { Warning @ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) A vehicle-specific Certification/ In the case of a sudden stop 3. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is attached to the or collision, things carried in 0 kg (0 lb) B-pillar or on the forward edge the bed of your truck could of the rear door. The label may shift forward and come into Refer to the Tire and Loading show the size of the vehicle's the passenger area, injuring Information label for specific original tires and the inflation you and others. If you put information about the vehicle's pressures needed to obtain the things in the bed of your truck, capacity weight and seating gross weight capacity of the you should make sure they positions. The combined weight vehicle. This is called Gross are properly secured. Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 209

Using heavier suspension { Warning components to get added Warning (Continued) Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change the . When you carry heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer something inside the Vehicle Weight Rating to help load the vehicle the vehicle, secure it (GVWR), or either the right way. whenever you can. maximum front or rear Gross { Warning . Do not leave a seat Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). folded down unless you This can cause systems to Things you put inside the need to. break and change the way the vehicle can strike and injure vehicle handles. This could people in a sudden stop or There is also important loading cause loss of control and a turn, or in a crash. crash. Overloading can also information for off-road driving in reduce stopping distance, . Put things in the cargo this manual. See “Loading the damage the tires, and shorten area of the vehicle. Try to Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“ 0 the life of the vehicle. spread the weight evenly. under Off-Road Driving 197ii . . Never stack heavier Two-Tiered Loading things, like suitcases, Caution Depending on the model of the inside the vehicle so that pickup, an upper load platform Overloading the vehicle may some of them are above can be created by positioning cause damage. Repairs would not the tops of the seats. three or four 5 cm (2 in) by be covered by the vehicle . Do not leave an 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks warranty. Do not overload the unsecured child restraint across the width of the pickup vehicle. in the vehicle. box. The planks must be (Continued) inserted in the pickup box depressions. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

210 Driving and Operating

When using this upper load be necessary. Be sure to weigh Maximum platform, be sure the load is the vehicle before buying and * Equipment Weight securely tied down to prevent it installing the new equipment. from shifting. The load's center * The combined weight for all of gravity should be positioned Caution rail-mounted equipment should in a zone over the rear axle. The not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). zone is located in the area Overloading the vehicle may between the front of each wheel cause damage. Repairs would not Loading Points well and the rear of each wheel be covered by the vehicle well. The center of gravity height warranty. Do not overload the must not extend above the top vehicle. of the pickup box flareboard. Remember not to exceed the Any load that extends beyond Gross Axle Weight the vehicle's taillamp area must Rating (GAWR) of the front or be properly marked according to rear axle. local laws and regulations. Maximum Remember not to exceed the * Equipment Weight Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or Ladder Rack 340 kg (750 lb) and Cargo rear axle. 1. Primary Load Points Add-On Equipment Cross Toolbox 181 kg (400 lb) 2. Secondary Load Areas and Cargo 3. GM Approved Accessory When carrying removable items, Mounting Points a limit on how many people Side Boxes 113 kg per carried inside the vehicle may and Cargo side (250 lb Structural members (1) and (2) are per side) included in the pickup box design. Additional accessories should use these load points. Depending on the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 211 accessory design, use a spacer Starting and under the accessory at the load Caution (Continued) points to remove gap. The holes for Operating GM approved accessories (3) are premature wear and earlier not intended for aftermarket New Vehicle Break-In replacement. Follow this equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com breaking-in guideline every for additional pickup box load time you get new brake bearing structural information. Caution linings. The vehicle does not need an . Do not tow a trailer during Truck-Camper Loading break-in. See Trailer Towing elaborate break-in. But it will 0 251ii for the trailer towing Information perform better in the long run if capabilities of the vehicle you follow these guidelines: The vehicle was neither and more information. . Keep the vehicle speed at designed nor intended to carry a Following break-in, engine speed slide-in camper. 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually increased. Caution . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, Adding a slide-in camper or for the first 805 km (500 mi). similar equipment to the vehicle Do not make full-throttle can damage it, and the repairs starts. Avoid downshifting to would not be covered by the brake or slow the vehicle. vehicle warranty. Do not install a . Avoid making hard stops for slide-in camper or similar the first 322 km (200 mi) or equipment on the vehicle. so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

212 Driving and Operating

Ignition Positions This position locks the ignition and firmly apply the brakes and steering wheel. It also locks the steer the vehicle to a safe transmission on automatic location. transmission vehicles. The key can 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift be removed in LOCK/OFF. to P (Park) with an automatic The steering can bind with the transmission, or Neutral with a wheels turned off center. If this manual transmission. Turn the happens, move the steering wheel ignition to LOCK/OFF. from right to left while turning the 4. Set the parking brake. See key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this 0 Parking Brake 233ii . does not work, then the vehicle needs service. { Warning Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a Turning off the vehicle while The ignition switch has four different loss of power assist in the brake moving may cause loss of power positions. and steering systems and disable assist in the brake and steering the airbags. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition systems and disable the airbags. must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the ACCESSORY and the regular brake emergency: vehicle off in an emergency. pedal must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ pressure. Do not pump the If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, brakes repeatedly. This may and must be shut off while driving, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ deplete power assist, requiring turn the ignition to ACC/ OFF to turn the engine off. Retained increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). On vehicles with an automatic active. See Retained Accessory This can be done while the transmission, the shift lever must be 0 Power (RAP) 214ii . vehicle is moving. After shifting in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch to N (Neutral), continue to to LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 213

when the engine is running. The Caution transmission is also unlocked in this Caution position on automatic transmission Using a tool to force the key to vehicles. If you add electrical parts or turn in the ignition could cause accessories, you could change damage to the switch or break the If the key is left in the ACC/ the way the engine operates. Any key. Use the correct key, make ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position resulting damage would not be sure it is all the way in, and turn it with the engine off, the battery could covered by the vehicle warranty. only with your hand. If the key be drained. The vehicle may not See Add-On Electrical Equipment start if the battery is allowed to drain 0 cannot be turned by hand, see 257ii . for an extended period of time. your dealer. 3 (START) : This is the position that starts the engine. When the engine Place the transmission in the 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This starts, release the key. The ignition proper gear. position lets things like the radio switch returns to ON/RUN for Automatic Transmission and the windshield wipers operate driving. while the engine is off. It also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or unlocks the steering wheel. Use this A warning tone will sound when the N (Neutral). The engine will not start position if the vehicle must be driver door is opened, the ignition is in any other position. To restart the pushed or towed. in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ engine when the vehicle is already OFF, and the key is in the ignition. 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be moving, use N (Neutral) only. used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some Starting the Engine Caution instrument cluster warning and If the vehicle has a diesel engine, indicator lights. This position can see the Duramax diesel Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the also be used for service and supplement. vehicle is moving. If you do, you diagnostics, and to verify the proper could damage the transmission. operation of the malfunction Shift to P (Park) only when the indicator lamp as may be required vehicle is stopped. for emission inspection purposes. The switch stays in this position Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

214 Driving and Operating

Manual Transmission transmission gently until the oil Caution (Continued) warms up and lubricates all The shift lever should be in Neutral moving parts. and the parking brake engaged. ended, can overheat and damage Hold the clutch pedal down to the the cranking motor, and drain the Retained Accessory floor and start the engine. The battery. Wait at least 15 seconds vehicle will not start if the clutch between each try, to let the Power (RAP) pedal is not all the way down. cranking motor cool down. The following vehicle accessories Starting Procedure can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off: 1. With your foot off the 2. If the engine does not start accelerator pedal, turn the after five to 10 seconds, . Audio System especially in very cold weather ignition key to START. When . Power Windows the engine starts, let go of the (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could key. The idle speed will go be flooded with too much . OnStar System (if equipped) down as the engine gets warm. gasoline. Try pushing the These features work when the key Do not race the engine accelerator pedal all the way to is in ON/RUN or ACC/ immediately after starting it. the floor and holding it there ACCESSORY. Once the key is Operate the engine and while holding the key in START turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, transmission gently to allow the for up to 15 seconds. Wait at the windows continue to work up to oil to warm up and lubricate all least 15 seconds between each 10 minutes or until any door is moving parts. try, to allow the cranking motor opened. The radio continues to to cool down. When the engine work for up to 10 minutes or until the starts, let go of the key and driver door is opened. Caution accelerator. If the vehicle starts Accessory Power Outlets (APOs) Cranking the engine for long briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the periods of time, by returning the The vehicle may have APOs in extra gasoline from the engine. ignition to the START position several locations. See Power Do not race the engine 0 Outlets 105ii . immediately after cranking has immediately after starting it. (Continued) Operate the engine and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 215

The APOs in the console or center seat position are powered by RAP. They will continue to work for up to 10 minutes after the key is turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, or until the driver door is opened. The APOs on the center stack come from the factory powered directly from the vehicle battery, and supply accessory power at all times, regardless of ignition key position. If electronic items are left plugged Heater Cord Near Coolant Surge Heater Cord Near Engine Air into these APOs for long periods of time with the vehicle off, the vehicle Tank, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, 3.6L Cleaner, 2.5L L4 Engine Shown, battery could be drained. The V6 Engine Similar 3.6L V6 Engine Similar vehicle may not start if the battery is The engine heater can provide allowed to drain for an extended easier starting and better fuel period of time. economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below Engine Coolant Heater −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in If the vehicle has a diesel engine, at least four hours before starting. see the Duramax diesel An internal thermostat in the supplement. plug-end of the cord may exist, which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

216 Driving and Operating

To Use the Engine Coolant Heater Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) 1. Turn off the engine. by a ground fault detection vehicle. Possible heater function. An ungrounded cord and thermostat 2. Open the hood and unwrap the outlet could cause an damage could occur. electrical cord. The cord is electric shock. secured near the coolant surge . While in use, do not let the tank or to the engine air . Use a weatherproof, heater cord touch vehicle cleaner. Carefully remove heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated parts or sharp edges. Never the cord. extension cord if needed. close the hood on the Failure to use the heater cord. Check the heater cord for recommended extension damage. If it is damaged, do . Before starting the vehicle, cord in good operating not use it. See your dealer for unplug the cord, reattach condition, or using a a replacement. Inspect the the cover to the plug, and damaged heater or cord for damage yearly. securely fasten the cord. extension cord, could make Keep the cord away from 3. Plug the cord into a normal, it overheat and cause a fire, any moving parts. grounded 110-volt AC outlet. property damage, electric shock, and injury. 4. Before starting the engine, be { Warning . Do not operate the vehicle sure to unplug and store the with the heater cord cord as it was before to keep it Improper use of the heater cord permanently attached to the or an extension cord can damage away from moving engine the cord and may result in (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be overheating and fire. damaged. . Plug the cord into a The length of time the heater should three-prong electrical utility remain plugged in depends on receptacle that is protected several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the (Continued) vehicle for the best advice on this. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 217

Shifting Into Park 2. Hold the button on the shift lever and push the lever toward Warning (Continued) the front of the vehicle into { Warning P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive and the transfer case is in N (Neutral), It can be dangerous to get out of 3. Be sure the transfer case (if the vehicle will be free to roll, the vehicle if the shift lever is not equipped) is in a drive even if the shift lever is in fully in P (Park) with the parking gear — not in N (Neutral). P (Park). So be sure the transfer brake firmly set. The vehicle can 4. Turn the ignition key to case is in a drive gear — not in roll. If you have left the engine LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral). running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be 5. Remove the key and take it And, if you leave the vehicle with with you. If you can leave the injured. To be sure the vehicle will the engine running, it could vehicle with the ignition key in not move, even when you are on overheat and even catch fire. You your hand, the vehicle is in or others could be injured. Do not fairly level ground, use the steps P (Park). that follow. With four-wheel drive, leave the vehicle with the engine if the transfer case is in Leaving the Vehicle with the running unless you have to. N (Neutral), the vehicle will be Engine Running free to roll, even if the shift lever If you have to leave the vehicle with is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer { Warning the engine running, be sure the case is in a drive gear. If towing a vehicle is in P (Park) and the trailer, see Driving Characteristics It can be dangerous to leave the parking brake is firmly set before 0 and Towing Tips 249ii . vehicle with the engine running. you leave it. After you move the shift The vehicle could move suddenly lever into P (Park), hold the regular if the shift lever is not fully in brake pedal down. Then, see if you 1. Hold the brake pedal down, can move the shift lever away from then set the parking brake. P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. P (Park) without pressing the button 0 See Parking Brake 233ii . on the shift lever. If you can, it (Continued) means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

218 Driving and Operating

Torque Lock Shifting out of Park 3. While holding the shift lever button, move the shift lever to If you are parking on a hill and you This vehicle is equipped with an the desired position. do not shift the transmission into electronic shift lock release system. P (Park) properly, the weight of the The shift lock release is If you are still having a problem vehicle may put too much force on designed to: shifting, then have the vehicle the parking pawl in the serviced soon. . Prevent ignition key removal transmission. You may find it difficult This vehicle may have the Safety to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). unless the shift lever is in P (Park). Belt Assurance System, which may This is called torque lock. To prevent the vehicle from shifting out prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift of P (Park). See Safety Belt brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the 0 Messages 134ii . properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN and the seat. To find out how, see Shifting regular brake pedal is applied. 0 Parking Into Park 217ii . To shift out of P (Park): If the vehicle has a manual When you are ready to drive, move 1. Apply the brake pedal. transmission, before you get out of the shift lever out of P (Park) before the vehicle, move the shift lever into you release the parking brake. 2. Press the button on the shift lever. R (Reverse), and firmly apply the If torque lock does occur, you may parking brake. Once the shift lever need to have another vehicle push 3. Move the shift lever to the has been placed into R (Reverse) yours a little uphill to take some of desired position. with the clutch pedal pressed in, the pressure from the parking pawl If you still are unable to shift out of turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, in the transmission. You will then be P (Park): remove the key and release the able to pull the shift lever out of clutch. P (Park). 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. If you are parking on a hill, or if the vehicle is pulling a trailer, see 2. While holding down the brake Driving Characteristics and Towing pedal and pressing the shift 0 Tips 249ii . lever button, move the shift lever all the way into P (Park). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 219

Parking over Things Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) That Burn { Warning . There are holes or openings { Warning in the vehicle body from Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the with poor ventilation windows completely down. (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired deep snow that may block immediately. underbody airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed . The exhaust smells or area such as a garage or a sounds strange or different. building that has no fresh air . The exhaust system leaks ventilation. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

220 Driving and Operating Running the Vehicle Automatic effort to shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into While Parked 0 Transmission Park 217ii . It is better not to park with the If equipped, there is an electronic engine running. shift lever position indicator within { Warning If the vehicle is left with the engine the instrument cluster. This display running, follow the proper steps to comes on when the ignition key is It is dangerous to get out of the be sure the vehicle will not move. turned to the ON/RUN position. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully 0 in P (Park) with the parking brake See Shifting Into Park 217ii and 0 firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Engine Exhaust 219ii . If the vehicle has a manual transmission, see Do not leave the vehicle when the 0 Parking 218ii . engine is running. If you have left If parking on a hill and pulling a the engine running, the vehicle trailer, see Driving Characteristics can move suddenly. You or others 0 and Towing Tips 249ii . could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). 0 See Shifting Into Park 217ii and Driving Characteristics and 0 Towing Tips 249ii . P: This position locks the rear wheels. It is the best position to use when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 221

To rock the vehicle back and forth to { Warning get out of snow, ice, or sand without Caution damaging the transmission, see If If you have four-wheel drive, the 0 Shifting out of P (Park) or the Vehicle Is Stuck 204ii . vehicle will be free to roll — even N (Neutral) with the engine if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if N: In this position, the engine does running at high speed may the transfer case is in N (Neutral). not connect with the wheels. To damage the transmission. The So, be sure the transfer case is in restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is High or Four-Wheel Drive High or engine is not running at high being towed. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in speed when shifting the vehicle. N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 { Warning 217ii . D: This position is for normal Shifting into a drive gear while the driving. It provides the best fuel R: Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is economy. If you need more power dangerous. Unless your foot is for passing, and you are: Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the . Going less than about 55 km/h vehicle could move very rapidly. (35 mph), push the accelerator Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit pedal about halfway down. vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift damage the transmission. The . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or into a drive gear while the engine more, push the accelerator all repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. the way down. the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle By doing this, the vehicle shifts is stopped. down to the next gear and has more power. D (Drive) can be used when towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, driving on steep hills, or driving Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

222 Driving and Operating

off-road. Shift the transmission to a The transmission uses adaptive lower gear range selection if the shift controls. The adaptive shift Caution transmission shifts too often. See control process continually 0 Spinning the tires or holding the Manual Mode 223ii . compares key shift parameters to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored vehicle in one place on a hill Downshifting the transmission in using only the accelerator pedal slippery road conditions could result in the transmission’s computer. The transmission constantly makes may damage the transmission. in skidding. See “Skidding” under 0 adjustments to improve vehicle The repair will not be covered by Loss of Control 196ii . performance according to how the the vehicle warranty. If you are The vehicle has a shift stabilization vehicle is being used, such as with stuck, do not spin the tires. When feature that adjusts the transmission a heavy load or when the stopping on a hill, use the brakes shifting to the current driving temperature changes. During this to hold the vehicle in place. conditions in order to reduce rapid adaptive shift control process, upshifts and downshifts. This shift shifting might feel different as the stabilization feature is designed to transmission determines the best Normal Mode Grade Braking determine, before making an settings. Normal Mode Grade Braking is upshift, if the engine is able to enabled when the vehicle is started, maintain vehicle speed by analyzing When temperatures are very cold, the transmission's gear shifting but is not enabled in Range things such as vehicle speed, Selection Mode. It assists in throttle position, and vehicle load. could be delayed providing more stable shifts until the engine warms maintaining desired vehicle speeds If the shift stabilization feature when driving on downhill grades by determines that a current vehicle up. Shifts could be more noticeable with a cold transmission. This using the engine and transmission speed cannot be maintained, the to slow the vehicle. transmission does not upshift and difference in shifting is normal. instead holds the current gear. M: This position allows selection of In some cases, this could appear to a range of gears appropriate for be a delayed shift, however the current driving conditions. See 0 transmission is operating normally. Manual Mode 223ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 223

Manual Mode To use this feature: When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a Range Selection Mode 1. Move the shift lever to M (Manual Mode). downshift may occur. The gear that the transmission is operating in 2. Press the plus/minus button on when the shift lever is moved from the shift lever to select the D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode) desired range of gears for determines if a downshift occurs. current driving conditions. See the following chart. When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a number displays next to the M, indicating the current transmission range. This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in M (Manual Mode). All Range Selection Mode helps control gears below that number are the vehicle's transmission and available. As driving conditions vehicle speed while driving downhill change, the transmission can or towing a trailer by letting you automatically shift to lower gears. select a desired range of gears. For example, when 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are automatically shifted by the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/minus button on the shift lever is used to change to the range. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

224 Driving and Operating

Gear before shifting from D 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st (Drive) to M (Manual Mode) Range after shifting from D M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1 (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)

Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode Range Selection Mode is active. 0 Low Traction Mode assists in See Tow/Haul Mode 224ii . vehicle acceleration when road Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off While using Range Selection Mode, conditions are slippery, such as with by pressing the button on the center cruise control and the Tow/Haul ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stack. When the Tow/Haul Mode is Mode can be used. stop, select M2 using Range enabled, a light on the instrument Selection Mode. This will limit cluster will come on. 0 Caution torque to the wheels and help to See Tow/Haul Mode Light 118ii 0 prevent the tires from spinning. and Hill and Mountain Roads 202ii . Spinning the tires or holding the Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under vehicle in one place on a hill Tow/Haul Mode 0 Towing Equipment 254ii . using only the accelerator pedal If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts may damage the transmission. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the transmission shift pattern to the Tow/Haul button activates the The repair will not be covered by reduce shift cycling. This provides the vehicle warranty. If you are exhaust brake system increased performance, vehicle simultaneously. See Exhaust stuck, do not spin the tires. When “ control, and transmission cooling Brake in the Duramax diesel stopping on a hill, use the brakes ” when driving down steep hills or supplement. to hold the vehicle in place. mountain grades, towing, or hauling heavy loads. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 225 Manual Transmission shift into 2 (Second). Then, slowly Caution let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving or while 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and stopped. The pressure can cause 6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third), premature wear in the clutch. The 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth) and 6 (Sixth) the repairs would not be covered by same way you do for 2 (Second). the vehicle warranty. Slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. To stop, let up on the accelerator To operate the manual transmission: pedal and press the brake pedal. 1 (First) : Press the clutch pedal Just before the vehicle stops, press fully to the pedal stop and shift into the clutch pedal and the brake 1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the pedal, and shift to Neutral. clutch pedal as you slowly press If equipped with a manual Neutral : Use this position when down on the accelerator pedal. transmission, this is the shift you start or idle the engine. pattern. You can shift into 1 (First) when you R (Reverse) : To back up, with the are going less than 30 km/h vehicle at a complete stop, press (20 mph). If you have come to a Caution the clutch pedal. Press down on complete stop and it is hard to shift shift lever in the 3 4 Neutral Do not rest your hand on the shift into 1 (First), put the shift lever in – position, then shift into R (Reverse). Neutral and let up on the clutch. lever while driving. The pressure If it is hard to shift, let the shift lever Then press the clutch pedal back could cause premature wear in return to the 3 4 Neutral position down and shift into 1 (First). – the transmission. The repairs and release the clutch pedal. Then would not be covered by the 2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedal follow the steps again to shift into vehicle warranty. fully to the pedal stop while letting R (Reverse). Slowly let up on the up on the accelerator pedal and clutch pedal as you press the accelerator pedal. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

226 Driving and Operating

Shift Indicator Caution Drive Systems Shifting to R (Reverse) while the Four-Wheel Drive vehicle is moving forward could If equipped, four-wheel drive damage the transmission. The engages the front axle for extra repairs would not be covered by traction. the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle Caution is stopped. This light comes on when an up-shift is recommended for best fuel economy. The number Do not drive on clean, dry Use R (Reverse), along with the displayed with the arrow indicates pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if parking brake, for parking the the recommended gear. equipped) for an extended period vehicle. of time. These conditions may Shift Speeds cause: . Overheating. { Warning . Oil leakage. If you skip a gear when . Damage to internal and downshifting, you could lose external components of the control of the vehicle. You could front axle. injure yourself or others. Do not . Premature wear on the shift down more than one gear at vehicle’s powertrain. a time when downshifting. Driving on clean, dry pavement in four-wheel drive may: . Cause a vibration to be felt in the steering system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 227

. Cause tires to wear faster. Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction when the ignition is in ON/RUN, but ® . Cause additional driveline noise. Control and StabiliTrak off. See none stay on, the knob may have Traction Control/Electronic Stability been turned while the vehicle was 0 off. To see the indicator, turn the Control 235ii . { Warning knob to another position so that it Electronic Transfer Case matches the actual transfer case Shifting the transfer case to setting. If no lights display, take the N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle vehicle to your dealer for service. to roll even if the transmission is An indicator light flashes while in P (Park). You or someone else shifting and until the shift is could be seriously injured. Be complete. sure to set the parking brake before placing the transfer case in If the transfer case cannot complete N (Neutral). See Parking Brake a requested shift, it will return to the 0 last chosen setting. Turn the control 233ii . back to the previous setting to see the indicator light. Caution Caution Extended high-speed operation in Use the transfer case knob, next to Shifting the transmission into gear 4 n may damage or shorten the the steering wheel, to shift into and before the requested mode life of the drivetrain. out of four-wheel drive for extra indicator light has stopped traction. flashing could damage the Engagement noise and bump when Indicator lights on the knob show transfer case. shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from which setting the transfer case is in. N (Neutral), with the engine running, The N (Neutral) indicator is on the is normal. face of the knob. The indicator lights display briefly when the ignition is turned on, and one will stay on. If the lights display momentarily Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

228 Driving and Operating

The settings are: when off-roading. The vehicle can 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for N (Neutral) : Use only when the be shifted from 2 m to 4 m while the the 4 n indicator light to stop vehicle needs to be towed. See vehicle is moving. flashing before shifting the 0 Recreational Vehicle Towing 330ii transmission into gear. 0 Shifting Into 4 m or Towing the Vehicle 329ii . If the transmission is in gear and/or 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Turn the knob to 4 m at any speed moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), for driving on most streets and up to 121 km/h (75 mph), except the 4 n indicator light will flash for highways. The front axle is not from 4 n. The indicator light will flash 30 seconds and not complete the engaged. This setting provides the while shifting and will remain on the shift. After 30 seconds the transfer best fuel economy. selected setting. case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This Shifting Into 2 m to 4 m to see the indicator. With the setting engages the front axle and vehicle moving less than 5 km/h delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n if Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, (3 mph), and the transmission in driving off-road in deep sand, deep except when shifting from 4 n. N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. mud, or deep snow, and while Shifting Out of 4 climbing or descending steep hills. Shifting Into 4 n n When engaged, keep vehicle speed When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle below 72 km/h (45 mph). should be kept below 72 km/h must be stopped or moving Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction (45 mph). less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with Control and StabiliTrak off. See the transmission in N (Neutral) 1. The ignition must be in ON/ and the ignition in ON/RUN. Traction Control/Electronic Stability RUN and the vehicle must be 0 It is best for the vehicle to be Control 235ii . stopped or moving less than moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h 5 km/h (3 mph) with the 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use (1 to 2 mph). m transmission in N (Neutral). It is when extra traction is needed. The best for the vehicle to be front axle engages and helps when moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h driving on snowy or icy roads, and (1 to 2 mph). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 229

2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Wait for the 4 m or 2 m indicator 6. Turn the transfer case knob To shift: light to stop flashing before clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 1. Set the parking brake and shifting the transmission stops and hold it there until the apply the brake pedal. into gear. N (Neutral) light starts blinking. This will take at least 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN If the transmission is in gear and/or with the engine off. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 3. Shift the transmission to the 4 release the dial to the 4 n m or 2 m indicator light will flash N (Neutral). for 30 seconds, but will not complete position. The N (Neutral) light the shift. With the vehicle moving will come on when the transfer 4. Turn the transfer case knob to less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the case shift to N (Neutral) is 2 m. transmission in N (Neutral), attempt complete. After the transfer case has the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify shifted out of N (Neutral), the Shifting Into N (Neutral) that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) light will go out. N (Neutral) by shifting the To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), 5. Release the parking brake. 1. Park the vehicle on a level then to D (Drive). There should surface. be no movement of the vehicle Caution while shifting the transmission. 2. Set the parking brake and Shifting the transmission into gear press and hold the brake 8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. before the requested mode pedal. See Parking Brake indicator light has stopped 0 233ii . 9. Place the transmission shift flashing could damage the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the lever in P (Park). See transfer case. ignition to ON/RUN. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330ii . 4. Shift the transmission to 6. Start the engine and shift the N (Neutral). 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transmission to the desired gear. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

230 Driving and Operating

Automatic Transfer Case actual transfer case setting. If no wheels automatically based on lights display, take the vehicle to driving conditions. This setting your dealer for service. An indicator provides slightly lower fuel economy light flashes while shifting the than 2 m. transfer case and remains illuminated when the shift is Do not use AUTO mode, complete. if equipped, to park on a steep grade with poor traction such as ice, If the transfer case cannot make a snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO requested shift, it will return to the mode only the rear wheels will hold last chosen setting. Turn the knob the vehicle from sliding when back to the previous transfer case parked. If parking on a steep grade, setting to see the indicator. use 4 m to keep all four wheels The settings are: engaged. Use the transfer case knob next to N (Neutral) : Use only when the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This vehicle needs to be towed. See the steering wheel to shift into and 0 setting engages the front axle. Use Recreational Vehicle Towing 330ii out of four-wheel drive. 0 this position when extra traction is or Towing the Vehicle 329ii . Indicator lights display which setting needed, such as when driving on the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) is 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use snowy or icy roads, or when indicated on the knob. The indicator for driving on most streets and off-roading. lights will display briefly when the highways. The front axle is not 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This engaged. This setting provides the ignition is turned on and one will setting engages the front axle and stay on. If the lights display best fuel economy. momentarily when the ignition is in delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel when driving off-road in deep sand, ON/RUN, but none stay on, the Drive) : Use when road surface knob may have been turned while deep mud, or deep snow, and while traction conditions are variable. climbing or descending steep hills. the vehicle was off. To see the When driving in AUTO, the front indicator, turn the knob to another axle is engaged, and the vehicle's position so that it matches the power is sent to the front and rear Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 231

Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction transmission in N (Neutral). It is Shifting Out of 4 n best for the vehicle to be Control and StabiliTrak off. See To shift: Traction Control/Electronic Stability moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h 0 (1 to 2 mph). Control 235ii . 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 5 km/h 2. Turn the knob to 4 . Wait for Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO n (3 mph) with the transmission the 4 n indicator light to stop in N (Neutral) and the ignition in Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO flashing before shifting the ON/RUN. It is best for the position at any speed, except from 4 transmission into gear. vehicle to be moving n. The indicator light will flash while 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). shifting and will remain on when the Caution shift is completed. 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, Shifting the transmission into gear or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, Shifting Into 2 m before the requested mode or 2 m indicator light to stop Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, indicator light has stopped flashing before shifting the except when shifting from 4 n. The flashing could damage the transmission into gear. indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case. and will remain on when the shift is Caution completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), Shifting the transmission into gear Shifting Into 4 n the 4 n indicator light will flash for before the requested mode indicator light has stopped When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle 30 seconds and not complete the shift. After 30 seconds the transfer flashing could damage the speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). transfer case. case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob To shift into 4 n: to 4 m to display the indicator. With 1. The ignition must be in ON/ the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h RUN and the vehicle must be (3 mph), and the transmission in stopped or moving less than N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

232 Driving and Operating

If the transmission is in gear and/or 6. Turn the transfer case knob Shifting Out of N (Neutral) moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift: the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light stops and hold it there until the will flash for 30 seconds but will not N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and complete the shift. With the vehicle This will take at least apply the brake pedal. moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), 10 seconds. Then slowly 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN and the transmission in N (Neutral), release the dial to the 4 n with the engine off. attempt the shift again. position. The N (Neutral) light 3. Shift the transmission to will come on when the transfer N (Neutral). Shifting Into N (Neutral) case shift to N (Neutral) is To shift: complete. 4. Turn the transfer case knob to the desired setting. 1. Park the vehicle on a level 7. With the engine running, verify surface. that the transfer case is in After the transfer case has N (Neutral) by shifting the shifted out of N (Neutral), the 2. Set the parking brake and N (Neutral) light will go out. press and hold the brake transmission to R (Reverse), pedal. See Parking Brake then shift the transmission to 5. Release the parking brake. 0 D (Drive). There should be no 233ii . movement of the vehicle while 6. Start the engine and shift the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the shifting the transmission. transmission to the ignition to ON/RUN. desired gear. 8. Turn the engine off, and the 4. Shift the transmission to ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. N (Neutral). 9. Place the transmission shift 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. lever in P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330ii . 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 233 Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS becomes necessary to slam on the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold brakes and continue braking to the brake pedal down firmly and let Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a ABS work. You may hear the ABS System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are pump or motor operating and feel slowing down. If one of the wheels This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is is about to stop rolling, the computer electronic braking system that helps normal. will separately work the brakes at prevent a braking skid. each wheel. Braking in Emergencies When the vehicle begins to drive ABS can change the brake pressure away, ABS checks itself. ABS allows you to steer and brake to each wheel, as required, faster A momentary motor or clicking noise at the same time. In many than any driver could. This can help might be heard while this test is emergencies, steering can help you steer around the obstacle while going on, and it might even be more than even the very best braking hard. noticed that the brake pedal moves braking. a little. This is normal. As the brakes are applied, the computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you, warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light apply the brakes if that vehicle 0 118ii . suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room up ahead to stop, even with ABS. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

234 Driving and Operating

Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a Minor brake pedal pulsation or regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that pedal movement during this time is pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. normal and the driver should pedal. If you are towing a trailer and are continue to apply the brake pedal as If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving the driving situation dictates. The system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips Brake Assist feature will 0 automatically disengage when the See Brake System Warning Light 249ii . 0 brake pedal is released or brake 117ii . pedal pressure is quickly Brake Assist decreased. Caution The Brake Assist feature is designed to assist the driver in Driving with the parking brake on Hill Start Assist (HSA) stopping or decreasing vehicle can overheat the brake system speed in emergency driving This vehicle has an HSA feature, and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the which may be useful when the damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake vehicle is stopped on a grade Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the sufficient enough to activate HSA. is fully released and the brake power brake system under This feature is designed to prevent warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has the vehicle from rolling, either quickly and forcefully applied the forward or rearward, during vehicle brake pedal in an attempt to quickly drive off. After the driver completely To release the parking brake, hold stops and holds the vehicle in a the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The stability system hydraulic brake complete standstill on a grade, HSA push down momentarily on the will be automatically activated. parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates. If the parking brake is not released when you begin to drive, the brake Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 235 During the transition period between Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the when the driver releases the brake driver in keeping the vehicle on the pedal and starts to accelerate to Traction Control/ intended path. drive off on a grade, HSA holds the If cruise control is being used and braking pressure for a maximum of Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins two seconds to ensure that there is Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will no rolling. The brakes will disengage. Cruise control may be automatically release when the System Operation turned back on when road accelerator pedal is applied within The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. the two-second window. It will not System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an activate if the vehicle is in a drive Both systems come on electronic stability control system. gear and facing downhill, or if the automatically when the vehicle is These systems help limit wheel slip vehicle is facing uphill and in started and begins to move. The and assist the driver in maintaining R (Reverse). systems may be heard or felt while control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. 0 vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 204ii the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section. StabiliTrak selectively applies When the transfer case (if equipped) braking pressure to any one of the is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system is automatically disabled, and g comes on in the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

236 Driving and Operating

instrument cluster. Both traction maintaining control. The vehicle is control and StabiliTrak are safe to drive, but driving should be Caution automatically disabled in this adjusted accordingly. condition. Do not repeatedly brake or If d comes on and stays on: accelerate heavily when TCS is 1. Stop the vehicle. off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged. 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. To turn off only TCS, press and 3. Start the engine. release the g button. The Traction Drive the vehicle. If d comes on Off light i displays in the The indicator light for both systems and stays on, the vehicle may need instrument cluster. To turn TCS on is in the instrument cluster. This more time to diagnose the problem. light will: again, press and release the g If the condition persists, see your i . Flash when TCS is limiting dealer. button. The Traction Off light wheel spin. displayed in the instrument cluster Turning the Systems Off will turn off. . Flash when StabiliTrak is and On activated. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when the button is pressed, the system . Turn on and stay on when either g will not turn off until the wheels stop system is not working. spinning. If either system fails to turn on or to To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and press and hold the g button until d comes on and stays on to the Traction Off light i and indicate that the system is inactive The button for TCS and StabiliTrak is on the center stack. StabiliTrak Off light g come on and and is not assisting the driver in stay on in the instrument cluster. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again, press and release the g button. The Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 237

Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak HDC will remain enabled between 30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph), Off light in the instrument cluster g however vehicle speed cannot be turn off. set or maintained in this range. StabiliTrak will automatically turn on It will automatically disable if the if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (35 mph). Traction control will The HDC light displays on the (50 mph) or above 60 km/h remain off until the driver presses instrument cluster when enabled. (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5 the button or the ignition is cycled must be pressed again to g HDC can maintain vehicle speeds re-enable HDC. Off then On. between 4 and 30 km/h (3 and Adding accessories can affect the 19 mph) on an incline greater than When enabled, if the vehicle is at a vehicle performance. See or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and Accessories and Modifications HDC light indicates that the system less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC 0 259ii . is actively applying the brakes to message will display instructing the maintain vehicle speed. driver to reduce speed for HDC operation. Hill Descent When HDC is set, that is the initial Control (HDC) set speed. It can be increased or Cruise control will not function while decreased by applying the HDC is enabled and vehicle speed If equipped, HDC can be used when accelerator or brake pedal. Smaller is below 40 km/h (25 mph). driving downhill. It sets and HDC speed control adjustments are maintains vehicle speed while accomplished using the cruise up or descending a very steep incline in a down buttons. Each tap of the forward or reverse gear. +RES will increase the set speed by The HDC switch is on the center 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap stack, below the climate controls. of the SET– will decrease the set 5 speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This Press to enable or disable HDC. adjusted speed becomes the new Vehicle speed must be below set speed. 60 km/h (37 mph). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

238 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control being used and the Traction Control 5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the (TCS) system or StabiliTrak begins system on or off. A white indicator With cruise control a speed of about to limit wheel spin, the cruise control comes on in the instrument cluster 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be will automatically disengage. See when cruise control is turned on. maintained without keeping your Traction Control/Electronic Stability 0 +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If foot on the accelerator. Cruise Control 235ii . If a collision alert control does not work at speeds occurs when cruise control is there is a set speed in memory, below about 40 km/h (25 mph). activated, cruise control is press briefly to resume to that disengaged. See Forward Collision speed or press and hold to 0 accelerate. If cruise control is { Warning Alert (FCA) System 242ii . When road conditions allow you to safely already active, use to increase Cruise control can be dangerous use it again, cruise control can be vehicle speed. where you cannot drive safely at turned back on. SET− (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to a steady speed. Do not use If the brakes are applied, the cruise set the speed and activate cruise cruise control on winding roads or control disengages. control. If cruise control is already in heavy traffic. active, use to decrease vehicle speed. Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, * (Cancel) : Press to disengage fast changes in tire traction can cruise control without erasing the cause excessive wheel slip, and set speed from memory. you could lose control. Do not use Setting Cruise Control cruise control on slippery roads. If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES could get pressed and go into If equipped with a manual 5 transmission, the cruise control will cruise when not desired. Keep remain active when the gears are off when cruise is not being used. shifted. The cruise is deactivated if 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise the clutch is pressed for several system on. seconds. If the cruise control is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 239

2. Get up to the desired speed. Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small 3. Press and release SET−. Cruise Control increments, briefly press SET– . If the cruise control system is For each press, the vehicle goes 4. Remove foot from the about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. accelerator. already activated: The speedometer reading can be The cruise control indicator on the . Press and hold +RES until the desired speed is reached, then displayed in either English or metric instrument cluster turns green after units. See Driver Information Center release it. 0 cruise control has been set to the (DIC) (Base Level) 123ii or Driver desired speed. See Instrument . To increase vehicle speed in Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 ii small increments, briefly press 0 Cluster (Base Level) 107 or 126ii . The increment value used 0 Instrument Cluster (Uplevel) 109ii . +RES. For each press, the depends on the units displayed. vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h Resuming a Set Speed (1 mph) faster. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control If the cruise control is set at a The speedometer reading can be desired speed and then the brakes displayed in either English or metric Use the accelerator pedal to are applied or * is pressed, the units. See Driver Information Center increase the vehicle speed. When 0 you take your foot off the pedal, the cruise control is disengaged without (DIC) (Base Level) 123ii or Driver erasing the set speed from memory. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) vehicle will slow down to the 0 previous set cruise speed. While Once the vehicle speed reaches 126ii . The increment value used depends on the units displayed. pressing the accelerator pedal or about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, shortly following the release to press the +RES button briefly. The Reducing Speed While Using override cruise control, briefly vehicle returns to the previous set Cruise Control pressing the SET– button will result speed. If the cruise control system is in cruise control set to the current already activated: vehicle speed. . Press and hold SET– until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

240 Driving and Operating Using Cruise Control on Hills Driver Assistance shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse), How well the cruise control will work the video image automatically on hills depends on the vehicle Systems appears on the infotainment screen. speed, load, and the steepness of The infotainment screen goes to the the hills. When going up steep hills, Rear Vision previous screen after approximately you might have to step on the Camera (RVC) four seconds once the vehicle is accelerator pedal to maintain your shifted out of R (Reverse). speed. When going downhill, you { Warning To see the previous screen sooner, might have to brake or shift to a do one of the following: lower gear to keep your speed The camera(s) do not display . Press a hard key on the down. If the brake pedal is applied, children, pedestrians, bicyclists, infotainment system. cruise control will disengage. crossing traffic, animals, or any . Shift into P (Park). Ending Cruise Control other object outside of the cameras field of view, below the The RVC will not work properly if There are four ways to end cruise ’ bumper, or under the vehicle. the tailgate is down. If the tailgate is control: Shown distances may be different down, do not use this system. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. from actual distances. Do not Guidelines . Press *. drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always The RVC system may have a guideline overlay that can help the . Press the clutch pedal for check behind and around the driver align the vehicle when several seconds or shift the vehicle before driving. Failure to backing into a parking spot. transmission to N (Neutral). use proper care may result in . To turn off cruise control, injury, death, or vehicle damage. To turn the guidelines on or off: press 5. 1. Shift into P (Park). Erasing Speed Memory If equipped, the RVC system is 2. Press SETTINGS on the home designed to help the driver when screen of the infotainment The cruise control set speed is backing up by displaying a view of system. erased from memory if 5 is pressed the area behind the vehicle. When 3. Select Rear Camera. or if the ignition is turned off. the key is in ON/RUN and the driver Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 241

4. Select Guidance Lines, then When the System Does Not select Off or On. Seem to Work Properly Rear Vision Camera Error The RVC system may not work Messages properly or display a clear image if: SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA . It is dark. SYSTEM : This message can . The sun or the beam of display on the infotainment screen headlamps are shining directly when the system is not working into the camera lens. properly. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else If any other problem occurs or if a builds up on the camera lens. problem persists, see your dealer. Clean the lens, rinse it with Rear Vision Camera Location 1. View displayed by the water, and wipe it with a soft camera. cloth. The camera is under the tailgate handle. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and The area displayed by the camera is mounting angle of the camera limited. It does not display objects can change or the camera can that are close to either corner or be affected. Be sure to have the under the bumper and can vary camera, its position, and depending on vehicle orientation or mounting angle checked at your road conditions. Displayed images dealer. may be further or closer than they appear. Disconnecting the Rear Vision The following illustrations show the 1. View displayed by the Camera (RVC) field of view that the camera camera. The RVC must be disconnected if provides. 2. Corner of the rear bumper. the tailgate needs to be removed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

242 Driving and Operating

FCA detects vehicles within a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ahead. When a vehicle is detected, or when following a vehicle too the vehicle ahead indicator will The RVC is disconnected by closely, FCA may not provide a display green. Vehicles may not be disconnecting the connector behind warning with enough time to help detected on curves, highway exit the rear license plate. avoid a crash. FCA does not warn ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; of pedestrians, animals, signs, or if a vehicle ahead is partially Forward Collision Alert guardrails, bridges, construction blocked by pedestrians or other (FCA) System barrels, or other objects. Be ready objects. FCA will not detect another to take action and apply the vehicle ahead until it is completely If equipped, the FCA system may brakes. For more information, see in the driving lane. help to avoid or reduce the harm 0 Defensive Driving 194ii . caused by front-end crashes. When { Warning approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing FCA can be disabled with the FCA FCA does not provide a warning alert on the windshield, and rapidly steering wheel control. to help avoid a crash, unless it beeps. FCA also lights an amber detects a vehicle. FCA may not visual alert if following another detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA vehicle much too closely. sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 243

more rapidly which can cause a Collision Alert and the Tailgating Warning (Continued) brief, mild deceleration. Continue to Alert features. The timing of both apply the brake pedal as needed. alerts will vary based on vehicle or ice, or if the windshield is Cruise control may be disengaged speed. The faster the vehicle speed, damaged. It may also not detect a when the Collision Alert occurs. the farther away the alert will occur. vehicle on winding or hilly roads, Consider traffic and weather or in conditions that can limit Tailgating Alert conditions when selecting the alert visibility such as fog, rain, timing. The range of selectable alert or snow, or if the headlamps or timing may not be appropriate for all windshield are not cleaned or in drivers and driving conditions. proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA Unnecessary Alerts sensors clean and in good repair. FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles The vehicle ahead indicator will in other lanes, objects that are not Collision Alert display amber when you are vehicles, or shadows. These alerts following a detected vehicle ahead are normal operation and the much too closely. vehicle does not need service. Selecting the Alert Timing Cleaning the System The Collision Alert control is on the If the FCA system does not seem to steering wheel. Press [ to set the operate properly, cleaning the FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near, outside of the windshield in front of When your vehicle approaches or Off. The first button press shows the rearview mirror, and cleaning the another detected vehicle too rapidly, the current setting on the DIC. headlamps, may correct the issue. the red lights will flash on the Additional button presses will windshield. Also, eight rapid change this setting. The chosen high-pitched beeps will sound from setting will remain until it is changed the front. When this Collision Alert and will affect the timing of both the occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

244 Driving and Operating

Lane Departure How the System Works Warning (Continued) Warning (LDW) The LDW camera sensor is on the not in proper condition; or if windshield ahead of the rearview If equipped, LDW may help avoid the sun shines directly into mirror. crashes due to unintentional lane the camera. departures. It may provide an alert if To turn LDW on and off, press @ on the vehicle is crossing a lane . Detect road edges. the center stack. The control marking without using a turn signal . Detect lanes on winding or indicator will light when LDW is on. in that direction. LDW uses a hilly roads. camera sensor to detect the lane markings at speeds of 56 km/h If LDW only detects lane (35 mph) or greater. markings on one side of the road, it will only warn you when { Warning departing the lane on the side where it has detected a lane The LDW system does not steer marking. Always keep your @ the vehicle. The LDW system attention on the road and When LDW is on, is green if may not: maintain proper vehicle position LDW is available to warn of a lane within the lane, or vehicle departure. If the vehicle crosses a . Provide enough time to detected lane marking without using avoid a crash. damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the the turn signal in that direction, @ . Detect lane markings under windshield, headlamps, and changes to amber and flashes. poor weather or visibility camera sensors clean and in Additionally, there will be three conditions. This can occur if good repair. Do not use LDW in beeps on the right or left, depending the windshield or bad weather conditions. on the lane departure direction. headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice; if they are (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 245 When the System Does Not Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline Seem to Work Properly meeting ASTM specification D4814 For diesel engine vehicles, see with a posted octane rating of 87 or The system may not detect lanes as “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the higher. Do not use gasoline with an well when there are: Duramax diesel supplement. octane rating below 87, as it may . Close vehicles ahead. Use of the recommended fuel is an cause engine damage and will lower fuel economy. . Sudden lighting changes, such important part of the proper as when driving through tunnels. maintenance of this vehicle. When Use of Seasonal Fuels driving in the U.S. and Canada, to Banked roads. . help keep the engine clean and Use summer and winter fuels in the If the LDW system is not functioning maintain optimum vehicle appropriate season. The fuels properly when lane markings are performance, we recommend using industry automatically modifies the clearly visible, cleaning the TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. fuel for the appropriate season. windshield may help. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. long periods of time, driving or LDW alerts may occur due to tar starting could be affected. Drive the marks, shadows, cracks in the road, vehicle until the fuel is at one-half temporary or construction lane tank or less, then refuel with the markings, or other road current seasonal fuel. imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need Prohibited Fuels service. Turn LDW off if these Gasolines containing oxygenates conditions continue. such as ethers and ethanol, as well as reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. If these gasolines comply with the previously described specification, then they are acceptable to use. However, E85 (85% ethanol) and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

246 Driving and Operating

other fuels containing more than California Fuel Fuels in Foreign 15% ethanol must be used only in FlexFuel vehicles. Requirements Countries If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries Caution California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find. Do not use fuel containing meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel methanol. It can corrode metal the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability parts in the fuel system and also label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never damage plastic and rubber parts. states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing That damage would not be Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other covered under the vehicle satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly warranty. federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty. Some gasolines, mainly high octane indicator lamp could turn on and the racing gasolines, can contain an vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives octane-enhancing additive called test. See Malfunction Indicator 0 To keep fuel systems clean, TOP methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Lamp (Check Engine Light) 115ii . tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use If this occurs, return to your TIER Detergent Gasoline is 0 gasolines and/or fuel additives with authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it recommended. See Fuel 245ii . MMT as they can reduce spark plug is determined that the condition is If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is life and affect emission control caused by the type of fuel used, not available, one bottle of Fuel system performance. The repairs may not be covered by the System Treatment PLUS added to malfunction indicator lamp may turn vehicle warranty. the fuel tank at every engine oil on. If this occurs, see your dealer change, can help. Fuel System for service. Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors. It is available at your dealer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 247

Filling the Tank Warning (Continued) If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Filling the Tank” in the something ignites it, you could be Duramax diesel supplement. badly burned. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, { Warning and is more likely in hot weather. Open the fuel cap slowly and wait Fuel vapor burns violently and a for any hiss noise to stop. Then fuel fire can cause bad injuries. unscrew the cap all the way. To help avoid injuries to you and others, read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump { Warning The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel island. Turn off the engine when door on the driver side of the refueling. Do not smoke near fuel Overfilling the fuel tank by more vehicle. To open the fuel door, push or when refueling the vehicle. Do than three clicks of a standard fill and release the rearward center nozzle may cause: not use cellular phones. Keep edge of the door. sparks, flames, and smoking . Vehicle performance issues, To remove the fuel cap, turn it materials away from fuel. Do not including engine stalling and slowly counterclockwise. leave the fuel pump unattended damage to the fuel system. when refueling the vehicle. This is While refueling, hang the fuel cap . Fuel spills. against the law in some places. from the hook on the fuel door. Do not re-enter the vehicle while . Potential fuel fires. pumping fuel. Keep children away { Warning from the fuel pump; never let Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a children pump fuel. Fuel can spray out on you if you few seconds after you have finished open the fuel cap too quickly. pumping before removing the If you spill fuel and then nozzle. Clean fuel from painted (Continued) surfaces as soon as possible. See 0 Exterior Care 334ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

248 Driving and Operating

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it clockwise until it clicks. Make sure Caution Warning (Continued) the cap is fully installed. The diagnostic system can determine if If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Dispense fuel only into the fuel cap has been left off or sure to get the right type of cap approved containers. improperly installed. This would from your dealer. The wrong type . Do not fill a container while allow fuel to evaporate into the of fuel cap may not fit properly, it is inside a vehicle, in a atmosphere. If the fuel cap is not may cause the malfunction vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, properly installed, a message indicator lamp to light, and could or on any surface other than appears on the Driver Information damage the fuel tank and the ground. emissions system. See Center (DIC) and the check engine . Bring the fill nozzle in light will be lit on the instrument Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 contact with the inside of cluster. See Fuel System Messages (Check Engine Light) 115ii . 0 the fill opening before 132ii and Malfunction Indicator 0 operating the nozzle. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 115ii . Filling a Portable Fuel Contact should be maintained until the filling is { Warning Container complete. . Do not smoke while If a fire starts while you are { Warning refueling, do not remove the pumping fuel. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by Never fill a portable fuel container . Do not use a cellular phone shutting off the pump or by while it is in the vehicle. Static while pumping fuel. notifying the station attendant. electricity discharge from the Leave the area immediately. container can ignite the fuel vapor. You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this occurs. To help avoid injury to you and others: (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 249 Trailer Towing . Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent Warning (Continued) damage to the engine, axle, General Towing or other parts. Information When towing a trailer: . Then during the first 800 km . Do not drive with the Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and or rear-most window open. Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle. . Fully open the air outlets on dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read or under the instrument Shift the transmission to a lower panel. the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ . Also adjust the climate For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions. control system to a setting 0 that brings in only outside Towing the Vehicle 329ii . For . If equipped with 4WD, see air. See Climate Control towing the vehicle behind another 0 “ Four-Wheel Drive 226ii before vehicle such as a motor home, see Systems” in the Index. 0 pulling a trailer. Recreational Vehicle Towing 330ii . For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine { Warning 0 Driving Characteristics Exhaust 219ii . and Towing Tips When towing a trailer, exhaust gases may collect at the rear of Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain the vehicle and enter if the amount of experience. The When towing a trailer: liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most combination you are driving is . Become familiar with the state window is open. longer and not as responsive as the and local laws that apply to (Continued) vehicle itself. Get acquainted with trailer towing. the handling and braking of the rig before setting out for the open road. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

250 Driving and Operating

Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn parts and attachments, safety out, the arrows on the instrument Hold the bottom of the steering chains, electrical connectors, lamps, cluster will still flash for turns. It is wheel with one hand. To move the tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has important to check occasionally to trailer to the left, move that hand to electric brakes, start the be sure the trailer bulbs are still the left. To move the trailer to the combination moving and then apply working. right, move your hand to the right. the trailer brake controller by hand Always back up slowly and, to be sure the brakes work. Driving on Grades if possible, have someone During the trip, check occasionally guide you. Reduce speed and shift to a lower to be sure that the load is secure gear before starting down a long or and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns steep downgrade. If the brakes still work. transmission is not shifted down, the Caution brakes might get hot and no longer Following Distance work well. Stay at least twice as far behind the Making very sharp turns while Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift vehicle ahead as you would when trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission to a lower gear if driving the vehicle without a trailer. come in contact with the vehicle. the transmission shifts too often This can help to avoid heavy The vehicle could be damaged. under heavy loads and/or hilly braking and sudden turns. Avoid making very sharp turns conditions. while trailering. Passing The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if the transmission shifts too often. More passing distance is needed 0 When turning with a trailer, make See Tow/Haul Mode 224ii . when towing a trailer. The wider turns than normal. Do this so combination will not accelerate as When towing at high altitude on the trailer will not strike soft steep uphill grades, consider the quickly and is longer so it is shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, necessary to go much farther following: Engine coolant will boil at or other objects. Avoid jerky or a lower temperature than at normal beyond the passed vehicle before sudden maneuvers. Signal well in returning to the lane. altitudes. If the engine is turned off advance. immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 251

vehicle may show signs similar to 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance when Trailer engine overheating. To avoid this, under the trailer wheels. Towing let the engine run while parked, 3. When the wheel chocks are in preferably on level ground, with the The vehicle needs service more place, release the regular often when pulling a trailer. See transmission in P (Park) for a few brakes until the chocks absorb 0 Maintenance Schedule 344ii . minutes before turning the engine the load. off. If the overheat warning comes Things that are especially important 0 in trailer operation are automatic on, see Engine Overheating 274ii . 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and transmission fluid, engine oil, axle Parking on Hills shift into P (Park). lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system. It is a good idea to 5. Release the brake pedal. { Warning inspect these before and during Leaving After Parking on a Hill the trip. Parking the vehicle on a hill with Check periodically to see that all the trailer attached can be 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. dangerous. If something goes wrong, the rig could start to move. 2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing People can be injured, and both 3. Shift into a gear. the vehicle and the trailer can be Do not tow a trailer during break-in. 0 damaged. When possible, always 4. Release the parking brake. See New Vehicle Break-In 211ii . park the rig on a flat surface. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. { Warning 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is If parking the rig on a hill: clear of the chocks. The driver can lose control when 1. Press the brake pedal, but do 7. Stop and have someone pick pulling a trailer if the correct not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn up and store the chocks. equipment is not used or the the wheels into the curb if vehicle is not driven properly. For facing downhill or into traffic if example, if the trailer is too facing uphill. heavy, the brakes may not work (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

252 Driving and Operating

To identify the trailering capacity of weight the vehicle can carry. See Warning (Continued) the vehicle, read the information in “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later “Weight of the Trailer” later in this in this section for more information. well or even at all. The driver and section. passengers could be seriously Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is injured. The vehicle may also be Trailering is different than just calculated assuming the tow vehicle damaged; the resulting repairs driving the vehicle by itself. has only the driver but all required would not be covered by the Trailering means changes in trailering equipment. Weight of vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer handling, acceleration, braking, additional optional equipment, durability, and fuel economy. passengers, and cargo in the tow only if all the steps in this section Successful, safe trailering takes vehicle must be subtracted from the have been followed. Ask your correct equipment, and it has to be trailer weight rating. dealer for advice and information used properly. about towing a trailer with the Use the following chart to determine vehicle. The following information has many how much the vehicle can weigh, time-tested, important trailering tips based upon the vehicle model and and safety rules. Many of these are options. Caution important for your safety and that of your passengers. Read this section Pulling a trailer improperly can carefully before pulling a trailer. damage the vehicle and result in Weight of the Trailer costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be? correctly, follow the advice in this It depends on how the rig is used. section and see your dealer for Speed, altitude, road grades, important information about outside temperature, and how much towing a trailer with the vehicle. the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on 0 any special equipment on the See Vehicle Load Limits 205ii for vehicle, and the amount of tongue more information about the vehicle's maximum load capacity. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 253

SAE J2807 Compliant Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 2.5L L4 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 3.6LV6 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) (a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering the vehicle to exceed the information or advice. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross Weight of the Trailer Tongue Axle Weight Rating). The tongue load (1) of any trailer is After loading the trailer, weigh the very important because it is also trailer and then the tongue, part of the vehicle weight. The separately, to see if the weights are Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) proper. If they are not, adjustments includes the curb weight of the might be made by moving some vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and items around in the trailer. the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue Total Weight on the Vehicle's weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Trailer tongue weight (1) should be Tires passengers and cargo in the vehicle 10–15% of the loaded trailer Be sure the vehicle's tires are reduce the amount of tongue weight weight (2) up to 408 kg (900 lb). inflated to the inflation pressures the vehicle can carry, which will also found on the Certification/Tire label reduce the trailer weight the vehicle Trailer rating may be limited by the vehicle's ability to carry tongue on the center pillar or see Vehicle can tow. 0 weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Load Limits 205ii . Make sure not to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

254 Driving and Operating

exceed the GVWR limit for the weight-carrying hitch which simply vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow features a coupler latched to the vehicle and trailer fully loaded for hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a the trip including the weight of the pintle hook. Other trailers may trailer tongue. If using a require a weight-distributing hitch weight-distributing hitch, make sure that uses spring bars to distribute not to exceed the RGAWR before the trailer tongue weight among the applying the weight distribution tow vehicle and trailer axles. spring bars. If a step-bumper hitch will be used, Weight of the Trailering the bumper could be damaged in Combination sharp turns. Make sure there is ample room when turning to avoid It is important that the combination contact between the trailer and the 1. Front of Vehicle of the tow vehicle and trailer does bumper. not exceed any of its weight ratings 2. Body to Ground Distance — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer A step-bumper hitch is limited to When using a weight-distributing Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) total weight. hitch, the spring bars should be The only way to be sure it is not Consider using sway controls with adjusted so the distance (2) is the exceeding any of these ratings is to any trailer. Ask a trailering same after coupling the trailer to the weigh the tow vehicle and trailer professional about sway controls or tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. combination, fully loaded for the trip, refer to the trailer manufacturer's getting individual weights for each of recommendations and instructions. Safety Chains these items. Always attach chains between the Weight-Distributing Hitch vehicle and the trailer. Cross the Towing Equipment Adjustment safety chains under the tongue of A weight distributing hitch may be the trailer to help prevent the tongue Hitches useful with some trailers. from contacting the road if it The correct hitch equipment helps becomes separated from the hitch. maintain combination control. Many Instructions about safety chains trailers can be towed with a may be provided by the hitch Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 255

manufacturer or by the trailer . Black: Ground A four-wire harness, without manufacturer. Always leave just . Gray: Back-up lamps connector, is secured behind the left enough slack so the combination side kick panel. The harness can turn. Never allow safety chains . Orange: Battery feed contains the following circuits: to drag on the ground. . Blue: Trailer brake . Red/Green: Battery feed Trailer Brakes To help charge a remote . Black: Ground A loaded trailer that weighs more (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/ Haul Mode button at the end of the . White/Blue: Brake signal to than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have controller its own brake system that is shift lever. If the trailer is too light for adequate for the weight of the Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the . Blue: Trailer Brake power to trailer. Be sure to read and follow headlamps to help charge the trailer connector the instructions for the trailer brakes battery. To remove the left side kick panel, so they are installed, adjusted, and Trailer Brake Control Wiring start at the front of the panel pulling maintained properly. Harness toward the rear of the vehicle and lift upward to disengage the integral Trailer Wiring Harness clips. For vehicles not equipped with heavy-duty trailering, a harness is Tow/Haul Mode secured underneath the left side of the vehicle, next to the spare tire. The harness requires the installation of a trailer connector, which is available through your dealer. The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits: . Yellow: Left stop/turn signal . Green: Right stop/turn signal . Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

256 Driving and Operating

Press this button on the center . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Trailer Sway stack to turn on and off the Tow/ large or heavy load in Haul Mode. stop-and-go traffic. Control (TSC) . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a large or heavy load in busy TSC feature. Trailer sway is parking lots where improved low unintended side-to-side motion of a speed control of the vehicle is trailer while being towed. If the desired. vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul the vehicle brakes are selectively when lightly loaded or with no trailer This indicator light on the instrument applied at each wheel, to help at all will not cause damage. cluster comes on when the Tow/ reduce excessive trailer sway. If the However, there is no benefit to the Haul Mode is on. vehicle is equipped with the selection of Tow/Haul when the Integrated Trailer Brake Control Tow/Haul is a feature that assists vehicle is unloaded. Such a (ITBC) system, and the trailer has when pulling a heavy trailer or a selection when unloaded may result the electric actuated brake system, large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul in unpleasant engine and StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer 0 Mode 224ii . transmission driving characteristics brakes. Tow/Haul is designed to be most and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ Haul is recommended only when If TSC is enabled, the Traction effective when the vehicle and Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak trailer combined weight is at least pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load. warning light will flash on the 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross instrument cluster. Vehicle speed Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). If the vehicle has a diesel engine, must be reduced. If trailer sway See “Weight of the Trailer” under the Tow/Haul button activates the continues, StabiliTrak can reduce 0 Trailer Towing 251ii . Tow/Haul is exhaust brake system engine torque to help slow the most useful under the following simultaneously. See “Exhaust vehicle. See Traction Control/ driving conditions: Brake in the Duramax diesel 0 ” Electronic Stability Control 235ii . . When pulling a heavy trailer or a supplement. large or heavy load through rolling terrain. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Driving and Operating 257

{ Warning Conversions and Caution Add-Ons Even if the vehicle is equipped Some electrical equipment can with TSC, trailer sway could result Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause in loss of control and the vehicle components to not work and could crash. If excessive trailer Equipment would not be covered by the sway is detected, slow down to a vehicle warranty. Always check safe speed. Check the trailer and { Warning with your dealer before adding vehicle to help correct possible electrical equipment. causes. These could include an The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service improperly or overloaded trailer, Add-on equipment can drain the unrestrained cargo, improper and Emission Inspection/ Maintenance testing. See vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the trailer hitch configuration, vehicle is not operating. excessive vehicle-trailer speed, Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 or improperly inflated or incorrect (Check Engine Light) 115ii . The vehicle has an airbag system. vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing A device connected to the DLC — Before attempting to add anything 0 such as an aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see Equipment 254ii for trailer driver-behavior tracking device — Servicing the Airbag-Equipped ratings and hitch setup 0 Vehicle 66ii and Adding Equipment recommendations. may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 operation and cause a crash. 67ii . Adding non-dealer accessories can Such devices may also access affect the vehicle performance. See information stored in the vehicle’s Accessories and Modifications 0 systems. 259ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

258 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid ...... 278 Electrical System Vehicle Care Battery - North America ...... 279 Electrical System Overload . . . 287 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 279 Fuses ...... 287 General Information Front Axle ...... 280 Engine Compartment Fuse Rear Axle ...... 280 Block ...... 288 General Information ...... 259 Starter Switch Check ...... 281 Instrument Panel Fuse California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Block ...... 292 65 Warning ...... 259 Lock Control Function California Perchlorate Check ...... 282 Wheels and Tires Materials Requirements . . . . . 259 Ignition Transmission Lock Tires ...... 295 Accessories and Check ...... 282 All-Season Tires ...... 296 Modifications ...... 259 Park Brake and P (Park) Winter Tires ...... 296 Vehicle Checks Mechanism Check ...... 282 All-Terrain Tires ...... 297 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 297 Doing Your Own Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 283 Tire Designations ...... 299 Service Work ...... 260 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and Hood ...... 261 Headlamp Aiming ...... 284 Definitions ...... 300 Engine Compartment Tire Pressure ...... 302 Overview ...... 262 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Oil ...... 265 Bulb Replacement ...... 284 System ...... 303 Engine Oil Life System ...... 267 Halogen Bulbs ...... 284 Tire Pressure Monitor Automatic Transmission Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Operation ...... 304 Fluid ...... 268 Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Inspection ...... 307 Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 269 Lamps ...... 284 Tire Rotation ...... 308 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 269 Taillamps, Turn Signal, When It Is Time for New Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 269 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tires ...... 309 Cooling System ...... 271 Lamps ...... 285 Buying New Tires ...... 310 Engine Coolant ...... 272 Center High-Mounted Different Size Tires and Engine Overheating ...... 274 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Wheels ...... 311 Engine Fan ...... 276 Cargo Lamp ...... 286 Uniform Tire Quality Washer Fluid ...... 276 Replacement Bulbs ...... 286 Grading ...... 312 Brakes ...... 277 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 259 Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts Balance ...... 313 and systems, many fluids, and Wheel Replacement ...... 313 For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products Tire Chains ...... 314 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 315 genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals. Tire Changing ...... 316 and supported service people. 0 See Battery - North America 279ii Compact Spare Tire ...... 325 Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North America Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 326 0 these marks: 327ii . Jump Starting Jump Starting - North California Perchlorate America ...... 327 Materials Requirements Towing the Vehicle Certain types of automotive Towing the Vehicle ...... 329 applications, such as airbag Recreational Vehicle initiators, safety belt pretensioners, Towing ...... 330 and lithium batteries contained in Appearance Care Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Exterior Care ...... 334 Special handling may be necessary. Interior Care ...... 339 For additional information, see Floor Mats ...... 341 www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. California Proposition 65 Warning Accessories and WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

260 Vehicle Care airbags, braking, stability, ride and GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks handling, emissions systems, complement and function with other aerodynamics, durability, and systems on the vehicle. See your electronic systems like antilock dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own brakes, traction control, and stability using genuine GM Accessories Service Work control. These accessories or installed by a dealer technician. modifications could even cause Also, see Adding Equipment to the { Warning malfunction or damage not covered 0 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 67ii . by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on Damage to suspension components your vehicle if you do not have caused by modifying vehicle height the proper knowledge, service outside of factory settings will not be manual, tools, or parts. Always covered by the warranty. follow owner manual procedures and consult the service manual Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the for your vehicle before doing any installation or use of non-GM service work. certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is If doing some of your own service not covered under the terms of the work, use the proper service vehicle warranty and may affect manual. It tells you much more remaining warranty coverage for about how to service the vehicle affected parts. than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information 0 370ii . This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the 0 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 66ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 261

Keep a record with all parts receipts To close the hood: and list the mileage and the date of 1. Before closing the hood, be any service work performed. See 0 sure all the filler caps are Maintenance Records 356ii . properly installed. Caution 2. Lower the hood to 20 cm (8 in) above the vehicle and release Even small amounts of it so it fully latches. Check to contamination can cause damage make sure the hood is firmly to vehicle systems. Do not allow closed by lifting up on the front contaminants to contact the fluids, edge of the hood. Repeat the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. process if necessary. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to Hood find the secondary hood release handle. The handle is To open the hood: under the front edge of the hood near the center. Push the handle to the right and at the same time raise the hood.

1. Pull the hood release lever with this symbol on it. It is inside the vehicle to the lower left of the steering wheel. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

262 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.5L L4 Engine Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 263

1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Engine 0 Coolant 272ii . 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 269ii . 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See 0 Engine Oil 265ii . 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 271ii . 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See 0 Engine Oil 265ii . 6. Engine Compartment Fuse 0 Block 288ii . 7. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir. 0 See Brake Fluid 278ii or 0 Hydraulic Clutch 269ii (If Equipped). 8. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 276ii . 0 9. Battery - North America 279ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

264 Vehicle Care

3.6L V6 Engine Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 265

1. Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil Pressure Cap. See Engine 0 For diesel engine vehicles, see It is a good idea to check the engine Coolant 272ii . “Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel oil level at each fuel fill. In order to 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter supplement. get an accurate reading, the vehicle 0 269ii . must be on level ground. The To ensure proper engine engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of performance and long life, careful View). See Cooling System loop. See Engine Compartment attention must be paid to engine oil. 0 0 Overview 262ii for the location of 271ii . Following these simple, but the engine oil dipstick. 4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See important steps will help protect 0 Obtaining an accurate oil level Engine Oil 265ii . your investment: reading is essential: 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See . Use engine oil approved to the 0 1. If the engine has been running Engine Oil 265ii . proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See recently, turn off the engine and 6. Engine Compartment Fuse allow several minutes for the oil 0 “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Block 288ii . in this section. to drain back into the oil pan. 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Checking the oil level too soon 0 . Check the engine oil level after engine shutoff will not Brake Fluid 278ii . regularly and maintain the provide an accurate oil level 8. Windshield Washer Fluid proper oil level. See “Checking reading. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid Engine Oil” and “When to Add 0 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it 276ii . Engine Oil” in this section. 0 with a clean paper towel or 9. Battery - North America 279ii . . Change the engine oil at the cloth, then push it back in all appropriate time. See Engine Oil If the vehicle has a diesel engine, 0 the way. Remove it again, see the Duramax diesel Life System 267ii . keeping the tip down, and supplement. . Always dispose of engine oil check the level. properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

266 Vehicle Care

When to Add Engine Oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil Caution Selecting the right engine oil Do not add too much oil. Oil depends on both the proper oil levels above or below the specification and viscosity grade. acceptable operating range See Recommended Fluids and 0 shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants 353ii . to the engine. If you find that you Specification 2.5L L4 Engine have an oil level above the operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification. Engine oils that have been gets above the cross-hatched approved by GM as meeting the area that shows the proper dexos1 specification are marked operating range, the engine could with the dexos1 approved logo. See be damaged. You should drain www.gmdexos.com. out the excess oil or limit driving 3.6L V6 Engine of the vehicle and seek a service If the oil is below the cross-hatched professional to remove the area at the tip of the dipstick, add excess amount of oil. 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See Selecting the Right Engine Oil in See Engine Compartment Overview “ ” 0 this section for an explanation of 262ii for the location of the engine what kind of oil to use. For engine oil fill cap. Caution oil crankcase capacity, see Add enough oil to put the level Capacities and Specifications somewhere in the proper operating 0 Failure to use the recommended 358ii . range. Push the dipstick all the way engine oil or equivalent can result back in when through. in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 267

Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System recommended and could cause Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade When to Change Engine Oil engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine. engine damage not covered by the Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine. What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the Cold Temperature Operation: In an engine oil and filter. This is based Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which area of extreme cold, where the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature falls below −29 °C include engine revolutions, engine your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be cancer. Do not let used oil stay on used for the 3.6L V6 engine and Based on driving conditions, the your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine skin and nails with soap and water, oil may be used for the 2.5L L4 indicated can vary considerably. For or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil life system to work properly, engine. An oil of this viscosity grade properly dispose of clothing or rags will provide easier cold starting for the system must be reset every time containing used engine oil. See the the oil is changed. the engine at extremely low manufacturer's warnings about the temperatures. When selecting an oil use and disposal of oil products. On some vehicles, when the system of the appropriate viscosity grade, it has calculated that oil life has been is recommended to select an oil of Used oil can be a threat to the diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE the correct specification. See environment. If you change your OIL SOON message comes on to “Specification” earlier in this section. own oil, be sure to drain all the oil indicate that an oil change is from the filter before disposal. Never necessary. See Engine Oil Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the 0 Messages 131ii . Change the oil as Oil Flushes trash or pouring it on the ground, soon as possible within the next into sewers, or into streams or Do not add anything to the oil. The 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, bodies of water. Recycle it by taking recommended oils meeting the if driving under the best conditions, it to a place that collects used oil. dexos1 specification are all that is the oil life system might indicate that needed for good performance and an oil change is not necessary for engine protection. up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

268 Vehicle Care

must be reset. For vehicles without See Driver Information Center Automatic Transmission 0 the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON (DIC) (Base Level) 123ii or message, an oil change is needed Driver Information Center (DIC) Fluid 0 when the OIL LIFE REMAINING (Uplevel) 126ii . How to Check Automatic percentage is near 0%. Your dealer 2. Press and hold SET/CLR for Transmission Fluid has trained service people who will several seconds. The oil life It is not necessary to check the perform this work and reset the will change to 100%. system. It is also important to check transmission fluid level. the oil regularly over the course of The oil life system can also be reset A transmission fluid leak is the only an oil drain interval and keep it at as follows: reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, take the vehicle to your the proper level. 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN dealer and have it repaired as soon with the engine off. If the system is ever reset as possible. accidentally, the oil must be 2. Display the OIL LIFE There is a special procedure for changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) REMAINING on the DIC. since the last oil change. checking and changing the Remember to reset the oil life 3. Fully press the accelerator transmission fluid. Because this system whenever the oil is changed. pedal slowly three times within procedure is difficult, this should be five seconds. If the display done at your dealer. Contact your How to Reset the Engine Oil shows 100%, the system is dealer for additional information or Life System reset. the procedure can be found in the Reset the system whenever the If the vehicle has a CHANGE service manual. To purchase a engine oil is changed so that the ENGINE OIL SOON message and it service manual, see Service comes back on when the vehicle is Publications Ordering Information system can calculate the next 0 engine oil change. Always reset the started and/or the OIL LIFE 370ii . engine oil life to 100% after every oil REMAINING is near 0%, the engine Change the fluid and filter at the change. It will not reset itself. To oil life system has not been reset. intervals listed in Maintenance 0 reset the engine oil life system: Repeat the procedure. Schedule 344ii , and be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended 1. Display the OIL LIFE 0 REMAINING on the Driver Fluids and Lubricants 353ii . Information System (DIC). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 269

Manual Transmission When to Check and What Do not remove the cap to check the to Use fluid level or to top-off the fluid level. Fluid Remove the cap only when How to Check Manual necessary to add the proper fluid Transmission Fluid until the level reaches the MIN line. It is not necessary to check the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter manual transmission fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only The engine air cleaner/filter is in the reason for fluid loss. If a leak engine compartment on the occurs, take the vehicle to your The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid passenger side of the vehicle. See dealer and have it repaired as soon reservoir cap has this symbol on it. Engine Compartment Overview 0 as possible. See Recommended The common brake/clutch fluid 262ii . 0 reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake Fluids and Lubricants 353ii for the When to Inspect the Engine Air proper fluid to use. fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Cleaner/Filter 0 Hydraulic Clutch Overview 262ii for reservoir For intervals on changing and location. inspecting the engine air cleaner/ For vehicles with a manual filter, see Maintenance Schedule transmission, it is not necessary to How to Check and Add Fluid 0 344ii . regularly check brake/clutch fluid Visually check the brake/clutch fluid unless there is a leak suspected. reservoir to make sure the fluid level How to Inspect the Engine Air Adding fluid will not correct a leak. is at the MIN (minimum) line on the Cleaner/Filter A fluid loss in this system could front of the reservoir. The brake/ Do not start the engine or have the indicate a problem. Have the hydraulic clutch fluid system should system inspected and repaired. engine running with the engine air be closed and sealed. cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine air cleaner/ filter, make sure that the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

270 Vehicle Care

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake To inspect or replace the engine air the engine air cleaner/filter (away cleaner/filter: from the vehicle), to release loose 1. Remove the screws (1) on top dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air of the engine air cleaner/filter cleaner/filter for damage, and housing. replace if damaged. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or 2. Disconnect the electrical components with water or connector (2). compressed air. 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ loosening the air duct filter: clamp (3). 4. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air 3.6L V6 Engine cleaner/filter housing. 1. Screws 5. Pull out the filter. 2. Electrical Connector 6. Inspect or replace the engine 3. Air Duct Clamp air cleaner/filter. To inspect or replace the engine air 7. Reverse Steps 2-5 to reinstall cleaner/filter: the filter cover housing. 1. Remove the screws (1) on top of the engine air cleaner/filter housing. 2. Disconnect the electrical 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L connector (2). L4 Diesel Engine Similar 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by 1. Screws loosening the air duct 2. Electrical Connector clamp (3). 3. Air Duct Clamp Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 271

4. Lift the filter cover housing Cooling System away from the engine air cleaner/filter housing. The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct 5. Pull out the filter. working temperature. 6. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. 7. Reverse Steps 2-5 to reinstall the filter cover housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the air 3.6L V6 Engine cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air 1. Coolant Surge Tank and cleaner not only cleans the air; it Pressure Cap helps to stop flames if the engine 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out backfires. Use caution when 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L of View) working on the engine and do not L4 Diesel Engine Similar drive with the air cleaner/filter off. { Warning 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap An electric engine cooling fan Caution 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out under the hood can start up even of View) when the engine is not running If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt and can cause injury. Keep can easily get into the engine, hands, clothing, and tools away which could damage it. Always from any underhood electric fan. have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

272 Vehicle Care

Engine Coolant { Warning Warning (Continued) The cooling system in the vehicle is Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or others other engine parts, can be very coolant mixture. See Recommended could be burned. Use a 50/ 0 hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Fluids and Lubricants 353ii and 50 mixture of clean, drinkable 0 you can be burned. Maintenance Schedule 344ii . water and DEX-COOL coolant. Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture, 0 could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 274ii . nothing else needs to be added. fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down { Warning to −37 °C (−34 °F) outside Caution temperature. Adding only plain water or some Using coolant other than other liquid to the cooling system . Gives boiling protection up to DEX-COOL® can cause 129 °C (265 °F) engine can be dangerous. Plain water premature engine, heater core, temperature. and other liquids, can boil before or radiator corrosion. In addition, the proper coolant mixture will. . Protects against rust and the engine coolant could require The coolant warning system is set corrosion. changing sooner. Any repairs for the proper coolant mixture. would not be covered by the . Will not damage aluminum parts. With plain water or the wrong vehicle warranty. Always use . Helps keep the proper engine mixture, the engine could get too DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant temperature. hot but you would not get the in the vehicle. overheat warning. The engine (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 273

Checking Coolant Caution Warning (Continued) The vehicle must be on a level If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant and it will burn if the engine parts inhibitors, or additives are used in level. are hot enough. Do not spill the vehicle cooling system, the Check to see if coolant is visible in coolant on a hot engine. engine could overheat and be the coolant surge tank. If the coolant damaged. Too much water in the inside the coolant surge tank is mixture can freeze and crack boiling, do not do anything else until Caution engine cooling parts. The repairs it cools down. would not be covered by the This vehicle has a specific If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant fill procedure. Failure to vehicle warranty. Use only the level is not at or above the mark follow this procedure could cause proper mixture of engine coolant pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of the engine to overheat and be for the cooling system. See clean, drinkable water and Recommended Fluids and DEX-COOL coolant. severely damaged. 0 Lubricants 353ii . Be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. { Warning Never dispose of engine coolant by If no coolant is visible in the coolant putting it in the trash, or by pouring surge tank, add coolant as follows: Steam and scalding liquids from a it on the ground, or into sewers, hot cooling system can blow out streams or, bodies of water. Have How to Add Coolant to the and burn you badly. Never turn the coolant changed by an Coolant Surge Tank the cap when the cooling system, authorized service center, familiar including the surge tank pressure with legal requirements regarding cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling used coolant disposal. This will help { Warning system and surge tank pressure protect the environment and your You can be burned if you spill health. cap to cool. coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

274 Vehicle Care

5. Replace the cap tightly.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and The coolant surge tank pressure possible engine damage may cap can be removed when the occur. Be sure the cap is properly cooling system, including the surge and tightly secured. tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Engine Overheating 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise. If a hiss is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with The vehicle has an engine coolant heard, wait for that to stop. the proper mixture to the mark temperature gauge on the A hiss means there is still pointed to on the front of the instrument cluster to warn of engine some pressure left. coolant surge tank. overheating. See Engine Coolant 0 Temperature Gauge 112ii . 2. Keep turning the cap and 4. With the coolant surge tank remove it. cap off, start the engine and let it run until the upper radiator Caution hose starts getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. Running the engine without By this time, the coolant level coolant may cause damage or a inside the coolant surge tank fire. Vehicle damage would not be may be lower. If the level is covered by the vehicle warranty. lower, add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the mark pointed to on the front of the coolant surge tank. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 275

If the decision is made not to lift the 1. Turn the air conditioning off. Warning (Continued) hood when this warning appears, 2. Turn the heater on to the get service help right away. See highest temperature and to the Roadside Assistance Program Wait until there is no sign of 0 steam or coolant before you open highest fan speed. Open the 365ii . the hood. windows as necessary. If the decision is made to lift the If you keep driving when the 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off hood, make sure the vehicle is the road, shift to P (Park) or parked on a level surface. engine is overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or others N (Neutral), and let the Then check to see if the engine engine idle. could be badly burned. Stop the cooling fan is running. If the engine engine if it overheats, and get out If the engine coolant temperature is overheating, the fan should be gauge is no longer in the overheat running. If it is not, do not continue of the vehicle until the engine is cool. zone, the vehicle can be driven. to run the engine and have the Continue to drive the vehicle slowly vehicle serviced. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from distance from the vehicle in front. Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment If the warning does not come back If an engine overheat warning is on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked { Warning displayed but no steam can be seen or heard, the problem may not be for proper fill and function. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine If the warning continues, pull over, can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the stop, and park the vehicle just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: right away. from the engine if you see or hear . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If there is no sign of steam, idle the steam coming from it. Just turn it . Stops after high-speed driving. engine for three minutes while off and get everyone away from parked. If the warning is still the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic. displayed, turn off the engine until it (Continued) If the overheat warning is displayed cools down. with no sign of steam: Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

276 Vehicle Care

Engine Fan everyday driving. The fans may turn Adding Washer Fluid off if no cooling is required. Under If the vehicle has a clutched engine heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, cooling fan, when the clutch is high outside temperatures, engaged, the fan spins faster to or operation of the air conditioning provide more air to cool the engine. system, the fans may change to In most everyday driving conditions, high speed and an increase in fan the fan is spinning slower and the noise may be heard. This is normal clutch is not fully engaged. This and indicates that the cooling Open the cap with the washer improves fuel economy and reduces system is functioning properly. The symbol on it. Add washer fluid until fan noise. Under heavy vehicle fans will change to low speed when loading, trailer towing, and/or high the tank is full. See Engine additional cooling is no longer 0 Compartment Overview 262ii for outside temperatures, the fan speed required. increases as the clutch more fully reservoir location. engages, so an increase in fan The electric engine cooling fans noise may be heard. This is normal may run after the engine has been Caution and should not be mistaken as the turned. off. This is normal and no transmission slipping or making service is required. . Do not use washer fluid that extra shifts. It is merely the cooling contains any type of water system functioning properly. The fan Washer Fluid repellent coating. This can will slow down when additional cause the wiper blades to cooling is not required and the What to Use chatter or skip. clutch disengages. When windshield washer fluid needs . Do not use engine coolant This fan noise may also be heard to be added, be sure to read the (antifreeze) in the when starting the engine. It will go manufacturer's instructions before windshield washer. It can away as the fan clutch partially use. Use a fluid that has sufficient damage the windshield disengages. protection against freezing in an washer system and paint. area where the temperature may fall (Continued) If the vehicle has electric cooling below freezing. fan(s), the fans may be heard spinning at low speed during most Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 277

heard all the time the vehicle is evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Caution (Continued) moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque brake pedal firmly. specifications in Capacities and . Do not mix water with 0 Specifications 358ii . ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the { Warning Brake linings should always be solution to freeze and replaced as complete axle sets. The brake wear warning sound damage the washer fluid Brake Pedal Travel tank and other parts of the means that soon the brakes will washer system. not work well. That could lead to See your dealer if the brake pedal a crash. When the brake wear does not return to normal height, . When using concentrated warning sound is heard, have the or if there is a rapid increase in washer fluid, follow the vehicle serviced. pedal travel. This could be a sign manufacturer instructions for that brake service may be required. adding water. . Fill the washer fluid tank Caution Replacing Brake System Parts only three-quarters full when Always replace brake system parts it is very cold. This allows Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement for fluid expansion if brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes freezing occurs, which could brake repair. may not work properly. The braking damage the tank if it is performance expected can change completely full. Some driving conditions or climates in many other ways if the wrong can cause a brake squeal when the replacement brake parts are Brakes brakes are first applied or lightly installed or parts are improperly applied. This does not mean installed. Disc brake pads have built-in wear something is wrong with the brakes. indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are are worn and new pads are needed. necessary to help prevent brake The sound can come and go or be pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

278 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake/clutch When the brake/clutch fluid falls to a hydraulic system. Have the low level, the brake warning light brake/clutch hydraulic system comes on. See Brake System 0 fixed. With a leak, the brakes will Warning Light 117ii . not work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent The brake/clutch master cylinder increased stopping distance. See Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid. 0 reservoir is filled with GM approved Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 344ii . DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add the reservoir cap. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid 0 Use only GM approved DOT 3 Compartment Overview 262ii for when new brake linings are the location of the reservoir. installed. Add or remove fluid, as brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Checking Brake Fluid necessary, only when work is done 0 on the brake/clutch hydraulic Fluids and Lubricants 353ii . With the vehicle in P (Park) on a system. level surface, the brake fluid level { Warning should be between the minimum { Warning and maximum marks on the brake The wrong or contaminated brake fluid reservoir. If too much brake fluid is added, it fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in There are only two reasons why the can spill on the engine and burn, brake fluid level in the reservoir may if the engine is hot enough. You the loss of braking leading to a go down: or others could be burned, and possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid. . Normal brake lining wear. When the vehicle could be damaged. new linings are installed, the Add brake fluid only when work is fluid level goes back up. done on the brake/clutch hydraulic system. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 279

Extended Storage: Remove the Caution Warning (Continued) black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle If brake fluid is spilled on the compounds, chemicals known to charger. vehicle's painted surfaces, the the State of California to cause paint finish can be damaged. cancer and birth defects or other Four-Wheel Drive Immediately wash off any painted reproductive harm. Batteries also surface. contain other chemicals known to Transfer Case the State of California to cause When to Check Lubricant cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Battery - North America HANDLING. See California Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 0 ii For diesel engine vehicles, see Proposition 65 Warning 259ii . 344 to determine when to check “Battery” in the Duramax diesel the lubricant. supplement. Vehicle Storage How to Check Lubricant The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove { Warning the cap and do not add fluid. Refer to the replacement number Batteries have acid that can burn shown on the original battery label you and gas that can explode. when a new battery is needed. See You can be badly hurt if you are Engine Compartment Overview not careful. See Jump Starting - 0 0 262ii for battery location. North America 327ii for tips on working around a battery without { Warning getting hurt.

WARNING: Battery posts, Infrequent Usage: Remove the terminals, and related black, negative (−) cable from the Electronic Transfer Case accessories contain lead and lead battery to keep the battery from 1. Drain Plug (Continued) running down. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

280 Vehicle Care

2. Fill Plug heard. A fluid loss could indicate a to raise the level to the bottom of To get an accurate reading, the problem. Have it inspected and the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to vehicle should be on a level repaired. overtighten the plug. surface. How to Check Lubricant What to Use If the level is below the bottom of Refer to Recommended Fluids and 0 the fill plug (2) hole, located on the Lubricants 353ii to determine what transfer case, some lubricant will kind of lubricant to use. need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to overtighten the plug. When to Check and Change Lubricant When to Change Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly Refer to Maintenance Schedule check rear axle fluid unless a leak is 0 344ii to determine how often to suspected, or an unusual noise is change the lubricant. heard. A fluid loss could indicate a What to Use Front Axle for 2.5L Shown, Front problem. Have it inspected and Axle for 3.6L Similar repaired. Refer to Recommended Fluids and 0 All axle assemblies are filled by Lubricants 353ii to determine what 1. Drain Plug kind of lubricant to use. volume of fluid during production. 2. Fill Plug They are not filled to reach a certain Front Axle To get an accurate reading, the level. When checking the fluid level vehicle should be on a level on any axle, variations in the When to Check and Change surface. readings can be caused by factory Lubricant fill differences between the minimum If the level is below the bottom of It is not necessary to regularly and the maximum fluid volume. the fill plug (2) hole, located on the Also, if a vehicle has just been check front axle fluid unless a leak front axle, some lubricant will need is suspected, or an unusual noise is driven before checking the fluid to be added. Add enough lubricant level, it may appear lower than Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 281

normal because fluid has traveled To get an accurate reading, the 2. Apply both the parking brake out along the axle tubes and has vehicle should be on a level and the regular brake. not drained back to the sump area. surface. Do not use the accelerator Therefore, a reading taken If the level is below the bottom of pedal, and be ready to turn off five minutes after the vehicle has the fill plug (2) hole, located on the the engine immediately if it been driven will appear to have a rear axle, some lubricant will need starts. lower fluid level than a vehicle that to be added. Add enough lubricant 3. For automatic transmission has been stationary for an hour or to raise the level to the bottom of two. The rear axle assembly must vehicles, try to start the engine the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not to in each gear. The vehicle be supported on a flat, level surface overtighten the plug. to get a true reading. should start only in P (Park) or What to Use N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts How to Check Lubricant in any other position, contact Refer to Recommended Fluids and 0 your dealer for service. Lubricants 353ii to determine what kind of lubricant to use. For manual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in Starter Switch Check Neutral, push the clutch pedal down halfway, and try to start the engine. The vehicle should { Warning start only when the clutch pedal is pushed down all the When you are doing this way to the floor. If the vehicle inspection, the vehicle could starts when the clutch pedal is move suddenly. If the vehicle not pushed all the way down, moves, you or others could be contact your dealer for service. Rear Axle for 2.5L Shown, Rear injured. Axle for 3.6L Similar 1. Before starting this check, be 1. Drain Plug sure there is enough room 2. Fill Plug around the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

282 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Ignition Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) Shift Lock Control Lock Check Mechanism Check Function Check While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn the ignition to { Warning { Warning LOCK/OFF in each shift lever position. When you are doing this check, When you are doing this the vehicle could begin to move. . For automatic transmission You or others could be injured inspection, the vehicle could vehicles, the ignition should turn move suddenly. If the vehicle and property could be damaged. to LOCK/OFF only when the Make sure there is room in front moves, you or others could be shift lever is in P (Park). injured. of the vehicle in case it begins to . For manual transmission roll. Be ready to apply the regular vehicles, the ignition should turn brake at once should the vehicle 1. Before starting this check, be to LOCK/OFF only when you begin to move. sure there is enough room press the key release button. around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. On all vehicles, the ignition key Park on a fairly steep hill, with the should come out only in LOCK/OFF. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping 2. Apply the parking brake. Be your foot on the regular brake, set ready to apply the regular Contact your dealer if service is the parking brake. brake immediately if the vehicle required. begins to move. . To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine 3. With the engine off, turn the running and the transmission in ignition on, but do not start the N (Neutral), slowly remove foot engine. Without applying the pressure from the regular brake regular brake, try to move the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is shift lever out of P (Park) with held by the parking brake only. normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 283

. To check the P (Park) 2. Press the button (2) in the mechanism's holding ability: Caution (Continued) middle of the wiper arm With the engine running, shift to connector, and pull the wiper P (Park). Then release the the vehicle warranty. Do not allow blade away from the arm parking brake followed by the the wiper arm to touch the connector (1). windshield. regular brake. 3. Remove the wiper blade. Contact your dealer if service is 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper required. To replace the windshield wiper blade: blade replacement. Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Pull the windshield wiper Windshield wiper blades should be assembly away from the inspected for wear or cracking. windshield. Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways. For proper windshield wiper blade length and type, see Maintenance 0 Replacement Parts 355ii .

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

284 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement Signal, Sidemarker, and should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs Parking Lamps 0 If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, 286ii . the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure Driver Side to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package. 1. Low-Beam Headlamp 2. High-Beam Headlamp 3. Front Turn Signal/ Sidemarker/Parking Lamp See your dealer for passenger side replacement. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 285

Headlamp Taillamps, Turn Signal, 1. Open the hood. Stoplamps, and Back-Up 2. Remove the headlamp bulb Lamps cover by turning it 1. Open the tailgate. counterclockwise. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out. 4. Unplug the electrical connector from the old bulb by releasing 4. Pull the rear lamp assembly the clip on the bulb socket. straight back to remove it from Turn Signal/Sidemarker/ the vehicle. Parking Lamp 5. Turn the bulb socket 1. Open the hood. counterclockwise. 2. Turn the bulb socket 6. Pull the bulb straight out from counterclockwise to remove it 2. Remove the two rear lamp the socket. assembly screws. from the headlamp assembly 7. Replace the bulb, then insert and pull it straight out. 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly the bulb socket into the rear 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it outboard away from the box lamp assembly and turn straight out of the bulb socket. side until the retainers release. clockwise. There will be a noise when the retainers release. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

286 Vehicle Care

Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp

9. Verify the retainer ring is in the 1. Remove the two screws and lift proper position. If the retainer off the lamp assembly. ring is out of position, it will not engage. Reset the retainer by 2. Turn the bulb socket pulling it forward with a tool. counterclockwise and pull it straight out. 10. Push the rear lamp assembly 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs straight in until it is seated 2. Center High-Mounted 3. Pull the bulb straight out from against the vehicle. Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb the socket. 11. Make sure the rear lamp To replace one of these bulbs: Replacement Bulbs assembly is flush with the box side. Exterior Lamp Bulb Number 12. Reinstall the two rear lamp assembly screws. Back-up Lamp 921 (W16W) Back-up Lamp* 1156 Cargo Lamp 921 (W16W) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 287

Exterior Lamp Bulb Electrical System Windshield Wipers Number If the wiper motor overheats due to Center 921LL Electrical System heavy snow or ice, the windshield High-Mounted Overload wipers will stop until the motor cools Stoplamp and will then restart. The vehicle has fuses to protect (CHMSL) Although the circuit is protected against an electrical system from electrical overload, overload Front Turn Signal 7444NA-T overload. Fuses also protect power due to heavy snow or ice may Lamp and devices in the vehicle. Parking Lamp cause wiper linkage damage. Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow Sidemarker Lamp W5W LL of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the High-Beam 9005 LL If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers. Headlamp a fuse needs to be replaced, there If the overload is caused by an is a fuse puller in the Engine electrical problem and not snow or Low-Beam H11 LL Compartment Fuse Block. Replace ice, be sure to get it fixed. Headlamp the fuse as soon as possible with Stoplamp/Taillamp/ 7443 W21/ one of the same amperage rating. Fuses Turn Signal Lamp 5W LL-T Headlamp Wiring The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Stoplamp/Turn 1157 An electrical overload may cause protected from short circuits by Signal Lamp/ fuses. This greatly reduces the Taillamp* the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the chance of fires caused by electrical * Chassis Cab Models headlamp wiring checked right away problems. if the lamps go on and off or Look at the silver-colored band For replacement bulbs not listed remain off. inside the fuse. If the band is broken here, contact your dealer. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

288 Vehicle Care

If a fuse goes out, replace the fuse as soon as you can. Caution Engine Compartment Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may Fuse Block damage it. Always keep the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, covers on any electrical see the Duramax diesel component. supplement. The engine compartment fuse block A fuse puller is available inside this is in the engine compartment, on fuse block. the driver side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access the fuse block. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 289 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

290 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and (2 pin) (2 pin) features shown. Mini Fuses Usage F14 Not Used F36 Center High Mounted (2 pin) F15 Not Used Stop Lamp F01 Traction Control F16 Not Used Module Power F37 Right High-Beam F17 Front Axle Actuator Headlamp F02 Engine Control F18 Not Used Module Power F38 Left High-Beam F19 Aeroshutters Headlamp F03 Air Conditioning F39 Not Used Compressor Clutch F20 Not Used F04 Not Used F23 Not Used F40 Not Used F05 Fuel Module F29 Not Used F46 Not Used Ignition F30 Heated Seat F47 Miscellaneous 2 Ignition F07 Cargo Lamp Power 1 F48 Fog Lamps (If F08 Fuel Injectors F31 Not Used - Even Equipped) F32 Heated Seat F49 Not Used F09 Fuel Injectors Power 2 - Odd F50 Trailer Park Lamps F33 Body Control F10 Engine Control Module 3 F51 Horn Module F34 Fuel System F52 Not Used F11 Miscellaneous 1 Control Module F53 Not Used Ignition F35 Not Used F54 Not Used F13 Traction Control Module F55 Not Used Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 291

Mini Fuses Usage J-Case Usage J-Case Usage (2 pin) Fuses (Low Fuses (Low Profile) Profile) F56 Washer Pump F06 Wipers F59 Not Used F57 Not Used F12 Starter F58 Not Used Midi Fuses Usage F21 Front Blower F60 Mirrors Defogger F72 Not Used F22 Antilock Brake F61 Not Used System Valves F73 Not Used F62 Canister Vent F24 Trailer F74 Generator Solenoid F25 Transfer Case F75 Not Used F63 Not Used Electronic Control F64 Trailer F26 Antilock Brake Micro Usage Reverse Lamp System Pump Relays F65 Left Trailer Stop/ F27 Trailer Brake K01 Air Conditioning Turn Lamps Control Module Compressor Clutch F66 Right Trailer Stop/ F28 Rear Window K02 Starter Turn Lamps Defogger K03 Not Used F67 Electric Power F41 Not Used Steering K04 Wipers Speed F42 Not Used F68 Not Used K05 Wipers Control F43 Cooling Fan F69 Battery Regulated K06 Cargo Lamp Voltage Control F44 Not Used K08 Not Used F70 Not Used F45 Brake K09 Not Used Vacuum Pump F71 Not Used Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

292 Vehicle Care

Micro Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Relays Block K10 Not Used K11 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp K12 Not Used K13 Vacuum Pump K14 Park Lamps

Mini Relays Usage K07 Powertrain K15 Run/Crank The instrument panel fuse block is K17 Rear Window behind the passenger side cowl side Defogger trim panel. Remove the plastic nut at the front of the cover, then pull the cover away from the trim panel Solid State Usage to access the fuse block. Relay K16 Not Used Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 293

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. Micro Usage Fuse (2 Pin) F01 Body Control Module 1 F04 Steering Wheel Controls F05 Body Control Module 2 F08 Mirror Window Module F09 Instrument Cluster F10 Not Used F11 Body Control Module 8 F12 Not Used F14 Radio/HMI F15 Body Control Module 6 F16 Not Used Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

294 Vehicle Care

Micro Usage Micro Usage Micro Usage Fuse Fuse J-Case (2 Pin) (2 Pin) Fuse F17 Body Control F36 Discrete Logic Ignition F02 Not Used Module 4 Sensor F03 Not Used F19 Not Used F38 Not Used F06 Not Used F20 Amplifier (if equipped) Micro Usage F07 Not Used F21 Not Used Fuse F39 Auxiliary Power F22 Not Used (3 Pin) Outlet 2 F24 Heating, Ventilation, F13 OnStar/Heating, F41 Auxiliary Power Outlet and Air Conditioning Ventilation, and Air 1/Lighter Ignition Conditioning F42 Left Power Window F25 Body Control F18 Airbag F43 Driver Power Seat Module 7 F23 Data Link F45 Right Power Window F26 Not Used Connector/USDB F46 Passenger F27 Not Used F28 Instrument Panel/ Power Seat Sensing and F29 Miscellaneous Ignition Diagnostic Module F31 Front Camera Ignition J-Case Usage Fuse F32 Steering Wheel F33 Not Used Controls Backlighting F30 Not Used F34 Not Used F40 Auxiliary Power Outlet F35 Park, Reverse, F44 Auxiliary Power Outlet Neutral, Drive, Low Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 295

Mini Fuse Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) (2 Pins) F37 Not Used Tires . Underinflated tires pose Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as Micro Usage high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The Relay leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could the warranty manual for cause serious injury. K1 Retained Accessory Check all tires frequently Power/Accessory information regarding the tire warranty and where to get to maintain the K2 Run/Crank service. For additional recommended pressure. information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be manufacturer. checked when the tires are cold. { Warning . Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, . Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the cause overheating as a recommended pressure. result of too much . Worn or old tires can flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. 0 Limits 205ii . (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

296 Vehicle Care

and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire Warning (Continued) equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection. 0 specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 310ii . . Replace any tires that have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be have been damaged by molded onto the sidewall. Original impacts with potholes, decreased dry road traction, equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter curbs, etc. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter of this TPC code, which will . Improperly repaired tires tires, be alert for changes in vehicle be MS. can cause a crash. Only “ ” handling and braking. the dealer or an Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires: authorized tire service the vehicle if frequent driving on . Use tires of the same brand and center should repair, snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide tread type on all four wheel replace, dismount, and adequate performance for most positions. mount the tires. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the . Do not spin the tires in may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and excess of 56 km/h traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires. (35 mph) on slippery 0 See Winter Tires 296ii . surfaces such as snow, Winter tires with the same speed mud, ice, etc. Excessive Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires spinning may cause the may not be available for H, V, W, Y, tires to explode. This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability. roads. Consider installing winter This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer performance on most road surfaces Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 297

All-Terrain Tires GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety This vehicle may have all-terrain tires. These tires provide good guidelines. performance on most road surfaces, (3) DOT (Department of weather conditions, and for off-road Transportation) : The driving. See Off-Road Driving Department of Transportation 0 197ii . (DOT) code indicates that the The tread pattern on these tires may tire is in compliance with the wear more quickly than other tires. U.S. Department of Consider rotating the tires more Transportation Motor Vehicle frequently than at 12 000 km Safety Standards. (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example is noted when the tires are DOT Tire Date of inspected. See Tire Inspection (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four 0 307ii . combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two Tire Sidewall Labeling particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01– aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the Useful information about a tire is and service description. See the molded into its sidewall. The year. For example, the third “Tire Size” illustration later in this week of the year 2010 would examples show a typical section. passenger vehicle tire and a have a four-digit DOT date compact spare tire sidewall. (2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310. Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers equipment tires designed to following the DOT (Department GM's specific tire performance of Transportation) code are the criteria have a TPC specification Tire Identification Number (TIN). code molded onto the sidewall. The TIN shows the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

298 Vehicle Care

manufacturer and plant code, replaced. This spare tire should emergency use when a regular tire size, and date the tire was not be driven on over 112 km/h road tire has lost air and gone manufactured. The TIN is (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) flat. If the vehicle has a compact molded onto both sides of the when pulling a trailer, with the spare tire, see Compact Spare 0 tire, although only one side may proper inflation pressure. See Tire 325ii and If a Tire Goes 0 0 have the date of manufacture. Full-Size Spare Tire 326ii . Flat 315ii . (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (3) Tire Identification Number of cord and number of plies in (TIN) : The letters and numbers the sidewall and under the tread. following the DOT (Department (6) Uniform Tire Quality of Transportation) code are the Grading (UTQG) : Tire Tire Identification Number (TIN). manufacturers are required to The TIN shows the grade tires based on three manufacturer and plant code, performance factors: treadwear, tire size, and date the tire was traction, and temperature manufactured. The TIN is resistance. For more information molded onto both sides of the see Uniform Tire Quality tire, although only one side may 0 Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture. Grading 312ii . (7) Maximum Cold Inflation (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to maximum pressure needed to (2) Temporary Use Only : The support that load. support that load. compact spare tire or temporary (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use tire should not be driven at use a temporary spare tire until speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). the road tire is repaired and The compact spare tire is for Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 299

(5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit temporary use tire or compact number that indicates the tire spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size height-to-width measurements. 420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in inflation see Tire Pressure tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would 0 302ii . mean that the tire's sidewall is (6) Tire Size : A combination of 60 percent as high as it is wide. letters and numbers define a (4) Construction Code : A letter tire's width, height, aspect ratio, code is used to indicate the type construction type, and service of ply construction in the tire. description. The letter T as the The letter R means radial ply first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply use only. metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B (7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction. Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire guidelines. is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

300 Vehicle Care

Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification air inside the tire pressing Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric outward on each square inch of designator which can also the tire. Air pressure is in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, expressed in kPa (kilopascal) production plant, brand, and or psi (pounds per square inch). 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. date of production. Accessory Weight : The Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight combined weight of optional Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits accessories. Some examples of amount of air pressure in a tire, 0 205ii . optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal) automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See windows, power seats, and air 0 from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 205ii . conditioning. 0 302ii . Aspect Ratio : The relationship GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See of a tire's height to its width. 0 motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 205ii . Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : cords between the plies and the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, tread. Cords may be made from The side of an asymmetrical tire and coolant, but without that must always face outward steel or other reinforcing passengers and cargo. materials. when mounted on a vehicle. DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure. signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 301

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire 0 some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 302ii and Vehicle 0 vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 205ii . 0 Load Index : An assigned Limits 205ii . Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead. load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is Speed Rating : An maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can Weight : The sum of curb operate. weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface. production options weight. some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with manufacturer's recommended the road. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

302 Vehicle Care

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. (1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires When It Is Time for New Tires that do not have enough air, 0 Vehicle Placard : A label 309ii . permanently attached to a can result in: UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout. consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure. tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading . Premature or treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. 0 determined by tire Load Limits 205ii . . Poor handling. manufacturers using government testing procedures. Tire Pressure . Reduced fuel economy. Overinflated tires, or tires that The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can 0 air pressure to operate ii result in: Tire Quality Grading 312. effectively. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear. number of designated seating . Poor handling. positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride. cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from 0 Limits 205ii . road hazards. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 303

The Tire and Loading How to Check Return the valve caps on the Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type valve stems to prevent leaks indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. and keep out dirt and moisture. tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. Tire Pressure Monitor recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure System minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning support the vehicle's maximum The Tire Pressure Monitor System the vehicle has not been driven (TPMS) uses radio and sensor load carrying capacity. See 0 for at least three hours or no technology to check tire pressure Vehicle Load Limits 205ii . more than 1.6 km (1 mi). levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and How the vehicle is loaded Remove the valve cap from the affects vehicle handling and ride transmit tire pressure readings to a tire valve stem. Press the tire receiver located in the vehicle. comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to Each tire, including the spare (if with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. designed to carry. provided), should be checked If the cold tire inflation pressure monthly when cold and inflated to When to Check matches the recommended the inflation pressure recommended pressure on the Tire and Check the tires once a month or by the vehicle manufacturer on the Loading Information label, no more. Do not forget to check the vehicle placard or tire inflation further adjustment is necessary. pressure label. (If your vehicle has spare tire. If the vehicle has a If the inflation pressure is low, tires of a different size than the size compact spare tire, it should be add air until the recommended indicated on the vehicle placard or at 420 kPa (60 psi). See tire inflation pressure label, you 0 pressure is reached. If the Compact Spare Tire 325ii and should determine the proper tire 0 inflation pressure is high, press Full-Size Spare Tire 326ii for inflation pressure for those tires.) on the metal stem in the center additional information. of the tire valve to release air. As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Re-check the tire pressure with tire pressure monitoring system the tire gauge. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

304 Vehicle Care

(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation under-inflated. approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire Accordingly, when the low tire remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). pressure telltale illuminates, you This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the should stop and check your tires as subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure soon as possible, and inflate them long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are to the proper pressure. Driving on a When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel significantly under-inflated tire illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire causes the tire to overheat and can able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in also reduces fuel efficiency and tire malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle. ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly. substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function When a low tire pressure condition pressure telltale. properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates See Tire Pressure Monitor the low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle has also been 0 located on the instrument cluster. Operation 304ii . equipped with a TPMS malfunction If the warning light comes on, stop indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement as soon as possible and inflate the 0 system is not operating properly. 371ii . tires to the recommended pressure The TPMS malfunction indicator is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 305

shown on the Tire and Loading A Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and Information label. See Vehicle Load shows the size of the original Message 0 Limits 205ii . equipment tires and the correct The TPMS will not function properly A message to check the pressure in inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors a specific tire displays in the Driver 0 are missing or inoperable. When the Limits 205ii , for an example of the Information Center (DIC). The low system detects a malfunction, the tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire low tire pressure warning light DIC warning message come on at 0 flashes for about one minute and Pressure 302ii . each ignition cycle until the tires are then stays on for the remainder of inflated to the correct inflation The TPMS can warn about a low the ignition cycle. A DIC warning pressure. Using the DIC, tire tire pressure condition but it does message also displays. The pressure levels can be viewed. For not replace normal tire malfunction light and DIC warning additional information and details maintenance. See Tire Inspection message come on at each ignition 0 0 about the DIC operation and 307ii , Tire Rotation 308ii , and cycle until the problem is corrected. 0 displays, see Driver Information Tires 295ii . Some of the conditions that can 0 Center (DIC) (Base Level) 123ii or cause these to come on are: Driver Information Center (DIC) Caution 0 . One of the road tires has been (Uplevel) 126ii and Tire Messages 0 replaced with the spare tire. The 135ii . Tire sealant materials are not all spare tire does not have a the same. A non-approved tire The low tire pressure warning light TPMS sensor. The malfunction may come on in cool weather when sealant could damage the TPMS light and the DIC message the vehicle is first started, and then sensors. TPMS sensor damage should go off after the road tire turn off as the vehicle is driven. This caused by using an incorrect tire is replaced and the sensor could be an early indicator that the sealant is not covered by the matching process is performed air pressure is getting low and vehicle warranty. Always use only successfully. See “TPMS Sensor needs to be inflated to the proper the GM approved tire sealant Matching Process” later in this pressure. available through your dealer or section. included in the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

306 Vehicle Care

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger process was not done or not being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear. completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased. message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at sensor matching process. See low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or “TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS Process” later in this section. light and DIC message come on (1-800-468-6657). . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. There are two minutes to match the missing or damaged. The first tire/wheel position, and malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four message should go off when the Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification and must be restarted. performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new The TPMS sensor matching your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the process is: vehicle’s tires or replacing one or . Replacement tires or wheels do 1. Set the parking brake. not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also, tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN other than those recommended should be performed after replacing with the engine off. a spare tire with a road tire could prevent the TPMS from 3. If the vehicle has an uplevel containing the TPMS sensor. The functioning properly. See Buying DIC, make sure the Tire 0 malfunction light and the DIC New Tires 310ii . Pressure info page option is message should go off at the next turned on. The info pages on ignition cycle. The sensors are the DIC can be turned on and matched to the tire/wheel positions, off through the Settings menu. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 307

See Driver Information Center A message asking if the 10. Proceed to the driver side rear 0 (DIC) (Base Level) 123ii or process should begin should tire, and repeat the procedure Driver Information Center (DIC) appear. Press the SET/CLR in Step 7. The horn sounds two 0 (Uplevel) 126ii . button again to confirm the times to indicate the sensor 4. If the vehicle has an uplevel selection. identification code has been DIC, use the DIC controls on The horn sounds twice to matched to the driver side rear the right side of the steering signal the receiver is in relearn tire, and the TPMS sensor wheel to scroll to the Tire mode and the TIRE matching process is no longer Pressure screen under the DIC LEARNING ACTIVE message active. The TIRE LEARNING info page. displays on the DIC screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off. If the vehicle has a base level 6. Start with the driver side DIC, use the MENU button to front tire. 11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF. select the Vehicle Information 7. Place the relearn tool against menu in the DIC. Use the the tire sidewall, near the valve 12. Set all four tires to the thumbwheel to scroll to the Tire stem. Then press the button to recommended air pressure Pressure Menu item screen. activate the TPMS sensor. level as indicated on the Tire 5. If the vehicle has an uplevel A horn chirp confirms that the and Loading Information label. V sensor identification code has DIC, press and hold the Tire Inspection (Set/Reset) button located in been matched to this tire and the center of the DIC controls. wheel position. We recommend that the tires, If the vehicle has a base level 8. Proceed to the passenger side including the spare tire, if the DIC, press the SET/CLR button front tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected to begin the sensor matching procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at process. 9. Proceed to the passenger side least once a month. rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

308 Vehicle Care

Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when . The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. more places around the tire first rotation is the most Do not include the spare tire in can be seen. important. the tire rotation. . There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is Adjust the front and rear tires to showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation rubber. as possible, check for proper tire pressure on the Tire and inflation pressure, and check for Loading Information label after . The tread or sidewall is damaged tires or wheels. If the the tires have been rotated. See cracked, cut, or snagged unusual wear continues after the 0 Tire Pressure 302ii and Vehicle deep enough to show cord or rotation, check the wheel 0 Load Limits 205ii . fabric. alignment. See When It Is Time 0 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor . The tire has a bump, bulge, for New Tires 309ii and Wheel 0 System. See Tire Pressure Replacement 313ii . or split. 0 Monitor Operation 304ii . . The tire has a puncture, cut, Check that all wheel nuts are or other damage that cannot properly tightened. See Wheel be repaired well because of “ Nut Torque” under Capacities the size or location of the 0 and Specifications 358ii . damage. Tire Rotation { Warning Tires should be rotated every Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See parts to which it is fastened, can 0 make wheel nuts become loose Maintenance Schedule 344ii . after time. The wheel could come (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 309

equipped, be replaced after six Warning (Continued) years, regardless of tread wear. The tire manufacture date is the last four off and cause an accident. When digits of the DOT Tire Identification changing a wheel, remove any Number (TIN) which is molded into rust or dirt from places where the one side of the tire sidewall. The wheel attaches to the vehicle. In first two digits represent the week an emergency, a cloth or a paper (01-52) and the last two digits, the towel can be used; however, use year. For example, the third week of a scraper or wire brush later to the year 2010 would have a remove all rust or dirt. four-digit DOT date of 0310. Vehicle Storage Lightly coat the center of the Treadwear indicators are one way to Tires age when stored normally tell when it is time for new tires. wheel hub with wheel bearing mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Treadwear indicators appear when grease after a wheel change or a vehicle that will be stored for at the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) tire rotation to prevent corrosion least a month in a cool, dry, clean or less of tread remaining. Some or rust build-up. Do not get area away from direct sunlight to commercial truck tires may not have grease on the flat wheel slow aging. This area should be free treadwear indicators. See Tire mounting surface or on the 0 of grease, gasoline, or other Inspection 307ii and Tire Rotation wheel nuts or bolts. 0 substances that can deteriorate 308ii for additional information. rubber. The rubber in tires ages over time. When It Is Time for New Parking for an extended period can This also applies to the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is may result in vibrations while never used. Multiple factors Factors, such as maintenance, driving. When storing a vehicle for including temperatures, loading temperatures, driving speeds, at least a month, remove the tires or conditions, and inflation pressure vehicle loading, and road conditions raise the vehicle to reduce the maintenance affect how fast aging affect the wear rate of the tires. weight from the tires. takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

310 Vehicle Care

Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall 0 { Warning Labeling 297ii for additional GM has developed and matched information. specific tires for the vehicle. The Tires could explode during original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn improper service. Attempting were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four. to mount or dismount a tire Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires could cause injury or death. Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the Only your dealer or authorized system rating. When performance of the vehicle. tire service center should replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling mount or dismount the tires. GM strongly recommends performance may be adversely buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not Spec rating. replaced at the same time. { Warning If proper rotation and GM's exclusive TPC Spec maintenance have been done, Mixing tires of different sizes, system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at brands, or types may cause critical specifications that impact about the same time. See Tire loss of control of the vehicle, the overall performance of the 0 resulting in a crash or other Rotation 308ii for information vehicle, including brake system on proper tire rotation. However, vehicle damage. Use the performance, ride and handling, if it is necessary to replace only correct size, brand, and type traction control, and tire one axle set of worn tires, place of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring the new tires on the rear axle. This vehicle may have a performance. GM's TPC Spec different size spare than the number is molded onto the tire's road tires originally installed sidewall near the tire size. If the on the vehicle. When new, the tires have an all-season tread vehicle included a spare tire design, the TPC Spec number and wheel assembly with a will be followed by MS for mud (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 311

tires’ maximum speed capability Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued) when using winter tires with a Wheels lower speed rating. similar overall diameter as the If wheels or tires are installed that road tires and wheels, so it is If the vehicle tires must be are a different size than the original all right to drive on it. The replaced with a tire that does not equipment wheels and tires, vehicle spare tire was developed for have a TPC Spec number, make performance, including its braking, use on this vehicle and will not sure they are the same size, ride and handling characteristics, affect vehicle handling. load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has original tires. electronic systems such as antilock { Warning brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, Vehicles that have a tire traction control, electronic stability Using bias-ply tires on the pressure monitoring system control, or All-Wheel Drive, the vehicle may cause the wheel could give an inaccurate performance of these systems can rim flanges to develop cracks low-pressure warning if non-TPC also be affected. after many miles of driving. Spec rated tires are installed. A tire and/or wheel could fail See Tire Pressure Monitor { Warning 0 System 303ii . suddenly and cause a crash. If different sized wheels are used, Use only radial-ply tires with The Tire and Loading there may not be an acceptable the wheels on the vehicle. Information label indicates the level of performance and safety if original equipment tires on the tires not recommended for those Winter tires with the same speed vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits wheels are selected. This 0 rating as the original equipment 205ii for the label location and increases the chance of a crash tires may not be available for H, more information about the Tire and serious injury. Only use GM V, W, Y and ZR speed rated and Loading Information label. specific wheel and tire systems tires. Never exceed the winter (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

312 Vehicle Care

nominal rim diameters of Treadwear Warning (Continued) 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), The treadwear grade is a developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production comparative rating based on the have them properly installed by a tires. wear rate of the tire when tested GM certified technician. While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a General Motors passenger cars specified government test 0 See Buying New Tires 310ii and and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they graded 150 would wear one and 0 259ii . must also conform to federal one-half (1½) times as well on safety requirements and the government course as a tire Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends standards. upon the actual conditions of The following information relates their use, however, and may to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found depart significantly from the United States National Highway where applicable on the tire norm due to variations in driving Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder habits, service practices and (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For differences in road treadwear, traction, and example: characteristics and climate. temperature performance. This Treadwear 200 Traction AA applies only to vehicles sold in Temperature A Traction the United States. The grades The traction grades, from are molded on the sidewalls of All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, most passenger car tires. The and C. Those grades represent Uniform Tire Quality Grading Requirements In Addition To These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet (UTQG) system does not apply pavement as measured under to deep tread, winter tires, controlled conditions on compact spare tires, tires with Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 313

specified government test passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum to be rebalanced. See your dealer straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis. tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed, Replace any wheel that is bent, underinflation, or excessive cracked, or badly rusted or Temperature corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. representing the tire's resistance Some aluminum wheels can be to the generation of heat and its Wheel Alignment and Tire repaired. See your dealer if any of ability to dissipate heat when Balance these conditions exist. tested under controlled The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of conditions on a specified indoor wheel that is needed. laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best Each new wheel should have the high temperature can cause the overall performance. Adjustments to same load-carrying capacity, material of the tire to degenerate wheel alignment and tire balancing diameter, width, offset, and be and reduce tire life, and are not necessary on a regular mounted the same way as the one it excessive temperature can lead basis. Consider an alignment check replaces. to sudden tire failure. The grade if there is unusual tire wear or the C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

314 Vehicle Care

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Warning (Continued) System (TPMS) sensors with new { Warning GM original equipment parts. parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to Replacing a wheel with a used lose control of the vehicle and { Warning one is dangerous. How it has you or others may be injured in a been used or how far it has been crash. Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use another type of traction nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a device only if its manufacturer affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment recommends it for use on the the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. vehicle and tire size combination and cause loss of control, causing and road conditions. Follow that a crash. Always use the correct manufacturer's instructions. To wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Tire Chains help avoid damage to the vehicle, nuts for replacement. drive slowly, readjust, or remove { Warning the device if it is contacting the vehicle, and do not spin the Caution If the vehicle has 255/65R17 AT, vehicle's wheels. 265/60R18, 265/65R17 or 265/ The wrong wheel can also cause 70R16 size tires, do not use tire If you do find traction devices that problems with bearing life, brake chains. They can damage the will fit, install them on the rear cooling, speedometer or vehicle because there is not tires. odometer calibration, headlamp enough clearance. Tire chains aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes, chassis. suspension, or other vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 315

leak out slowly. But if there ever is a Caution blowout, here are a few tips about Warning (Continued) what to expect and what to do: If the vehicle has a tire size other blowout and a serious crash. than 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18, If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire 265/65R17 or 265/70R16, use tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while chains only where legal and only toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. when you must. Use chains that the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized are the proper size for the tires. steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or maintain lane position, and then Install them on the tires of the replace the flat tire as soon as gently brake to a stop, well off the rear axle. Do not use chains on possible. road, if possible. the tires of the front axle. Tighten them as tightly as possible with A rear blowout, particularly on a the ends securely fastened. Drive curve, acts much like a skid and { Warning slowly and follow the chain may require the same correction as manufacturer's instructions. If you used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under can hear the chains contacting accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is the vehicle, stop and retighten straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake them. If the contact continues, appropriate safety equipment and to a stop, well off the road, slow down until it stops. Driving training. If a jack is provided with if possible. too fast or spinning the wheels the vehicle, it is designed only for with chains on will damage the changing a flat tire. If it is used for vehicle. { Warning anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the Driving on a flat tire will cause vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack permanent damage to the tire. If a Tire Goes Flat is provided with the vehicle, only Re-inflating a tire after it has been use it for changing a flat tire. It is unusual for a tire to blowout driven on while severely while driving, especially if the tires underinflated or flat may cause a are maintained properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

316 Vehicle Care

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire 2. Flat Tire Warning (Continued) and wheel damage by driving slowly The following information explains to a level place, well off the road, 4. Turn off the engine and do how to use the jack and change if possible. Turn on the hazard a tire. warning flashers. See Hazard not restart while the vehicle 0 is raised. Warning Flashers 146ii . 5. Do not allow passengers to Tire Changing { Warning remain in the vehicle. Removing the Spare Tire and 6. Place wheel blocks, Tools Changing a tire can be if equipped, on both sides of Crew Cab dangerous. The vehicle can slip the tire at the opposite off the jack and roll over or fall corner of the tire being To access and remove the jack and causing injury or death. Find a changed. tools: level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), moving: use the following example as a 1. Set the parking brake firmly. guide to assist in the placement of 2. Put an automatic the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear– not in N (Neutral). (Continued) 1. Lift the rear seat to access the tool bag. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 317

2. Remove the straps to remove Extended Cab the tool bag. 3. Fold the rear seat to access the jack.

3. Turn the knob on the jack (1) counterclockwise to lower the 1. Jack Cover jack head to release the jack 2. Tool Bag Cover from its holder. To access and remove the jack and 4. Turn the wing nut (2) 4. Turn the knob on the jack (2) tools: counterclockwise to remove the counterclockwise to lower the jack and wheel blocks. jack head to release the jack 1. Pull the bottom of the jack cover (1) forward to remove it. 5. Turn the wing nut (3) from its holder. counterclockwise to remove the 5. Turn the wing nut (1) 2. Pull the lower access pocket tool bag. counterclockwise to remove the forward and then upward to remove the tool bag cover (2). Use the jack handle extensions and jack and wheel blocks. the wheel wrench to remove the underbody-mounted spare tire. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

318 Vehicle Care

Insert the ignition key, turn, and Do not use the chiseled end of pull straight out to remove the the wheel wrench. spare tire lock (8), if equipped. Be sure the hoist end of the extension (10) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) be pulled out from under the Pointed Down) and the two jack handle vehicle. 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer extensions (6), as shown. 5. Pull the spare tire out from 3. Hoist Cable under the vehicle. 4. Hoist Assembly 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool 1. Open the spare tire lock cover 3. Insert the hoist end (open on the bumper. end) (10) of the extension 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle through the hole (9) in the rear with some slack in the cable to bumper. access the tire/wheel retainer. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 319

Tilt the retainer and pull it 5. Wheel Wrench through the center of the wheel 1. Do a safety check before along with the cable and proceeding. See If a Tire Goes spring. 0 Flat 315ii . 7. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Use the following pictures and instructions to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle. 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it counterclockwise to loosen 2. If the wheel has a center cap the wheel nuts. Do not remove that covers the lug nuts, place the wheel nuts yet. the chisel end of the wheel wrench in each of the slots in the cap, and gently pry it out.

1. Jack 2. Wheel Blocks 3. Jack Handle 4. Jack Handle Extensions Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

320 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

Front Position Rear Position { Warning 4. Position the jack under the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, Raising the vehicle with the jack vehicle, as shown. If the flat position the jack under the rear improperly positioned can tire is on the front of the axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard damage the vehicle and even vehicle, position the jack on the of the shock absorber bracket. make the vehicle fall. To help depression in the vehicle's Make sure that the jack head is avoid personal injury and vehicle frame, behind the flat tire. positioned so that the rear axle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift is resting securely between the head into the proper location grooves that are on the before raising the vehicle. jack head. 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to fit under the wheel well. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 321

11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

{ Warning

7. Remove all the wheel nuts and 8. Remove any rust or dirt from If wheel studs are damaged, they take off the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting can break. If all the studs on a surfaces, and spare wheel. wheel broke, the wheel could { Warning 9. Install the spare tire. come off and cause a crash. If any stud is damaged because Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the { Warning of a loose-running wheel, it could parts to which it is fastened, can be that all of the studs are make wheel nuts become loose Never use oil or grease on bolts damaged. To be sure, replace all after time. The wheel could come or nuts because the nuts might studs on the wheel. If the stud off and cause an accident. When come loose. The vehicle's wheel holes in a wheel have become changing a wheel, remove any could fall off, causing a crash. larger, the wheel could collapse in rust or dirt from places where the operation. Replace any wheel if wheel attaches to the vehicle. In its stud holes have become larger an emergency, a cloth or a paper 10. Put the wheel nuts back on or distorted in any way. Inspect with the rounded end of the towel can be used; however, use hubs and hub piloted wheels for nuts toward the wheel. ‐ a scraper or wire brush later to damage. Because of loose remove all rust or dirt. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

322 Vehicle Care

13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a Warning (Continued) Caution crisscross sequence, as shown, by turning the wheel running wheels, piloting pad Improperly tightened wheel nuts wrench clockwise. damage may occur and require can lead to brake pulsation and replacement of the entire hub, for rotor damage. To avoid expensive When reinstalling the regular wheel proper centering of the wheels. brake repairs, evenly tighten the and tire, also reinstall the center When replacing studs, hubs, wheel nuts in the proper cap. Place the cap on the wheel wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to sequence and to the proper and push it into place until it seats. The cap may only go on one way. use GM original equipment parts. torque specification. See Be sure to line up any tabs on the Capacities and Specifications 0 center cap with corresponding 358ii for the wheel nut torque indentations on the wheel. { Warning specification. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Wheel nuts that are improperly or and Tools incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or { Warning come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench Storing a jack, a tire, or other to the proper torque specification equipment in the passenger after replacing. Follow the torque compartment of the vehicle could specification supplied by the cause injury. In a sudden stop or aftermarket manufacturer when collision, loose equipment could using accessory locking wheel strike someone. Store all these in nuts. See Capacities and the proper place. 0 Specifications 358ii for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 323

2. Pull the cable and spring Caution through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer Storing an aluminum wheel with a plate down and through the flat tire under your vehicle for an center of the wheel. extended period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can Make sure the retainer is fully damage the wheel. Always stow seated across the underside of the wheel with the valve stem the wheel. pointing down and have the wheel/tire repaired as soon as possible. 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Caution Pointed Down) 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer The tire hoist can be damaged if 3. Hoist Cable there is no tension on the cable 4. Hoist Assembly when using it. To have the 5. Hoist Shaft 3. Attach the wheel wrench (7) 6. Jack Handle Extensions necessary tension, the spare or and extensions (6) together, as road tire and wheel assembly 7. Wheel Wrench shown. must be installed on the tire hoist 8. Spare Tire Lock (If to use it. Equipped) 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole Store the tire under the rear of the 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool vehicle in the spare tire carrier. 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

324 Vehicle Care

and then try to turn the tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable. 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle has one. To store the jack and tools, reverse the steps for removing them.

4. Insert the hoist end (10) through the hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the hoist shaft. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. 1. Wheel Wrench 6. Raise the tire fully against the 2. Jack Handle underside of the vehicle by 3. Jack Handle Extensions turning the wheel wrench 4. Wing Nut clockwise until you hear two For extended cab models, be sure clicks or feel it skip twice. You to replace the wheel wrench (1), cannot overtighten the cable. jack handle (2), and two jack handle 7. Make sure the tire is stored extensions (3) in the bag, as shown, securely and flush in the so it can be properly stored in the radius (2) of the spare tire storage compartment. support bracket (1). Push, pull, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 325

Be sure to fully tighten the wing recommended that the vehicle Do not mix the compact spare tire or nut (4) so the tool bag cover can be speed be limited to 80 km/h wheel with other wheels or tires. properly and securely closed. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of They will not fit. Keep the spare tire the spare tire, have the standard tire and its wheel together. Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire Caution { Warning to the storage area. When using a compact spare tire, Tire chains will not fit the compact Driving with more than one the AWD (if equipped), ABS, and spare. Using them can damage compact spare tire at a time could Traction Control systems may the vehicle and the chains. Do not result in loss of braking and engage until the spare tire is use tire chains on the compact handling. This could lead to a recognized by the vehicle, spare. crash and you or others could be especially on slippery roads. Adjust injured. Use only one compact driving to reduce possible spare tire at a time. wheel slip. Caution

Caution If the vehicle has four-wheel drive If this vehicle has a compact spare and a different size spare tire is tire, it was fully inflated when new; When the compact spare is installed, do not drive in however, it can lose air over time. installed, do not take the vehicle four-wheel drive until the flat tire Check the inflation pressure through an automatic car wash is repaired and/or replaced. The regularly. It should be 420 kPa vehicle could be damaged and (60 psi). with guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on the rails the repairs would not be covered Stop as soon as possible and check which can damage the tire, wheel, by the warranty. Never use that the spare tire is correctly and other parts of the vehicle. four-wheel drive when a different inflated after being installed on the size spare tire is installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is vehicle. designed for temporary use only. Do not use the compact spare on The vehicle will perform differently other vehicles. with the spare tire installed and it is Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

326 Vehicle Care

Full-Size Spare Tire After installing the spare tire on the Caution vehicle, stop as soon as possible If this vehicle came with a full-size and check that the spare tire is spare tire, it was fully inflated when If the vehicle has four-wheel drive correctly inflated. new, however, it can lose air over and a different size spare tire is time. Check the inflation pressure installed, do not drive in Have the damaged or flat road tire 0 repaired or replaced and installed regularly. See Tire Pressure 302ii four-wheel drive until the flat tire 0 back onto the vehicle as soon as and Vehicle Load Limits 205ii . For is repaired and/or replaced. The instructions on how to remove, vehicle could be damaged and possible so the spare tire will be available in case it is needed again. install, or store a spare tire, see Tire the repairs would not be covered 0 Changing 316ii . by the warranty. Never use Do not mix tires and wheels of If equipped with a temporary use four-wheel drive when a different different sizes, because they will not full-size spare tire, it is indicated on size spare tire is installed on the fit. Keep your spare tire and its the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall vehicle. wheel together. If the vehicle has a 0 spare tire that does not match the Labeling 297ii . This spare tire original road tires and wheels in size should not be driven on over The vehicle may have a different 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h and type, do not include the spare in size spare tire than the road tires the tire rotation. (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at originally installed on the vehicle. the proper inflation pressure. Repair This spare tire was developed for and replace the road tire as soon as use on this vehicle, so it is all right it is convenient, and stow the spare to drive on it. If the vehicle has tire for future use. four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 327

Jump Starting { Warning Jump Starting - North Batteries can hurt you. They can America be dangerous because: For more information about the . They contain acid that can vehicle battery, see Battery - North burn you. 0 America 279ii . . They contain gas that can If the battery has run down, try to explode or ignite. use another vehicle and some . They contain enough jumper cables to start your vehicle. electricity to burn you. Be sure to use the following steps to If you do not follow these steps do it safely. 1. Discharged Battery exactly, some or all of these Negative Grounding Stud things can hurt you. { Warning 2. Discharged Battery Positive Terminal WARNING: Battery posts, 3. Good Battery Negative terminals, and related Caution Terminal 4. Good Battery Positive accessories contain lead and lead Ignoring these steps could result Terminal compounds, chemicals known to in costly damage to the vehicle the State of California to cause that would not be covered by the The jump start negative grounding cancer and birth defects or other vehicle warranty. Trying to start stud (1) for the discharged battery is reproductive harm. Batteries also the vehicle by pushing or pulling it to the left of the windshield washer contain other chemicals known to will not work, and it could damage fluid reservoir. the State of California to cause the vehicle. The jump start positive terminal on cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER the discharged battery (2) is located HANDLING. See California in the engine compartment on the 0 Proposition 65 Warning 259ii . driver side of the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

328 Vehicle Care

The jump start positive terminal (3) and negative terminal (4) are on the Caution { Warning battery of the vehicle providing the jump start. If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode. The positive jump start connection starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this, for the discharged battery is under a damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded. trim cover. Open the cover to be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more expose the terminal. warranty. Whenever possible, turn light. 1. Check the other vehicle. off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that It must have a 12-volt battery either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on with a negative ground system. you. If you accidentally get it in 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. your eyes or on your skin, flush Caution Turn off all lights and the place with water and get accessories in both vehicles, If the other vehicle does not have medical help immediately. except the hazard warning a 12-volt system with a negative flashers if needed. ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that { Warning has a 12-volt system with a { Warning Fans or other moving engine negative ground for jump starting. An electric fan can start up even parts can injure you badly. Keep when the engine is not running your hands away from moving 2. Position the two vehicles so and can injure you. Keep hands, parts once the engine is running. that they are not touching. clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. 3. Set the parking brake firmly 5. Connect one end of the red and put the shift lever in positive (+) cable to the P (Park) with an automatic positive (+) terminal on the transmission, or N (Neutral) discharged battery. with a manual transmission. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 329 6. Connect the other end of the Towing the Vehicle red positive (+) cable to the Caution positive (+) terminal of the good battery. If the jumper cables are Caution connected or removed in the 7. Connect one end of the black wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled negative (–) cable to the may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The negative (–) terminal of the vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by good battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty. 8. Connect the other end of the Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to black negative (–) cable to the jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the negative ( ) grounding stud for – making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to the discharged battery. not touch each other or other secure the vehicle. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle metal. with the good battery and run Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed the engine at idle speed for at Jumper Cable Removal least four minutes. car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. If Reverse the sequence exactly when a wheel lift tow truck is used, the 10. Try to start the vehicle that had removing the jumper cables. drive wheels cannot contact the the dead battery. If it will not road while the vehicle is being start after a few tries, it After starting the disabled vehicle towed. A wheel dolly must be used probably needs service. and removing the jumper cables, to lift all drive wheels off the ground. allow it to idle for several minutes. Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

330 Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) Towing Recreational vehicle towing means warranty. If using a shield, only components could be damaged. towing the vehicle behind another use one that attaches to the The repairs would not be covered vehicle, such as a motor home. The towing vehicle. by the vehicle warranty. two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy be towed with all four wheels on the towing is towing the vehicle with all Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles ground. four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles wheels on the ground and two wheels on a dolly. Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s instructions. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict Caution airflow and cause damage to the Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive transmission. The repairs would If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is vehicles that have an N (Neutral) not be covered by the vehicle towed with all four wheels on the and a Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 (n) (Continued) ground, the drivetrain setting. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 331

(Drive). There should be no 9. Shift the transmission to { Warning movement of the vehicle while P (Park). shifting. Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's transfer case into 5. Shift the transmission into D Caution N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle (Drive). Turn the engine off. Then shift the transmission into If the steering column is locked, to roll even if the transmission is vehicle damage may occur. in P (Park). You or others could P (Park). be injured. Set the parking brake 6. Wait for at least 10 seconds, before shifting the transfer case then restart the engine. 10. Move the steering wheel to to N (Neutral). make sure the steering column 7. Shift the transmission to D is unlocked. (Drive), then turn the engine off To dinghy tow: again. 11. With a foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. 1. Position the vehicle being Caution Keep the ignition key in the towed behind the tow vehicle, towed vehicle in ACC/ facing forward and on a level Failure to disconnect the negative ACCESSORY to prevent the surface. battery cable or to have it contact steering column from locking. 2. Securely attach the vehicle the terminals can cause damage Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. to the vehicle. Before disconnecting the towed 3. Apply the parking brake and vehicle: start the engine. 8. Disconnect the negative 1. Park on a level surface. 4. Shift the transfer case to battery cable at the battery and N (Neutral). See “Shifting into secure the nut and bolt. Cover 2. Set the parking brake, then N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel the negative battery post with a shift the transmission to 0 P (Park), and move the ignition Drive 226ii . Check that the non-conductive material to vehicle is in N (Neutral) by prevent any contact with the key to OFF. shifting the transmission to negative battery terminal. 3. Connect the battery. R (Reverse) and then to D 4. Apply the brake pedal. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

332 Vehicle Care

5. Shift the transfer case out of Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not N (Neutral) to Two-Wheel Drive be towed with the rear wheels on High. See “Shifting out of Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions 0 Vehicles Drive 226ii . See your dealer if for internal lubrication while being the transfer case cannot be towed. shifted out of N (Neutral). To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive 6. Check that the vehicle is in vehicle, the vehicle must be towed Two-Wheel Drive High by with the rear wheels on the dolly. shifting the transmission to See “Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off R (Reverse) and then to D the Ground)” later in this section. (Drive). There should be movement of the vehicle while Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground) Four-Wheel-Drive shifting. – Vehicles 7. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and turn off the ignition. 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle. Caution 9. Release the parking brake. If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is 10. Reset any lost presets. towed with the rear wheels on the ground, the transmission could be The outside temperature damaged. The repairs would not display will default to 0 °C be covered by the vehicle (32 °F) but will reset with warranty. Never tow the vehicle normal usage. with the rear wheels on the ground. To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from the front: Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 333

1. Attach the dolly to the tow 7. Shift the transfer case to 1. Drive the rear wheels onto the vehicle following the dolly N (Neutral). See “Shifting into dolly. manufacturer's instructions. N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel 0 2. Set the parking brake. See Drive 226ii for the proper 0 2. Drive the front wheels onto the Parking Brake 233ii . procedure. dolly. 3. Put the transmission in 3. Shift the transmission to 8. Release the parking brake only P (Park). P (Park). after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the tow 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly 4. Set the parking brake. vehicle. following the manufacturer's instructions. 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. { Warning 5. Use a clamping device Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off designed for towing to ensure Shifting a four-wheel-drive the Ground) that the front wheels are locked vehicle's transfer case into into the straight position. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles to roll even if the transmission is 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. in P (Park). You or others could Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles be injured. Set the parking brake before shifting the transfer case { Warning to N (Neutral). Shifting a four-wheel-drive 5. Use a clamping device vehicle's transfer case into designed for towing to ensure N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle that the front wheels are locked to roll even if the transmission is into the straight position. in P (Park). You or others could be injured. Set the parking brake 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly before shifting the transfer case following the manufacturer's to N (Neutral). instructions. To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive vehicle from the rear: Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

334 Vehicle Care To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive Appearance Care vehicle from the rear: Caution (Continued) 1. Drive the rear wheels onto the Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all dolly. manufacturer directions regarding Locks 2. Set the parking brake. See correct product usage, necessary 0 Parking Brake 233ii . Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any 3. Put the transmission in absolutely necessary, and have the P (Park). vehicle care product. locks greased after using. See 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Recommended Fluids and 0 following the manufacturer's Lubricants 353ii . Caution instructions. Washing the Vehicle 5. Use a clamping device Avoid using high-pressure designed for towing to ensure To preserve the vehicle's finish, washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) that the front wheels are locked wash it often and out of direct to the surface of the vehicle. Use into the straight position. sunlight. of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result 6. Shift the transfer case to in damage or removal of paint N (Neutral). See “Shifting into Caution and decals. N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel 0 Do not use petroleum-based, Drive 226ii for the proper acidic, or abrasive cleaning procedure. agents as they can damage the This symbol e is on any 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic underhood compartment electrical parts. If damage occurs, it would center that should not be power not be covered by the vehicle washed. This could cause damage warranty. Approved cleaning that would not be covered by the products can be obtained from vehicle warranty. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 335

If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash To keep the paint finish looking new, follow with the car wash the vehicle as soon as possible. keep the vehicle garaged or instructions. The windshield wiper If necessary, use non-abrasive covered whenever possible. and rear window wiper, if equipped, cleaners that are marked safe for must be off. Remove any painted surfaces to remove foreign Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings accessories that may be damaged matter. or interfere with the car wash Occasional hand waxing or mild Caution equipment. polishing should be done to remove Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See Failure to clean and protect the washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning bright metal moldings can result cleaning agents completely. If they products. in a hazy white finish or pitting. are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to This damage would not be they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, covered by the vehicle warranty. Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur. The bright metal moldings on the avoid surface scratches and water vehicle are aluminum, chrome or spotting. Caution stainless steel. To prevent damage Finish Care always follow these cleaning Machine compounding or instructions: Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish . Be sure the molding is cool to recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only the touch before applying any are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes cleaning solution. have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/ . Use only approved cleaning repaired. Foreign materials such as clearcoat paint finish on the solutions for aluminum, chrome calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle. or stainless steel. Some melting agents, road oil and tar, tree cleaners are highly acidic or sap, bird droppings, chemicals from contain alkaline substances and industrial chimneys, etc., can can damage the moldings. damage the vehicle's finish if they Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

336 Vehicle Care

. Always dilute a concentrated . Washer fluids and other cleaning cleaner according to the Caution agents in higher concentrations manufacturer’s instructions. than suggested by the Using silicone-based products manufacturer. . Do not use cleaners that are not may damage the bedliner, reduce intended for automotive use. the slip-resistant texture, and . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, . Use a nonabrasive wax on the attract dirt. or other harsh cleaners. vehicle after washing to protect . Ice scrapers or other hard items. and extend the molding finish. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or Spray-In Bedliner Care Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are Stripes illuminated, due to excessive A spray-in bedliner is a permanent heat generated. coating that bonds to the truck bed Use only lukewarm or cold water, a and cannot be removed. Promptly soft cloth, and a car washing soap rinse the bedliner surface following to clean exterior lamps, lenses and Caution a chemical spill to avoid permanent emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly damage. Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp the Vehicle" previously in this Spray-in bedliners can fade from cover that would not be covered section. oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty by the vehicle warranty. hauling, and hard water stains. Lamp covers are made of plastic, Clean it periodically by washing off and some have a UV protective the loose dirt and using a mild coating. Do not clean or wipe them Caution detergent. To restore the original while they are dry. appearance, apply the bedliner Using wax on low gloss black conditioner available through your Do not use any of the following on lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the dealer. gloss level and create a . Abrasive or caustic agents. non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 337

Air Intakes require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on Caution Clear debris from the air intakes, painted surfaces can be removed by between the hood and windshield, rubbing with a clean cloth. See Chrome wheels and other chrome when washing the vehicle. Recommended Fluids and trim may be damaged if the 0 vehicle is not washed after driving Windshield and Wiper Blades Lubricants 353ii . on roads that have been sprayed Clean the outside of the windshield Tires with magnesium, calcium, with glass cleaner. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to or sodium chloride. These Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires. chlorides are used on roads for cloth or paper towel soaked with conditions such as ice and dust. windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution Always wash the chrome with detergent. Wash the windshield soap and water after exposure. thoroughly when cleaning the Using petroleum-based tire blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and dressing products on the vehicle a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/ Caution treatments may cause wiper or tires. When applying a tire streaking. dressing, always wipe off any To avoid surface damage, do not Replace the wiper blades if they are overspray from all painted use strong soaps, chemicals, worn or damaged. Damage can be surfaces on the vehicle. abrasive polishes, cleaners, caused by extreme dusty brushes, or cleaners that contain conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, acid on aluminum or snow, and ice. Wheels and Trim — Aluminum chrome-plated wheels. Use only or Chrome approved cleaners. Also, never Weatherstrips Use a soft, clean cloth with mild drive a vehicle with aluminum or Apply Dielectric silicone grease on soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels through an weatherstrips to make them last After rinsing thoroughly with clean automatic car wash that uses longer, seal better, and not stick or water, dry with a soft, clean towel. silicone carbide tire cleaning squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips A wax may then be applied. (Continued) once a year. Hot, dry climates may Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

338 Vehicle Care

Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the Caution (Continued) hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, transfer case and/or axles and chafing, etc. should be replaced. brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be Visually check constant velocity joint Sheet Metal Damage boots and axle seals for leaks. covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is damaged and Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or Brake System Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel repair shop applies anti-corrosion Visually inspect brake lines and material to parts repaired or hoses for proper hook-up, binding, fuel door hinge, and power assist step hinges, unless the components replaced to restore corrosion leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect protection. disc brake pads for wear and rotors are plastic. Applying silicone grease for surface condition. Inspect drum on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Original manufacturer replacement brake linings/shoes for wear or will make them last longer, seal parts will provide the corrosion cracks. Inspect other brake parts, better, and not stick or squeak protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty. including drums, wheel cylinders, Underbody Maintenance calipers, parking brake, master Finish Damage cylinder, brake fluid reservoir, At least twice a year, spring and fall, vacuum pipes, electric vacuum use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and pump including bracket and vent corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials hose, if equipped. underbody. Take care to thoroughly available from your dealer to avoid clean any areas where mud and corrosion. Larger areas of finish Steering, Suspension, and other debris can collect. damage can be corrected in your Chassis Components Do not directly power wash the dealer's body and paint shop. Visually inspect steering, transfer case and/or front/rear axle Chemical Paint Spotting suspension, and chassis output seals. High pressure water components for damaged, loose, can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon or missing parts or signs of wear at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces least once a year. causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 339

dark spots etched into the paint Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners surface. Refer to “Finish Care” follow to all safety instructions on containing solvents. previously in this section. the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass Interior Care proper ventilation. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets To prevent dirt particle abrasions, To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth. regularly clean the vehicle's interior. the interior using the following cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial Immediately remove any soils. glass cleaner after cleaning with Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a razor or any other plain water. transfer color to the vehicle’s sharp object to remove a soil interior. from any interior surface. Caution Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never use a brush with stiff dust from knobs and crevices on the bristles. To prevent scratching, never use instrument cluster. Using a mild abrasive cleaners on automotive . Never rub any surface soap solution, immediately remove glass. Abrasive cleaners or hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect aggressively or with too much pressure. aggressive cleaning may damage repellent from all interior surfaces or the rear window defogger. permanent damage may result. . Do not use laundry detergents or Use cleaners specifically designed dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Cleaning the windshield with water for the surfaces being cleaned to during the first three to six months prevent permanent damage. Apply use approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. of ownership will reduce tendency cleaners directly to the cleaning to fog. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any A concentrated soap solution will switches or controls. Remove create streaks and attract dirt. Speaker Covers cleaners quickly. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not . Do not heavily saturate the be damaged. Clean spots with water upholstery when cleaning. and mild soap. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

340 Vehicle Care

Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces gently wringing until water does Coated moldings should be cleaned. and Vehicle Information and not drip from the cleaning cloth. Radio Displays . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 3. Start on the outside edge of the sponge or soft, lint-free cloth Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss soil and gently rub toward the dampened with water. surfaces or vehicle displays. First, center. Rotate the cleaning use a soft bristle brush to remove . When heavily soiled, use warm cloth to a clean area frequently dirt that can scratch the surface. soapy water. to prevent forcing the soil in to Then gently clean by rubbing with a the fabric. Fabric/Carpet/Suede microfiber cloth. Never use window 4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse being used, only use it on the floor thoroughly and air dry before 5. If the soil is not completely carpet. Before cleaning, gently next use. remove as much of the soil as removed, use a mild soap possible: solution followed only by plain water. Caution . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no If the soil is not completely Do not attach a device with a more soil can be removed. removed, it may be necessary to suction cup to the display. This use a commercial upholstery may cause damage and would . For solid soils, remove as much cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small as possible prior to vacuuming. not be covered by the vehicle hidden area for colorfastness before warranty. To clean: using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free formation occurs, clean the entire colorfast cloth with water. fabric or carpet. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint After cleaning use a paper towel to transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Vehicle Care 341

Instrument Panel, Leather, Care of Safety Belts Caution (Continued) Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Keep belts clean and dry. Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and the appearance and feel of Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not { Warning Surfaces recommended. Use a soft microfiber cloth Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase a crash, they might not be able to dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease provide adequate protection. microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield Clean safety belts only with mild mild soap solution. under certain conditions. soap and lukewarm water.

Caution Caution Floor Mats Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics { Warning well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air may cause permanent damage. If a floor mat is the wrong size or freshener comes in contact with is not properly installed, it can Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in surfaces after cleaning and allow interfere with the pedals. the vehicle, blot immediately and Interference with the pedals can them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened heat, steam, or spot removers. Do cause unintended acceleration with a mild soap solution. and/or increased stopping not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners silicone or wax-based products. distance which can cause a crash would not be covered by the and injury. Make sure the floor Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. solvents can permanently change mat does not interfere with the pedals. (Continued) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

342 Vehicle Care

Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats . The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the floor mat mats were designed for your to unlock each retainer and remove. vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn Reinstall by lining up the floor mat it over. retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. . Do not place one floor mat on top of another. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 343 General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance This maintenance section applies to competitively priced maintenance vehicles with a gasoline engine. For and repair services. With trained diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 343 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Schedule ...... 344 the required maintenance for the blades. Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Special Application protect against major repair Caution Services ...... 350 expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty. and Care ...... 350 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks, Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Recommended Fluids and condition. Lubricants ...... 353 replacement parts. They have Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for Parts ...... 355 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to Maintenance Records ...... 356 transportation, and online have your dealer perform these scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

344 Service and Maintenance keep the vehicle in good working Severe Service Maintenance condition, improves fuel economy, In addition to the normal service and reduces vehicle emissions. schedule, some vehicles require Schedule Because of the way people use service more often. Severe service Owner Checks and Services vehicles, maintenance needs vary. is for vehicles that are: At Each Fuel Stop There may need to be more . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic frequent checks and services. in hot weather. . Check the engine oil level. See 0 Engine Oil 265ii . Normal Service . Mainly driven in hilly or All maintenance services, including mountainous terrain. Once a Month those listed under Additional . Frequently towing a trailer. . Check the tire inflation Required Services, are for pressures. See Tire Pressure vehicles that: . Used for high-speed or 0 competitive driving. 302ii . . Carry passengers and cargo . Inspect the tires for wear. See within recommended limits on . Used for taxi, police, or delivery 0 Tire Inspection 307ii . the Tire and Loading Information service. label. See Vehicle Load Limits . Check the windshield washer 0 fluid level. See Washer Fluid 205ii . { Warning 0 276ii . . Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can Engine Oil Change surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause limits. serious injury. Perform When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the SOON message displays, have the 0 Fuel 245ii . required information, proper tools, engine oil and filter changed within and equipment are available. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven If they are not, see your dealer to under the best conditions, the have a trained technician do the engine oil life system may not work. See Doing Your Own indicate the need for vehicle service 0 for up to a year. The engine oil and Service Work 260ii . filter must be changed at least once Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 345

a year and the oil life system must Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect tire wear. See Tire 0 be reset. Your trained dealer Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 307ii . technician can perform this work. 7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 last service. Reset the oil life following services. See Tire 269ii . 0 Rotation 308ii . system when the oil is changed. . Inspect brake system. See 0 See Engine Oil Life System 267ii . 0 . Check engine oil level and oil Exterior Care 334ii . Passenger Compartment Air life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Visually inspect steering, Filter reset oil life system. See Engine suspension, and chassis 0 components for damaged, loose, The passenger compartment air Oil 265ii and Engine Oil Life 0 or missing parts or signs of filter removes dust, pollen, and System 267ii . 0 wear. See Exterior Care 334ii . other airborne irritants from outside . Check engine coolant level. See air that is pulled into the vehicle. 0 . Check restraint system Engine Coolant 272ii . The filter should be replaced as part components. See Safety System 0 of routine scheduled maintenance. . Check windshield washer fluid Check 55ii . 0 level. See Washer Fluid 276ii . Inspect the passenger compartment . Visually inspect fuel system for air filter every 36 000 km . Visually inspect windshield wiper damage or leaks. (22,500 mi) or two years, whichever blades for wear, cracking, comes first. Replace if necessary. or contamination. See Exterior . Visually inspect exhaust system More frequent replacement may be 0 and nearby heat shields for Care 334ii . Replace worn or loose or damaged parts. needed if the vehicle is driven in damaged wiper blades. See areas with heavy traffic, areas with Wiper Blade Replacement . Lubricate body components. See poor air quality, or areas with high 0 0 283ii . Exterior Care 334ii . dust levels. Replacement may also be needed if there is a reduction in . Check tire inflation pressures. . Check starter switch. See Starter 0 0 air flow, excessive window fogging, See Tire Pressure 302ii . Switch Check 281ii . or odors. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

346 Service and Maintenance

. Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 282ii . . Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock 0 Check 282ii . . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 282ii . . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. . Verify spare tire key lock operation and lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 316ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 347

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ 4WD. (4) Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter comes first. If driving in dusty Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if conditions, inspect the filter at each (1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window oil change or more often as needed. comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Check all fuel and vapor lines passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace and hoses for proper hook-up, replacement may be needed if the filter. routing, and condition. driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

348 Service and Maintenance

(4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. (5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 271ii . (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. (7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every 0 five years. See Brake Fluid 278ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 349

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ @ @ 4WD. (4) Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake/clutch fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter. (1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Or every four years, whichever comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each replacement may be needed if oil change or more often as needed. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

350 Service and Maintenance (3) Check all fuel and vapor lines Special Application Additional and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. Services Maintenance and Care (4) Do not directly power wash the . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important transfer case and/or front/rear axle Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly output seals. High pressure water components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly can overcome the seals and 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle contaminate the transfer case fluid. . Have underbody flushing service performance, additional Contaminated fluid will decrease the performed. See "Underbody maintenance services may be life of the transfer case and/or axles Maintenance" in Exterior Care required. and should be replaced. 0 334ii . It is recommended that your dealer (5) Or every five years, whichever perform these services — their comes first. See Cooling System trained dealer technicians know 0 271ii . your vehicle best. Your dealer can (6) Or every 10 years, whichever also perform a thorough comes first. Inspect for fraying, assessment with a multi-point excessive cracking, or damage; inspection to recommend when your replace, if needed. vehicle may need attention. (7) Replace brake/clutch fluid every The following list is intended to 0 explain the services and conditions five years. See Brake Fluid 278ii . to look for that may indicate services are required. Battery The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 351

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps, battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are . Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road. the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage. Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure . Belts may need replacing if they 0 ii that they light when braking. squeak or show signs of Lubricants 353 for GM approved cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, . Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps . Trained dealer technicians have and note any concerns. access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may Shocks and struts help aid in control replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride. may be low and need to be Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/ crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven . Signs of brake wear may include tire wear. chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

352 Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and 0 Wiper blades need to be cleaned when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 339ii and 0 and kept in good condition to Exterior Care 334ii . Tires provide a clear view. Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield, the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and . Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed. replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear. or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment. split in the tire. Windshield . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear. services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed. new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 353 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 265ii . Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® coolant. 0 See Engine Coolant 272ii . Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Manual Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Floor Shift Linkage Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB. Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

354 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel SAE 75W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in Drive) and Rear Axle Canada 88863090). Transfer Case (If Equipped With DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Four-Wheel Drive) Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Canada 10953474). Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Service and Maintenance 355

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C Oil Filter 2.5L L4 12640445 PF64 3.6L V6 19303249 PF2130 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196 Spark Plugs 2.5L L4 12627160 41–115 3.6L V6 12622561 41–109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 23117447 - Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23117448 - Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

356 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Technical Data 357 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove Number (VIN) box, has the following information: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 357 . Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Number (VIN). Label ...... 357 . Model designation. Vehicle Data . Paint information. Capacities and Specifications ...... 358 . Production options and special Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 360 equipment. This legal identifier is in the front Do not remove this label from the corner of the instrument panel, on vehicle. the left side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 358ii for the vehicle's engine code. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

358 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and 0 Lubricants 353ii . Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 2.5L L4 9.1 L 9.6 qt 3.6L V6 12.4 L 13.1 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.5L L4 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.6L V6 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 80 L 21 gal Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Technical Data 359

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 2.5L L4 A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 3.6L V6 3 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in) Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

360 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

V6 Engines L4 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 361 Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 371 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 372 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 361 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 372 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 363 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 364 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 364 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 372 Event Data Recorders ...... 373 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 364 ® can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 374 Infotainment System ...... 374 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 365 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 367 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 367 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 368 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 370 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 371 of your dealership or the general manager. STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

362 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, 1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc. or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard can file with the Better Business We encourage you to call the ® Suite 600 toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201 to enforce your rights. inquiry prompt attention. Have the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/ representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ . Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been likely be resolved at a dealer's to you. facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 363

Limited wants you to be aware of its The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre Chevrolet Motor Division Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive P.O. Box 33170 of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Detroit, MI 48232-5170 factory-related vehicle service Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-222-1020 the review of the facts involved by Number (VIN). an impartial third party arbiter, and 1-800-833-2438 (For Text may include an informal hearing Telephone Devices (TTYs)) before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance Roadside Assistance: designed so that the entire dispute Offices 1-800-243-8872 settlement process, from the time Chevrolet encourages customers to From U.S. Virgin Islands: you file your complaint to the final call the toll-free number for 1-800-496-9994 decision, should be completed in assistance. However, if a customer about 70 days. We believe our wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Canada impartial program offers advantages the letter should be addressed to: over courts in most jurisdictions General Motors of Canada Limited because it is informal, quick, and Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: free of charge. CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive For further information concerning Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 eligibility in the Canadian Motor www.gm.ca Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call 1-800-263-3777 (English) the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-7854 (French) Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text 1-800-263-7854 (French), Telephone devices (TTYs)) or write to: Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

364 Customer Information

Overseas Membership Benefits Chevrolet Owner Centre Please contact the local General E : Download owner manuals and (Canada) chevroletowner.ca Motors Business Unit. view vehicle-specific how-to videos. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: G : View maintenance schedules, . Chat live with online help Customer Assistance for alerts, and OnStar Vehicle representatives. Text Telephone (TTY) Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments. . Locate owner resources such as Users lease-end, financing, and I : View and print dealer-recorded To assist customers who are deaf, warranty information. service records and self-recorded hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records. . Retrieve your favorite articles, and who use Text Telephones quizzes, tips, and multimedia (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY D : Select a preferred dealer and galleries organized into the equipment available at its Customer view locations, maps, phone Featured Articles and Auto Care Assistance Center. Any TTY user in numbers, and hours. Sections. the U.S. can communicate with r : Track your vehicle’s warranty . Download owner manuals. Chevrolet by dialing: information. 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in . Find the Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. J : View active recalls by Vehicle Chevrolet-recommended Identification Number (VIN). See maintenance services. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Online Owner Center 0 357ii . GM Mobility Online Owner Experience H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Reimbursement Program (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com Satellite radio (if equipped), and The Chevrolet online owner OnStar account information (if experience allows interaction with equipped). Chevrolet and keeps important F : Chat with online help vehicle-specific information in one representatives. place. See my.chevrolet.com to register your vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 365

This program is available to Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of qualified applicants for cost the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. When calling Roadside Assistance, reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and have the following information aftermarket adaptive equipment Chevrolet reserve the right to make ready: required for the vehicle, such as any changes or discontinue the hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Your name, home address, and Roadside Assistance program at scooter lift for the vehicle. home telephone number. any time without notification. For more information on the limited . Telephone number of your General Motors North America and offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or location. Chevrolet reserve the right to limit call the GM Mobility Assistance . Location of the vehicle. services or payment to an owner or Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of 1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle. claim is made many times. General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle Services Provided a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough fuel for the for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem. 1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest Coverage service station. Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the . Lock-Out Service: Service to Program duration of the vehicle’s powertrain unlock the vehicle if you are warranty. locked out. A remote unlock may For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call be available if you have OnStar. 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a must present identification person driving the vehicle without before this service is given. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, permission from the owner is not call 1-800-268-6800. covered. . Emergency Tow from a Public Service is available 24 hours a day, Road or Highway: Tow to the 365 days a year. nearest Chevrolet dealer for Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

366 Customer Information

warranty service, or if the vehicle Services Not Included in . Trip Interruption Benefits and was in a crash and cannot be Roadside Assistance Assistance: Must be over driven. Assistance is not given 150 km from where your trip was when the vehicle is stuck in the . Impound towing caused by started to qualify. General sand, mud, or snow. violation of any laws. Motors of Canada Limited . Flat Tire Change: Service to . Legal fines. requires pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a change a flat tire with the spare . Mounting, dismounting, copy of the repair orders. Once tire. The spare tire, if equipped, or changing of snow tires, authorization has been received, must be in good condition and chains, or other traction devices. properly inflated. It is the owner's the Roadside Assistance advisor Service is not provided if a vehicle responsibility for the repair or will help to make arrangements is in an area that is not accessible replacement of the tire if it is not and explain how to receive to the service vehicle or is not a covered by the warranty. payment. regularly traveled or maintained . Alternative Service: If . Battery Jump Start: Service to public road, which includes ice and assistance cannot be provided jump start a dead battery. winter roads. Off-road use is not right away, the Roadside covered. . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance advisor may give Assistance: If your trip is Services Specific to permission to get local interrupted due to a warranty Canadian-Purchased Vehicles emergency road service. You will event, incidental expenses may receive payment, up to $100, be reimbursed within the . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement after sending the original receipt Powertrain warranty period. is up to 7 liters. If available, to Roadside Assistance. Items considered are reasonable diesel fuel delivery may be Mechanical failures may be and customary hotel, meals, restricted. Propane and other covered, however any cost for rental car, or a vehicle being fuels are not provided through parts and labor for repairs not delivered back to the customer, this service. covered by the warranty are the up to 805 km (500 mi). . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle owner responsibility. registration is required. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 367

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Appointments Program Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, When the vehicle requires warranty To enhance your ownership if you are unable to do so, your service, contact your dealer and experience, we and our participating dealer may offer the following request an appointment. By dealers are proud to offer Courtesy transportation options: scheduling a service appointment Transportation, a customer support and advising the service consultant program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service of your transportation needs, your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty This includes one-way or round-trip dealer can help minimize your Coverage period in Canada), shuttle service within reasonable inconvenience. extended powertrain, and/or time and distance parameters of hybrid-specific warranties in both If the vehicle cannot be scheduled your dealer's area. into the service department the U.S. and Canada. immediately, keep driving it until it Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel can be scheduled for service, options are available to assist in Reimbursement unless, of course, the problem is reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are safety related. If it is, please call warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is your dealership, let them know this, Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be and ask for instructions. part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and If your dealer requests you to bring Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. the vehicle for service, you are entitled “Limited Warranty and customers arrange their own urged to do so as early in the work Owner Assistance Information” day as possible to allow for furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited same-day repair. provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel information. expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for information. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

368 Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty. courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle. provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty. like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle. All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/ every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 369

Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. vehicle will be repaired with GM Repair Facility For emergency towing see original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not 0 365ii . choose a collision repair facility that available from your current meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number. with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number. state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number. technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number. equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Vehicle make, model, and Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs. model year. Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN). collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy emergency services for help. Do not number. quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle. reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts. damage repairs through the use of officer. See Collision Parts earlier in this aftermarket collision parts. Some “ ” section. insurance companies will not Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

370 Customer Information

If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage 0 Service Bulletins give additional Inflates? 61ii . does not pay the full cost. technical service information Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle. that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Owner Information repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual includes the new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all original GM parts. Remember, models. recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information the GM vehicle warranty. (U.S. and Canada Only) In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner Manual, and Warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals Manual. but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – your insurance company may and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc. Genuine GM parts. Remember, RETAIL SELL PRICE: if the vehicle is leased, you may be $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and obligated to have the vehicle shipping fees. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 371 Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety Technical Service Bulletins and Statement Defects Manuals are available for current This vehicle has systems that and past model GM vehicles. operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, has a defect which could cause ICES 001. Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ‐ a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately two conditions: Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration 47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors. Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the investigation, and if it finds that device. delivery. a safety defect exists in a group All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign. funds. authorized service facility could void However, NHTSA cannot authorization to use this equipment. become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

372 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call Transport Canada Vehicle Data the Vehicle Safety Hotline Road Safety Branch toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 80 rue Noel Recording and 1-800-424-9153); go to Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Privacy http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Reporting Safety Defects The vehicle has a number of to General Motors computers that record information Administrator, NHTSA about the vehicle’s performance and 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or how it is driven. For example, the Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada) in a situation like vehicle uses computer modules to this, notify General Motors. monitor and control engine and You can also obtain other Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: transmission performance, to information about motor monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle safety from Chevrolet Motor Division deployment and deploy them in a http://www.safercar.gov. Chevrolet Customer Assistance crash, and, if equipped, to provide Center antilock braking to help the driver Reporting Safety Defects P.O. Box 33170 control the vehicle. These modules to the Canadian Detroit, MI 48232-5170 may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle. Government In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Some modules may also store data If you live in Canada, and you (French), or write: about how the vehicle is operated, believe that the vehicle has a safety such as rate of fuel consumption or General Motors of Canada Limited defect, notify Transport Canada average speed. These modules may Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: immediately, and notify General retain personal preferences, such as CA1-163-005 Motors of Canada Limited. Call radio presets, seat positions, and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Transport Canada at temperature settings. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 1-800-333-0510 or write to: Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Customer Information 373

Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or better understanding of the share it with others except: with the This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the main purpose of an EDR is to Note consent of the lessee; in response record, in certain crash or near to an official request by police or crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. record such data as: personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash . How various systems in your investigation. vehicle were operating; To read data recorded by an EDR, . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the information if they have access to . How fast the vehicle was traveling. the vehicle or the EDR. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

374 Customer Information

OnStar® Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with If the vehicle is equipped with a OnStar® and has an active navigation system as part of the subscription, additional data may be infotainment system, use of the collected through the OnStar system may result in the storage of system. This includes information destinations, addresses, telephone about the vehicle’s operation; numbers, and other trip information. collisions involving the vehicle; the See the infotainment manual for use of the vehicle and its features; information on stored data and for and, in certain situations, the deletion instructions. location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 379ii . Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 375 OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement OnStar for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) OnStar Overview or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 375 The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the OnStar Services status light is: Emergency ...... 376 Security ...... 376 . Solid Green: System is ready. Navigation ...... 376 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Connections ...... 377 Q Blue OnStar Button Diagnostics ...... 379 . Red: Indicates a problem. > Red Emergency Button Q OnStar Additional Information . Off: System is off. Press OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar Information ...... 379 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor. that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor. services may require a paid Press = to: subscription and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and . Make a call, end a call, electrical system, cellular service, or answer an incoming call. and GPS satellite signals to be . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling available and operating. OnStar acts voice commands. as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn collect information about you and Navigation voice commands. your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar’s Terms & Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

376 OnStar . Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security or SSID and password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these Emergency services: Press Q to connect to an Emergency Services require an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Advisor to: active, OnStar subscription plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to . Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it. sensors can automatically alert a . Get driving directions. . With Remote Ignition Block, specially trained OnStar Advisor . Receive a Diagnostic check of if equipped, OnStar can block who is immediately connected in to the engine from being restarted. the vehicle's key operating the vehicle to help. systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Press > for a priority connection to . Receive Roadside Assistance. if equipped, OnStar can work an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down. if equipped. them to your exact location, and relay important information. Press > to get a priority connection Navigation to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a 7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to . Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn . Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. . Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 377

2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction given, then responds with The following OnStar services help 3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected. commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Get My Destination For coverage maps, see Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar ready, then a tone. ® Cancel Route “ ” OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If 2. Say “Get my destination.” Equipped) 1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. The vehicle may have a built-in address and distance to the Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access 2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with to the Internet and web content at responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile cancel directions?” Destination Download devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Subscribers can have directions “OK, request completed, thank controls only when it is safe to sent to the vehicle’s navigation do so. you, goodbye.” screen, if equipped. Route Preview Q 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Press , then ask the Advisor to information, press =, wait for = download directions to the vehicle s 1. Press . System responds: ’ the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi navigation system, if equipped. After “OnStar ready,” then a tone. settings.” On some vehicles, the call ends, the navigation screen 2. Say “Route preview.” System touch Wi-Fi Settings on the will provide prompts to begin driving screen. responds with the next three directions. Routes that are sent to maneuvers. the navigation screen can only be 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display Repeat canceled through the navigation the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), system. password, and on some 1. Press =. System responds: vehicles, the connection type See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

378 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map Make a Call 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only). (poor, good, excellent). 1. Press =. System responds: . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot “OnStar ready.” 3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and 2. Say Call. System responds: password, press Q or call monitor data consumption, “ ” “Call. Please say the name or 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if equipped. number to call.” with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information ® and compatibility, see 3. Say the entire number without OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App pausing, including a “1” and the (If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). area code. System responds: Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OK, calling.” ® Remote Services mobile app to select Apple iOS, Calling 911 Emergency Android™, BlackBerry®, ® Contact an OnStar Advisor to or Windows mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn 1. Press =. System responds: OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps. “OnStar ready.” following services from a mobile device: OnStar AtYourService 2. Say “Call.” System responds: “Call. Please say the name or OnStar Advisors can provide special . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, number to call.” if factory-equipped. offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say “911” without pausing. . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped or book a room. System responds: “911.” with automatic locks. OnStar Hands-Free Calling 4. Say “Call.” System responds: . Activate the horn and lamps. “OK, dialing 911.” . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the life, or tire pressure, built-in wireless calling service, if factory-equipped with the Tire which requires available minutes. Pressure Monitor System. . Send directions to the vehicle. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 379 Retrieve My Number Diagnostics OnStar Additional 1. Press =. System responds: Advanced Diagnostics provides a Information “OnStar ready.” status of the vehicle’s key systems with a monthly e-mail, or by In-Vehicle Audio Messages 2. Say “My number.” System Q responds: “Your OnStar pressing . Real-time Diagnostic Audio messages may play important Hands-Free Calling number is,” Alerts can be sent by e-mail or text. information at the following times: The Proactive Alerts feature (if then says the number. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press available) can help predict and alert . Q to set up an account. End a Call of potential upcoming maintenance issues with select components on . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Press =. System responds: Call “ the vehicle, before they become a every 60 days. ended.” problem. . After change in ownership and Verify Minutes and Expiration OnStar can also monitor and report at 90 days. tire pressure, if the vehicle is Press = and say Minutes then “ ” equipped with a Tire Pressure Transferring Service “Verify” to check how many minutes Monitoring System. remain and their expiration date. Press Q to request account transfer eligibility information. The Advisor can cancel or change account information. Selling/Transferring the Vehicle Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

380 OnStar

Reactivation for Subsequent . Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement 0 Owners Advisor. 371ii . Press Q and follow the prompts to OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with speak to an Advisor as soon as the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar has an agreement with a possible. The Advisor will update Advisors provide services to help wireless service provider for service vehicle records and explain OnStar Subscribers with physical disabilities in that area. The wireless service service options. and medical conditions. provider must also have coverage, How OnStar Service Works network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: Automatic Crash Response, technology compatible with OnStar services. Service involving location . Locate a gas station with an Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, attendant to pump gas. Stolen Vehicle Assistance, information about the vehicle cannot Advanced Diagnostics, Remote work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., Services, Roadside Assistance, available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. compatible with the OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and . Provide directions to the closest hardware. OnStar services may not Hands-Free Calling are available on hospital or pharmacy in urgent work if the OnStar equipment is not most vehicles. Not all OnStar situations. services are available everywhere properly installed or it has not been or on all vehicles. For more properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users software is added, connected, information, a full description of OnStar has the ability to OnStar services, system limitations, or modified, OnStar services may not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, and OnStar terms and conditions: hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired the control of OnStar — such as . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. jamming — may prevent service. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 381

OnStar Personal Identification vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas five days, OnStar can contact Number (PIN) Cellular reception is required for Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to A PIN is needed to access some to help gain access to the vehicle. OnStar services. The PIN will need the vehicle. Do not place items over to be changed the first time when Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent speaking with an Advisor. To System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal change the OnStar PIN, contact an reception. . Obstruction of the GPS can OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. buildings; in parking garages; Message around airports; in tunnels and Warranty If there is limited cellular coverage underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached OnStar equipment may be very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message warranted as part of the vehicle are not available, the OnStar warranty. system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the call again or try again after driving a Languages call OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area. The vehicle can be programmed to the exact location. respond in multiple languages. Vehicle and Power Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar OnStar services require a vehicle Press Q and ask for an Advisor. can use the last stored GPS electrical system, wireless service, Advisors are available in English, location to send to emergency and GPS satellite technologies to be Spanish, and French. Available responders. languages may vary by country. available and operating for features A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The OnStar cannot perform Remote discharged or disconnected. Advisor may give a verbal route or Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle may ask for a call back after the Assistance after the vehicle has vehicle is driven into an open area. been off continuously for five days without an ignition cycle. If the Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

382 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access the time of installation. These transmissions and private The OnStar system is integrated updates or changes may also cause communications without consent. into the electrical architecture of the a system to automatically vehicle. Do not add any electrical communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software equipment. See Add-On Electrical Acknowledgements 0 collect information about vehicle Equipment 257ii . Added electrical system status, identify whether equipment may interfere with the Certain OnStar components include updates or changes are available, operation of the OnStar system and libcurl and unzip software and other or deliver updates or changes. An cause it to not operate. third party software. Below are the active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third or changes and agreement that OnStar or GM may remotely deliver party software please see http:// either OnStar or GM may remotely www.lg.com/global/support/ software updates or changes to the deliver them to the vehicle. vehicle without further notice or opensource/index and https:// consent. These updates or changes Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ may enhance or maintain safety, getdocuments.html The complete OnStar Privacy security, or the operation of the Statement may be found at libcurl: vehicle or the vehicle systems. www.onstar.com (U.S.), Software updates or changes may COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We affect or erase data or settings that NOTICE recommend that you review it. If you are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel have any questions, call OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, . 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) tags, saved navigation destinations, All rights reserved. or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify, any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties described in the OnStar privacy Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

OnStar 383

above copyright notice and this unzip: This software is provided “as is,” permission notice appear in all This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, copies. Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held liable for any direct, indirect, “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF should be available at ftp:// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or inability to use this software. LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE use this software for any purpose, AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, CONTRACT, TORT OR Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright THE SOFTWARE. Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in Except as contained in this notice, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other the name of a copyright holder shall materials provided with the not be used in advertising or Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception otherwise to promote the sale, use to this condition is redistribution or other dealings in this Software Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary without prior written authorization of (including SFXWiz) as part of a the copyright holder. Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

384 OnStar

self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s). normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use been removed from the binary the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” or disabled. “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” 3. Altered versions–including, but “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” not limited to, ports to new and “MacZip” for its own operating systems, existing source and binary releases. ports with new graphical interfaces, and dynamic, shared, or static library versions–must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-ZIP releases–including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names “Info-ZIP” (or any variation thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 385 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Accessories and When Should an Airbag Modifications ...... 259 Inflate? ...... 59 Accessory Power ...... 214 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 58 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 257 Airbags Additional Information Adding Equipment to the OnStar® ...... 379 Vehicle ...... 67 Additional Maintenance Passenger Status Indicator . . . .114 and Care ...... 350 Readiness Light ...... 114 Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 46 Vehicles ...... 66 Agreements System Check ...... 57 Trademarks and License . . . . . 181 Alarm Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 269 Vehicle Security ...... 34 Air Conditioning ...... 189 All-Season Tires ...... 296 Air Filter, Passenger All-Terrain Tires ...... 297 Compartment ...... 192 AM-FM Radio ...... 156 Air Vents ...... 191 Antenna Airbag System Multi-band ...... 158 Check ...... 68 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 233 How Does an Airbag Warning Light ...... 118 Restrain? ...... 61 Appearance Care Passenger Sensing System . . . .62 Exterior ...... 334 What Makes an Airbag Interior ...... 339 Inflate? ...... 60 Armrest What Will You See after an Rear Seat ...... 50 Airbag Inflates? ...... 61 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 365 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

386 Index

Audio Bluetooth Audio ...... 164 C Bluetooth ...... 164 Brake Calibration ...... 104 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 151 System Warning Light ...... 117 California Automatic Brakes ...... 277 Fuel Requirements ...... 246 Climate Control System ...... 189 Antilock ...... 233 Perchlorate Materials Door Locks ...... 32 Assist ...... 234 Requirements ...... 259 Headlamp System ...... 145 Fluid ...... 278 California Transmission ...... 220 Parking ...... 233 Proposition Transmission Fluid ...... 268 System Messages ...... 130 65 Warning ...... 259, 279, 327 Automatic Transmission Braking ...... 195 Camera Manual Mode ...... 223 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 211 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 240 Shift Lock Control Function Bulb Replacement ...... 286 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Check ...... 282 Center High-Mounted Capacities and Auxiliary Jack ...... 164 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Specifications ...... 358 Axle, Front ...... 280 Cargo Lamp ...... 286 Carbon Monoxide Axle, Rear ...... 280 Fog Lamps ...... 146 Engine Exhaust ...... 219 B Halogen Bulbs ...... 284 Tailgate ...... 33 Headlamp Aiming ...... 284 Battery Winter Driving ...... 203 Headlamps ...... 284 Load Management ...... 149 Cargo Lamp ...... 147 Headlamps, Front Turn Power Protection ...... 149 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Signal, Sidemarker, and Voltage and Charging Center Console Storage ...... 100 Parking Lamps ...... 284 Messages ...... 129 Center High-Mounted Taillamps, Turn Signal, Battery - North America . . . .279, 327 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Stoplamps, and Back-up Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 283 Cargo Lamp ...... 286 Lamps ...... 285 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 37 Chains, Tire ...... 314 Buying New Tires ...... 310 Bluetooth Charging System Light ...... 115 Overview ...... 171, 172, 176 Check Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 282 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 387

Check (cont'd) Control ...... 237 D Malfunction Indicator Traction and Electronic Damage Repair, Collision ...... 368 Engine Light ...... 115 Stability ...... 235 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Child Restraints Control Light Data Recorders, Event ...... 373 Infants and Young Children . . . . .70 Hill Descent ...... 118 Daytime Running Lower Anchors and Tethers Control of a Vehicle ...... 195 Lamps (DRL) ...... 144 for Children ...... 76 Convex Mirrors ...... 36 Defensive Driving ...... 194 Older Children ...... 68 Coolant Delayed Locking ...... 32 Securing ...... 89, 95 Engine ...... 272 Diagnostics Systems ...... 72 Engine Temperature Gauge . . .112 OnStar® ...... 379 Cleaning Cooling System ...... 271 Distracted Driving ...... 194 Exterior Care ...... 334 Engine Messages ...... 131 Dome Lamps ...... 148 Interior Care ...... 339 Courtesy Transportation Door Climate Control Systems ...... 187 Program ...... 367 Ajar Light ...... 123 Air Conditioning ...... 187 Cruise Control ...... 238 Ajar Messages ...... 130 Automatic ...... 189 Light ...... 122 Delayed Locking ...... 32 Heating ...... 187 Cupholders ...... 99 Locks ...... 31 Clock ...... 104 Customer Assistance ...... 364 Power Locks ...... 32 Cluster, Instrument ...... 107, 109 Offices ...... 363 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 360 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 269 Text Telephone (TTY) Driver Information Collision Damage Repair ...... 368 Users ...... 364 Center (DIC) ...... 123, 126 Compact Spare Tire ...... 325 Customer Information Driving Compartments Service Publications Characteristics and Storage ...... 99 Ordering Information ...... 370 Towing Tips ...... 249 Compass ...... 104 Customer Satisfaction Defensive ...... 194 Messages ...... 130 Procedure ...... 361 Drunk ...... 194 Connections For Better Fuel Economy ...... 24 OnStar® ...... 377 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 202 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

388 Index

Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Filter, If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 204 Coolant Temperature Engine Air Cleaner ...... 269 Loss of Control ...... 196 Gauge ...... 112 Flash-to-Pass ...... 144 Off-Road ...... 197 Cooling System ...... 271 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 146 Off-Road Recovery ...... 196 Cooling System Messages . . . 131 Flat Tire ...... 315 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 205 Drive Belt Routing ...... 360 Changing ...... 316 Wet Roads ...... 201 Exhaust ...... 219 Floor Mats ...... 341 Winter ...... 203 Fan ...... 276 Fluid E Oil Life System ...... 267 Automatic Transmission ...... 268 Oil Messages ...... 131 Brakes ...... 278 Electrical Equipment, Oil Pressure Light ...... 121 Four-Wheel Drive Add-On ...... 257 Overheating ...... 274 Transfer Case ...... 226 Electrical System Power Messages ...... 132 Washer ...... 276 Engine Compartment Fuse Running While Parked ...... 220 Fog Lamps Block ...... 288 Starting ...... 213 Bulb Replacement ...... 146 Fuses ...... 287 Entry Lighting ...... 148 Forward Collision Alert Instrument Panel Fuse Equipment, Towing ...... 254 (FCA) System ...... 242 Block ...... 292 Event Data Recorders ...... 373 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 226, 279 Overload ...... 287 Exit Lighting ...... 148 Frequency Statement Emergency Extender, Safety Belt ...... 55 Radio ...... 371 OnStar® ...... 376 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 143 Front Axle ...... 280 Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 144 Front Fog Lamp Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 269 Light ...... 122 Check and Service Engine F Front Seats Soon Light ...... 115 Fan Adjustment ...... 45 Compartment Overview ...... 262 Engine ...... 276 Heated ...... 47 Coolant ...... 272 Fuel ...... 245 Coolant Heater ...... 215 Additives ...... 246 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 389

Fuel (cont'd) General Information Heater Economy Driving ...... 24 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343 Engine Coolant ...... 215 Filling a Portable Fuel Towing ...... 249 Heating and Air Container ...... 248 Vehicle Care ...... 259 Conditioning ...... 187, 189 Filling the Tank ...... 247 Glove Box ...... 99 High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Foreign Countries ...... 246 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 202 Gauge ...... 111 Program ...... 364 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 237 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 121 H Hill Descent Control Light ...... 118 Requirements, California . . . . . 246 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 234 Halogen Bulbs ...... 284 System Messages ...... 132 Home Page ...... 153 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 146 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 326 Hood ...... 261 Head Restraints ...... 44 Fuses ...... 287 Horn ...... 103 Headlamps Engine Compartment Fuse How to Wear Safety Belts Aiming ...... 284 Block ...... 288 Properly ...... 51 Automatic ...... 145 Instrument Panel Fuse Hydraulic Clutch ...... 269 Bulb Replacement ...... 284 Block ...... 292 Daytime Running I G Lamps (DRL) ...... 144 Ignition Positions ...... 212 Gauges Flash-to-Pass ...... 144 Ignition Transmission Lock Engine Coolant Headlamps, Front Turn Check ...... 282 Temperature ...... 112 Signal, Sidemarker, and Immobilizer ...... 35 Fuel ...... 111 Parking Lamps ...... 284 Indicator Odometer ...... 111 High-Beam On Light ...... 122 Vehicle Ahead ...... 119 Speedometer ...... 111 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 144 Infants and Young Children, Tachometer ...... 111 Lamps On Reminder ...... 122 Restraints ...... 70 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Heated Front Seats ...... 47 Infotainment ...... 150 Warning Lights and Heated Mirrors ...... 37 Infotainment System ...... 374 Indicators ...... 106 Instrument Cluster ...... 107, 109 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

390 Index

Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 38 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Internet Radio Reading ...... 148 Front Fog Lamp ...... 122 Pandora ...... 158 Lane Departure High-Beam On ...... 122 Introduction ...... 2 Warning (LDW) ...... 244 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 144 Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning ...... 119 J Light ...... 119 Low Fuel Warning ...... 121 Jack Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 52 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 113 Auxiliary ...... 164 LATCH System Security ...... 122 Jump Starting - North Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 119 America ...... 327 Crash ...... 89 Tire Pressure ...... 120 K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tow/Haul Mode ...... 118 Key and Lock Messages ...... 132 Tethers for Children ...... 76 Traction Control System Keyless Entry Light (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 120 Remote (RKE) System ...... 28 Hill Decent Control ...... 118 Traction Off ...... 119 Keys ...... 25 Lighting Up-Shift ...... 118 L Entry ...... 148 Locks Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 297 Exit ...... 148 Automatic Door ...... 32 Lamps Illumination Control ...... 147 Delayed Locking ...... 32 Cargo ...... 147 Lights ...... 119 Door ...... 31 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 144 Airbag Readiness ...... 114 Lockout Protection ...... 33 Dome ...... 148 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 32 Exterior Controls ...... 143 (ABS) Warning ...... 118 Safety ...... 33 Exterior Lamps Off Brake System Warning ...... 117 Loss of Control ...... 196 Reminder ...... 144 Charging System ...... 115 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 121 Malfunction Indicator ...... 115 Cruise Control ...... 122 Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages ...... 132 Door Ajar ...... 123 for Children (LATCH On Reminder ...... 122 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 121 System) ...... 76 Flash-to-Pass ...... 144 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 391

Lumbar Adjustment ...... 46 Messages (cont'd) N Front Seats ...... 46 Lamp ...... 132 Navigation Object Detection System . . . . . 133 ® M OnStar ...... 376 Ride Control System ...... 133 Maintenance New Vehicle Break-In ...... 211 Safety Belt ...... 134 Records ...... 356 O Security ...... 134 Maintenance and Care Object Detection System Steering System ...... 134 Additional ...... 350 Messages ...... 133 Tire ...... 135 Maintenance Schedule ...... 344 Odometer ...... 111 Transmission ...... 135 Recommended Fluids and Trip ...... 111 Vehicle ...... 129 Lubricants ...... 353 Off-Road ...... 197 Vehicle Reminder ...... 136 Transfer Case ...... 226 Driving ...... 197 Vehicle Speed ...... 136 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 115 Recovery ...... 196 Messaging Manual Mirrors ...... 37 Oil Text ...... 180 Manual Mode ...... 223 Engine ...... 265 Mirrors Manual Transmission ...... 225 Engine Oil Life System ...... 267 Automatic Dimming Fluid ...... 269 Messages ...... 131 Rearview ...... 39 Messages Pressure Light ...... 121 Blind Spot ...... 37 Airbag System ...... 134 Older Children, Restraints ...... 68 Convex ...... 36 Battery Voltage and Online Owner Center ...... 364 Heated ...... 37 Charging ...... 129 OnStar ...... 374 Manual ...... 37 Brake System ...... 130 OnStar® Additional Manual Rearview ...... 39 Compass ...... 130 Information ...... 379 Power ...... 37 Door Ajar ...... 130 OnStar® Connections ...... 377 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 38 Engine Cooling System ...... 131 OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 379 Monitor System, Tire Engine Oil ...... 131 OnStar® Emergency ...... 376 Pressure ...... 303 Engine Power ...... 132 OnStar® Navigation ...... 376 Multi-band Antenna ...... 158 Fuel System ...... 132 OnStar® Overview ...... 375 Key and Lock ...... 132 OnStar® Security ...... 376 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

392 Index

Ordering Port Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 240 Service Publications ...... 370 USB ...... 161 Rear Windows ...... 41 Outlets Power Rearview Mirrors ...... 39 Power ...... 105 Door Locks ...... 32 Automatic Dimming ...... 39 Overheating, Engine ...... 274 Mirrors ...... 37 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 46 Overview ...... 152 Outlets ...... 105 Recognition P Protection, Battery ...... 149 Voice ...... 165 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 214 Recommended Fluids and Pandora Internet Radio ...... 158 Seat Adjustment ...... 45 Lubricants ...... 353 Park Windows ...... 39 Records Shifting Into ...... 217 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 55 Maintenance ...... 356 Shifting Out of ...... 218 Privacy Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 330 Parking ...... 218 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 372 Reimbursement Program, Brake ...... 233 Program GM Mobility ...... 364 Brake and P (Park) Courtesy Transportation ...... 367 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Mechanism Check ...... 282 Proposition System ...... 28 Over Things That Burn ...... 219 65 Warning, Remote Vehicle Start ...... 30 Passenger Airbag Status California ...... 259, 279, 327 Replacement Bulbs ...... 286 Indicator ...... 114 Replacement Parts Passenger Compartment Air R Airbags ...... 68 Filter ...... 192 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 371 Maintenance ...... 355 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 62 Radio Reception ...... 157 Replacing Airbag System ...... 68 Perchlorate Materials Radios Replacing LATCH System Requirements, California ...... 259 AM-FM Radio ...... 156 Parts after a Crash ...... 89 Personalization Satellite ...... 157 Replacing Safety Belt System Vehicle ...... 137 Reading Lamps ...... 148 Parts after a Crash ...... 56 Phone Rear Axle ...... 280 Reporting Safety Defects Bluetooth ...... 171, 172, 176 Rear Seat Armrest ...... 50 Canadian Government ...... 372 Rear Seats ...... 48 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 393

Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Safety Defects Reporting Service (cont'd) General Motors ...... 372 Canadian Government ...... 372 Doing Your Own Work ...... 260 U.S. Government ...... 371 General Motors ...... 372 Engine Soon Light ...... 115 Restraints U.S. Government ...... 371 Maintenance Records ...... 356 Where to Put ...... 74 Safety Locks ...... 33 Maintenance, General Retained Accessory Safety System Check ...... 55 Information ...... 343 Power (RAP) ...... 214 Satellite Radio ...... 157 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 357 Ride Control Systems Scheduling Appointments ...... 367 Publications Ordering Messages ...... 133 Seats Information ...... 370 Roads Adjustment, Front ...... 45 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 367 Driving, Wet ...... 201 Head Restraints ...... 44 Services Roadside Assistance Heated Front ...... 47 Special Application ...... 350 Program ...... 365 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 46 Servicing the Airbag ...... 66 Rotation, Tires ...... 308 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 45 Shift Lock Control Function Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 360 Rear ...... 48 Check, Automatic Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks ...... 46 Transmission ...... 282 Parked ...... 220 Underseat Storage ...... 100 Shifting S Securing Child Restraints . . . . 89, 95 Into Park ...... 217 Security Out of Park ...... 218 Safety Belts ...... 50 Light ...... 122 Signals, Turn and Care ...... 56 Messages ...... 134 Lane-Change ...... 146 Extender ...... 55 OnStar® ...... 376 Software Updates ...... 155 How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 34 Spare Tire Properly ...... 51 Vehicle Alarm ...... 34 Compact ...... 325 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 52 Service Special Application Services . . . . 350 Messages ...... 134 Accessories and Specifications and Reminders ...... 113 Modifications ...... 259 Capacities ...... 358 Replacing after a Crash ...... 56 Climate Control System ...... 187 Speedometer ...... 111 Use During Pregnancy ...... 55 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

394 Index

StabiliTrak T Tires (cont'd) OFF Light ...... 119 Tachometer ...... 111 Terminology and Definitions . . 300 Start Assist, Hills ...... 234 Tailgate ...... 33 Uniform Tire Quality Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 30 Taillamps Grading ...... 312 Starter Switch Check ...... 281 Bulb Replacement ...... 285 Wheel Alignment and Tire Starting the Engine ...... 213 Text Messaging ...... 180 Balance ...... 313 Steering ...... 195 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 364 Wheel Replacement ...... 313 Wheel Adjustment ...... 102 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 35 When It Is Time for New Wheel Controls ...... 103 Immobilizer ...... 35 Tires ...... 309 Steering System Messages . . . . . 134 Time ...... 104 Winter ...... 296 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tires ...... 295 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 224 Bulb Replacement ...... 285 All-Season ...... 296 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 118 Storage Areas All-Terrain ...... 297 Towing Center Console ...... 100 Buying New Tires ...... 310 Driving Characteristics ...... 249 Glove Box ...... 99 Chains ...... 314 Equipment ...... 254 Sunglasses ...... 100 Changing ...... 316 General Information ...... 249 Underseat ...... 100 Compact Spare ...... 325 Recreational Vehicle ...... 330 Storage Compartments ...... 99 Designations ...... 299 Trailer ...... 251 Stuck Vehicle ...... 204 Different Size ...... 311 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 256 Sun Visors ...... 42 Full-Size Spare ...... 326 Vehicle ...... 329 Sunglass Storage ...... 100 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 315 Traction Symbols ...... 3 Inspection ...... 307 Control System (TCS)/ System Messages ...... 135 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 120 Forward Collision Pressure Light ...... 120 Off Light ...... 119 Alert (FCA) ...... 242 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 304 Traction Control/Electronic Infotainment ...... 150, 374 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 303 Stability Control ...... 235 Rotation ...... 308 Trademarks and License Sidewall Labeling ...... 297 Agreements ...... 181 Chevrolet Colorado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada/Mexico- 9159327) - 2016 - crc - 8/28/15

Index 395

Trailer V Warning (cont'd) Sway Control (TSC) ...... 256 Vehicle Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 244 Towing ...... 251 Alarm System ...... 34 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Transfer Case ...... 226 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Indicators ...... 106 Transmission Control ...... 195 Warnings Automatic ...... 220 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 357 Hazard Flashers ...... 146 Fluid, Automatic ...... 268 Load Limits ...... 205 Washer Fluid ...... 276 Fluid, Manual ...... 269 Messages ...... 129 Wheels Messages ...... 135 Personalization ...... 137 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 313 Transportation Program, Reminder Messages ...... 136 Different Size ...... 311 Courtesy ...... 367 Remote Start ...... 30 Replacement ...... 313 Trip Odometer ...... 111 Security ...... 34 When It Is Time for New Truck-Camper Loading Speed Messages ...... 136 Tires ...... 309 Information ...... 211 Towing ...... 329 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 74 Turn and Lane-Change Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 119 Windows ...... 39 Signals ...... 146 Vehicle Care Power ...... 39 Turn Signal Tire Pressure ...... 302 Rear ...... 41 Bulb Replacement ...... 285 Vehicle Data Recording and Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 103 U Privacy ...... 372 Winter Underseat Storage ...... 100 Ventilation, Air ...... 191 Driving ...... 203 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 312 Visors ...... 42 Winter Tires ...... 296 Up-Shift Light ...... 118 Voice Recognition ...... 165 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 283 Updates W Software ...... 155 Warning USB Port ...... 161 Brake System Light ...... 117 Using This Manual ...... 2 Caution and Danger ...... 3